FLAVIUS JOSEPHUS, JEWISH ANTIQUITIES<br>Book 12

The Hellenistic period, to the death of Judas Maccabeus

Chapter 1 Ptolemy takes Judea by deceit, and transports many prisoners to Egypt
Chapter 2 Ptolemy Philadelphus has the Bible translated into Greek (LXX)
Chapter 3 The Jews prospered in Asia Minor, and under Seleucus Nicator in Antioch
Chapter 4 High-priest Onias angers Ptolemy; better, under Joseph and his son Hyrcanus
Chapter 5 Antiochus pillages Jerusalem. Jews adopt Greek ways. Samaritans and Zeus
Chapter 6 Mattathias and his Maccabee family lead religious revolt against Antiochus
Chapter 7 Victories of Judas Maccabeus, and re-dedication of the Temple in Jerusalem
Chapter 8 Details about the victories of Judas and his brother Simon Maccabeus
Chapter 9 Death of Epiphanes. Eupator continues war on Judas, then makes peace
Chapter 10 Judas defeats Bacchides and Nicanor; makes a pact with the Romans
Chapter 11 Bacchides comes in greater force. Judas dies in battle

Chapter 1
[001-010]
Ptolemy takes Judea by a ruse.
He transports many prisoners to Egypt

☞

¹ ἈλέξανδροςAlexander μὲν οὖν ὁ τῶν ΜακεδόνωνMacedonians βασιλεὺς καταλύσας τὴν‎ ΠερσῶνPersians ἡγεμονίαν καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὴν‎ ἸουδαίανJudea τὸν προειρημένον καταστησάμενος τρόπον τελευτᾷ τὸν βίον .
¹ Now when Alexander, king of Macedon, had put an end to the dominion of the Persians, and had settled the affairs in Judea after the forementioned manner, he ended his life.	¹ After Alexander, king of Macedon, had ended the empire of the Persians and settled things in Judea as we have described, his life came to an end.
¹ Barach

² μεταπεσούσης δ᾽ εἰς πολλοὺς τῆς ἀρχῆς ἈντίγονοςAntigonus μὲν τῆς ἈσίαςAsia ἐπικρατεῖ , ΣέλευκοςSeleucus δὲ ΒαβυλῶνοςBabylon καὶ τῶν κεῖθι ἐθνῶν , ΛυσίμαχόςLysimachus τε τὸν ἙλλήσποντονHellespont διεῖπεν , τὴν‎ δὲ ΜακεδονίανMacedonia εἶχεν ΚάσσανδροςCassander , ΠτολεμαῖοςPtolemy δὲ ὁ ΛάγουLagus τὴν‎ ΑἴγυπτονEgypt εἰλήφει .
² And as his government fell among many, Antigonus obtained Asia, Seleucus Babylon; and of the other nations which were there, Lysimachus governed the Hellespont, and Cassander possessed Macedonia; as did Ptolemy the son of Lagus seize upon Egypt.	² Then, as his realm was divided into many parts, Antigonus got power in Asia, Seleucus in Babylon and the other nations over there, Lysimachus ruled the Hellespont, Cassander got Macedonia, and Ptolemy the son of Lagus seized Egypt.
² Barach

³ στασιαζόντων δὲ τούτων καὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλους φιλοτιμουμένων ὑπὲρ τῆς ἰδίας ἀρχῆς πολέμους τε συνεχεῖς καὶ μακροὺς συνέβη γίγνεσθαι καὶ τὰς πόλεις κακοπαθεῖν καὶ πολλοὺς ἐν τοῖς ἀγῶσιν ἀποβάλλειν τῶν οἰκητόρων , ὡς καὶ τὴν‎ ΣυρίανSyria ἅπασαν ὑπὸ ΠτολεμαίουPtolemy τοῦ ΛάγουLagus τότε Σωτῆρος χρηματίζοντος τἀναντία παθεῖν αὐτοῦ‎ τῇ ἐπικλήσει .
³ And while these princes ambitiously strove one against another, every one for his own principality, it came to pass that there were continual wars, and those lasting wars too; and the cities were sufferers, and lost a great many of their inhabitants in these times of distress, insomuch that all Syria, by the means of Ptolemy the son of Lagus, underwent the reverse of that denomination of Savior, which he then had.	³ Since ambition caused each of these princes to strive against the others to hold on to power, there were continual lengthy wars and cities suffered and lost many of their inhabitants in those troubled times, so that all Syria endured from Ptolemy the son of Lagus, the opposite of what was meant by his name of Saviour.
³ Barach

⁴ κατέσχε δὲ οὗτος καὶ τὰ ἹεροσόλυμαJerusalem δόλῳ καὶ ἀπάτῃ χρησάμενος · ἐλθὼν γὰρ σαββάτοις εἰς τὴν‎ πόλιν ὡς θύσων , μήτε τῶν ἸουδαίωνJews αὐτὸν ἀμυνομένων , οὐδὲν γὰρ ὑπενόουν πολέμιον , καὶ διὰ τὸ ἀνύποπτον καὶ τὴν‎ ἡμέραν ἐν ἀργίᾳ καὶ ῥαθυμίᾳ τυγχανόντων , ἀπόνως ἐγκρατὴς γίγνεται τῆς πόλεως καὶ πικρῶς ἦρχεν αὐτῆς .
⁴ He also seized upon Jerusalem, and for that end made use of deceit and treachery; for as he came into the city on a Sabbath day, as if he would offer sacrifices he, without any trouble, gained the city, while the Jews did not oppose him, for they did not suspect him to be their enemy; and he gained it thus, because they were free from suspicion of him, and because on that day they were at rest and quietness; and when he had gained it, he ruled over it in a cruel manner.	⁴ This man also took Jerusalem by using deceit and treachery, for he came into the city on a sabbath day, as if to offer sacrifices, and easily took the city without opposition from the Jews, as they did not think him an enemy and were resting quietly on that day; and once he had taken the city he ruled it cruelly.
⁴ Barach

⁵ μαρτυρεῖ δὲ τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ καὶ ἈγαθαρχίδηςAgatharchides ὁ ΚνίδιοςCnidus ὁ τὰς τῶν διαδόχων πράξεις συγγραψάμενος , ὀνειδίζων ἡμῖν δεισιδαιμονίαν ὡς δι᾽ αὐτὴν ἀποβαλοῦσι τὴν‎ ἐλευθερίαν , λέγων οὕτως ·
⁵ Nay, Agatharchides of Cnidus, who wrote the acts of Alexander’s successors, reproaches us with superstition, as if we, by it, had lost our liberty; where he says thus:	⁵ Agatharchides of Cnidus, who wrote the acts of Alexander's successors, mocks us for superstition, as the reason we lost our freedom.
⁵ Barach

⁶ " ἔστιν ἔθνος ἸουδαίωνJews λεγόμενον , οἳ πόλιν ὀχυρὰν καὶ μεγάλην ἔχοντες ἹεροσόλυμαJerusalem ταύτην ὑπερεῖδον ὑπὸ ΠτολεμαίῳPtolemy γενομένην ὅπλα λαβεῖν οὐ θελήσαντες , ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν‎ ἌκαιρονEucerus δεισιδαιμονίαν χαλεπὸν ὑπέμειναν ἔχειν δεσπότην .
⁶ “There is a nation called the nation of the Jews, who inhabit a city strong and great, named Jerusalem. These men took no care, but let it come into the hands of Ptolemy, as not willing to take arms, and thereby they submitted to be under a hard master, by reason of their unseasonable superstition.”	⁶ According to him, "There is a nation called the Jews, who live in a strong and large city called Jerusalem, which they did not guard but let it fall to Ptolemy, unwilling because of their foolish superstition to take up arms, and so they fell under a hard master."
⁶ Barach

⁷ ἈγαθαρχίδηςAgatharchides μὲν οὖν ταῦτα περὶ τοῦ ἔθνους ἡμῶν ἀπεφήνατο . ὁ δὲ ΠτολεμαῖοςPtolemy πολλοὺς αἰχμαλώτους λαβὼν ἀπό τε τῆς ὀρεινῆς ἸουδαίαςJudea καὶ τῶν περὶ ἹεροσόλυμαJerusalem τόπων καὶ τῆς ΣαμαρείτιδοςSamaria, Samaritan καὶ τῶν ἐν ΓαριζείνGarizim , κατῴκισεν ἅπαντας εἰς ΑἴγυπτονEgypt ἀγαγών .
⁷ This is what Agatharchides relates of our nation. But when Ptolemy had taken a great many captives, both from the mountainous parts of Judea, and from the places about Jerusalem and Samaria, and the places near Mount Gerizzim, he led them all into Egypt, and settled them there.	⁷ So says Agatharchides about our nation. When Ptolemy had taken many prisoners from the hill country of Judea and from the areas around Jerusalem and Samaria and near Mount Garizim, he took them all into Egypt, and settled them there.
⁷ Barach

⁸ ἐπεγνωκὼς δὲ τοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν ἹεροσολύμωνJerusalem περὶ τε τὴν‎ τῶν ὅρκων φυλακὴν καὶ τὰς πίστεις βεβαιοτάτους ὑπάρχοντας ἐξ ὧν ἀπεκρίναντο ἈλεξάνδρῳAlexander πρεσβευσαμένῳ πρὸς αὐτοὺς μετὰ τὸ κρατῆσαι ΔαρείουDarius τῇ μάχῃ , πολλοὺς αὐτῶν εἰς τὰ φρούρια καταλοχίσας καὶ τοῖς ΜακεδόσινMacedonians ἐν ἈλεξανδρείᾳAlexandria ποιήσας ἰσοπολίτας ὅρκους ἔλαβεν παρ᾽ αὐτῶν , ὅπως τοῖς ἐκγόνοις τοῦ παραθεμένου τὴν‎ πίστιν διαφυλάξωσιν .
⁸ And as he knew that the people of Jerusalem were most faithful in the observation of oaths and covenants; and this from the answer they made to Alexander, when he sent an embassage to them, after he had beaten Darius in battle; so he distributed many of them into garrisons, and at Alexandria gave them equal privileges of citizens with the Macedonians themselves; and required of them to take their oaths, that they would keep their fidelity to the posterity of those who committed these places to their care.	⁸ Then since he knew that the people of Jerusalem were most faithful in keeping oaths and covenants, knowing the answer they had given Alexander when he sent envoys to them after winning his battle with Darius, he distributed many of them into garrisons and in Alexandria gave them the same citizenship as the Macedonians themselves, and made them swear allegiance to the descendants of those who gave those places into their care.
⁸ Barach

⁹ οὐκ ὀλίγοι δ᾽ οὐδὲ τῶν ἄλλων ἸουδαίωνJews εἰς τὴν‎ ΑἴγυπτονEgypt παρεγίγνοντο τῆς τε ἀρετῆς τῶν τόπων αὐτοὺς καὶ τῆς τοῦ ΠτολεμαίουPtolemy φιλοτιμίας προκαλουμένης .
⁹ Nay, there were not a few other Jews who, of their own accord, went into Egypt, as invited by the goodness of the soil, and by the liberality of Ptolemy.	⁹ Many other Jews also went into Egypt of their own accord, drawn by the richness of the soil and the generosity of Ptolemy.
⁹ Barach

¹⁰ στάσεις μέντοι γε τοῖς ἐκγόνοις αὐτῶν πρὸς τοὺς ΣαμαρείταςSamaritans τὴν‎ πάτριον ἀγωγὴν τῶν ἐθῶν ἀποσώζειν προαιρουμένοιςto bring forth, produce ἐγίγνοντο καὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐπολέμουν , τῶν μὲν ἹεροσολυμιτῶνJerusalem τὸ παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἱερὸν ἅγιον εἶναι λεγόντων καὶ τὰς θυσίας ἐκεῖ πέμπειν ἀξιούντωνto think worthy , τῶν δὲ ΣικιμιτῶνSamaritans εἰς τὸ ΓαριζεὶνGarizim ὄρος κελευόντων .
¹⁰ However, there were disorders among their posterity, with relation to the Samaritans, on account of their resolution to preserve that conduct of life which was delivered to them by their forefathers, and they thereupon contended one with another, while those of Jerusalem said that their temple was holy, and resolved to send their sacrifices thither; but the Samaritans were resolved that they should be sent to Mount Gerizzim.	¹⁰ But there were conflicts among their descendants about the Samaritans, due to their resolve to retain the lifestyle handed down by their ancestors. They fought each other, because the people from Jerusalem claimed their temple was sacred and that sacrifices must be sent there, while the Samaritans insisted they be sent to Mount Garizim.
¹⁰ Barach

Chapter 2
[011-118]
Ptolemy Philadelphus has the Bible translated into Greek

☜ ☞

¹¹ Βασιλεύσαντος δὲ ἈλεξάνδρουAlexander ἔτη δώδεκα καὶ μετ᾽ αὐτὸν ΠτολεμαίουPtolemy τοῦ Σωτῆρος τεσσαράκοντα καὶ ἕν , ἔπειτα τὴν‎ βασιλείαν τῆς ΑἰγύπτουEgypt παραλαβὼν ὁ ΦιλάδελφοςPhiladelphus καὶ κατασχὼν αὐτὴν ἐπ᾽ ἔτη ἑνὸς δέοντα τεσσαράκοντα τόν τε νόμον ἡρμήνευσε καὶ τοὺς δουλεύοντας ἐν ΑἰγύπτῳEgypt τῶν ἹεροσολυμιτῶνJerusalem ἀπέλυσε τῆς δουλείας ὄντας περὶ δώδεκα μυριάδας ἐξ αἰτίας τοιαύτης ·
¹¹ When Alexander had reigned twelve years, and after him Ptolemy Soter forty years, Philadelphus then took the kingdom of Egypt, and held it forty years within one. He procured the law to be interpreted, and set free those that were come from Jerusalem into Egypt, and were in slavery there, who were a hundred and twenty thousand. The occasion was this:	¹¹ When Alexander had ruled for twelve years and after him Ptolemy Soter for forty-one years, Philadelphus took over the kingdom of Egypt and held it for forty years minus one. He had the Law translated and freed the hundred and twenty thousand people from Jerusalem who were in slavery in Egypt, as follows.
¹¹ Barach

¹² ΔημήτριοςDemetrius ὁ ΦαληρεύςPhalerius , ὃς ἦν ἐπὶ τῶν βιβλιοθηκῶν τοῦ βασιλέως , σπουδάζων εἰ δυνατὸν εἴη πάντα τὰ κατὰ τὴν‎ οἰκουμένην συναγαγεῖν βιβλία καὶ συνωνούμενος , εἴ τι που μόνον ἀκούσειε σπουδῆς ἄξιον ὄν , τῇ τοῦ βασιλέως προαιρέσει , μάλιστα γὰρ τὰ περὶ τὴν‎ συλλογὴν τῶν βιβλίων εἶχεν φιλοκάλως , συνηγωνίζετο .
¹² Demetrius Phalerius, who was library keeper to the king, was now endeavoring, if it were possible, to gather together all the books that were in the habitable earth, and buying whatsoever was any where valuable, or agreeable to the king’s inclination, (who was very earnestly set upon collecting of books,) to which inclination of his Demetrius was zealously subservient.	¹² Demetrius Phalerius, who was library keeper to the king, was making every effort to collect all the books in the world and everywhere buying up anything of value that was to the king's taste, who was a keen bibliophile and whose preference in books Demetrius was eager to serve.
¹² Barach

¹³ ἐρομένου δ᾽ αὐτόν ποτε τοῦ ΠτολεμαίουPtolemy , πόσας ἤδη μυριάδας ἔχοι συνειλεγμένας βιβλίων , τῶν μὲν ὑπαρχόντων εἶπεν εἶναι περὶ εἴκοσι , ὀλίγου δὲ χρόνου εἰς πεντήκοντα συναθροίσειν .
¹³ And when once Ptolemy asked him how many ten thousands of books he had collected, he replied, that he had already about twenty times ten thousand; but that, in a little time, he should have fifty times ten thousand.	¹³ When Ptolemy once asked him how many thousands of books he had collected, he replied that he had already about twenty times ten thousand, but that he would soon have five hundred thousand.
¹³ Barach

¹⁴ μεμηνῦσθαι δ᾽ ἔλεγεν αὐτῷ πολλὰ εἶναι καὶ παρὰ ἸουδαίοιςJews τῶν παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς νομίμων συγγράμματα σπουδῆς ἄξια καὶ τῆς βασιλέως βιβλιοθήκης , ἃ τοῖς ἐκείνων χαρακτῆρσιν καὶ τῇ διαλέκτῳ γεγραμμένα πόνον αὐτοῖς οὐκ ὀλίγον παρέξειν εἰς τὴν‎ ἙλληνικὴνGreek μεταβαλλόμενα γλῶτταν .
¹⁴ But he said he had been informed that there were many books of laws among the Jews worthy of inquiring after, and worthy of the king’s library, but which, being written in characters and in a dialect of their own, will cause no small pains in getting them translated into the Greek tongue;	¹⁴ Then be mentioned that he had been told there were many books of laws among the Jews that deserved inquiring into and were worthy of the king's library, but which, being written in characters and in a dialect of their own, would need considerable effort to have them translated into the Greek tongue.
¹⁴ Barach

¹⁵ δοκεῖ μὲν γὰρ εἶναι τῇ ἰδιότητι τῶν ΣυρίωνSyrians γραμμάτων ἐμφερὴς ὁ χαρακτὴρ αὐτῶν καὶ τὴν‎ φωνὴν ὁμοίαν αὐτοῖς ἀπηχεῖν , ἰδιότροπον δὲ αὐτὴν εἶναι συμβέβηκεν . οὐδὲν οὖν ἔλεγεν κωλύειν καὶ ταῦτα μεταβαλόντα , δύνασθαι γὰρ τῆς εἰς αὐτὸ χορηγίας εὐποροῦντα , ἔχειν ἐν τῇ βιβλιοθήκῃ καὶ τὰ παρ᾽ ἐκείνοις .
¹⁵ that the character in which they are written seems to be like to that which is the proper character of the Syrians, and that its sound, when pronounced, is like theirs also; and that this sound appears to be peculiar to themselves. Wherefore he said that nothing hindered why they might not get those books to be translated also; for while nothing is wanting that is necessary for that purpose, we may have their books also in this library.	¹⁵ While they were written seemed in a script like that of the Syrians and its sound was also rather like theirs, the language itself was unique. Still, he said, there was no reason why they might not get those books translated too, since they had all that was required for that purpose and could also have these books in the library.
¹⁵ Barach

¹⁶ δόξας οὖν ὁ βασιλεὺς ἄρισταbest τὸν ΔημήτριονDemetrius φιλοτιμουμένῳ περὶ πλῆθος αὐτῷ βιβλίων ὑποτίθεσθαι γράφει τῷ τῶν ἸουδαίωνJews ἀρχιερεῖ ταῦτα γίγνεσθαι .
¹⁶ So the king thought that Demetrius was very zealous to procure him abundance of books, and that he suggested what was exceeding proper for him to do; and therefore he wrote to the Jewish high priest, that he should act accordingly.	¹⁶ Seeing Demetrius eager to obtain him many books and suggesting what was best for him to do, the king wrote to the Jewish high priest, to do this.
¹⁶ Barach

¹⁷ ἈρισταῖοςAristeas δέ τις Φίλος ὢν ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα τῷ βασιλεῖ καὶ σπουδαζόμενος ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ‎ διὰ μετριότητα , πολλάκις μὲν καὶ πρότερον ἔγνω παρακαλέσαι τὸν βασιλέα , ὅπως ἀπολύσῃ τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους ἸουδαίουςJews ὅσοι κατὰ τὴν‎ βασιλείαν ἦσαν αὐτοῦ‎ ,
¹⁷ Now there was one Aristeus, who was among the king’s most intimate friends, and on account of his modesty very acceptable to him. This Aristeus resolved frequently, and that before now, to petition the king that he would set all the captive Jews in his kingdom free;	¹⁷ A man called Aristeas was among the king's closest friends and was much favoured by him for his prudence and had in the past often resolved to ask the king to set free all the captive Jews in his kingdom.
¹⁷ Barach

¹⁸ καιρὸν δ᾽ ἐπιτήδειον τοῦτον εἶναι δοκιμάσας τῆς δεήσεως πρώτοις περὶ τούτου διαλέγεται τοῖς ἄρχουσι τῶν σωματοφυλάκωνbodyguard ΣωσιβίῳSosibius τῷ ΤαραντίνῳTarentine καὶ ἈνδρέᾳAndreas , συναγωνίσασθαι περὶ ὧν ἐντυγχάνειν μέλλει τῷ βασιλεῖ παρακαλῶν αὐτούς .
¹⁸ and he thought this to be a convenient opportunity for the making that petition. So he discoursed, in the first place, with the captains of the king’s guards, Sosibius of Tarentum, and Andreas, and persuaded them to assist him in what he was going to intercede with the king for.	¹⁸ He saw in this a convenient opportunity to make his petition and first spoke with the officers of the king's bodyguard, Sosibius the Tarentine and Andreas, to persuade them to help him in what he was to ask the king.
¹⁸ Barach

¹⁹ προσλαβὼν δὲ καὶ τὴν‎ τῶν προειρημένων γνώμην ὁ ἈρισταῖοςAristeas , προσελθὼν τῷ βασιλεῖ λόγους πρὸς αὐτὸν τοιούτους ἐποιήσατο ·
¹⁹ Accordingly Aristeus embraced the same opinion with those that have been before mentioned, and went to the king, and made the following speech to him:	¹⁹ With the above-named people sharing his views, Aristeas went to the king with the following speech :
¹⁹ Barach

²⁰ " οὐ χρῆν ἀπατωμένουςto deceive ἡμᾶς , ὦ βασιλεῦ , περιορᾶν , ἀλλὰ τἀληθὲς ἀπελέγχειν · τοὺς γὰρ τῶν ἸουδαίωνJews νόμους οὐ μεταγράψαι μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ μεθερμηνεῦσαι διεγνωκότες εἰς τὸ σοὶ κεχαρισμένον , τίνι καὶ λόγῳ χρώμενοι τοῦτο πράξαιμεν ἂν πολλῶν ἸουδαίωνJews ἐν τῇ σῇ βασιλείᾳ δουλευόντων ;
²⁰ “It is not fit for us, O king, to overlook things hastily, or to deceive ourselves, but to lay the truth open. For since we have determined not only to get the laws of the Jews transcribed, but interpreted also, for thy satisfaction, by what means can we do this, while so many of the Jews are now slaves in thy kingdom?	²⁰ "O king, we should not just glance at things quickly, or deceive ourselves, but get to the truth of things. Since we have decided to get the laws of the Jews not merely transcribed but translated for your satisfaction, how can we do this while so many of the Jews are now slaves in your kingdom?
²⁰ Barach

²¹ οὓς τῇ σαυτοῦ μεγαλοψυχίᾳ καὶ χρηστότητι ποιῶν ἀκολούθως ἀπόλυσον τῆς ταλαιπωρίας , τὴν‎ βασιλείαν σου διέποντος τοῦ θεμένου τοὺς νόμους αὐτοῖς θεοῦ , καθὼς ἐμοὶ πολυπραγμονήσαντι μαθεῖν ὑπῆρξεν .
²¹ Do thou then what will be agreeable to thy magnanimity, and to thy good nature: free them from the miserable condition they are in, because that God, who supporteth thy kingdom, was the author of their laws	²¹ In order to do something worthy of your magnanimity and good nature, free them from their pitiful condition because the same God, who upholds your kingdom, was also the author of their laws, as I have learned by diligent inquiry.
²¹ Barach

²² τὸν γὰρ ἅπαντα συστησάμενον θεὸν καὶ οὗτοι καὶ ἡμεῖς σεβόμεθα ΖῆναZeus καλοῦντες αὐτὸν ἐτύμως ἀπὸ τοῦ πᾶσιν ἐμφύειν τὸ ζῆν τὴν‎ ἐπίκλησιν αὐτοῦ‎ θέντες . ὅθεν εἰς τιμὴν τοῦ θεοῦ τοὺς ἐξαίρετον τὴν‎ εἰς αὐτὸν θρησκείαν πεποιημένους ἀπόδος τοῖς τὴν‎ πατρίδα καὶ τὸν ἐν αὐτῇ βίον ἀπολελοιπόσιν .
²² as I have learned by particular inquiry; for both these people, and we also, worship the same God the framer of all things. We call him, and that truly, by the name of Ζηνα, [or life, or Jupiter,] because he breathes life into all men. Wherefore do thou restore these men to their own country, and this do to the honor of God, because these men pay a peculiarly excellent worship to him.	²² Both these people and ourselves worship the same God the maker of all things. We call him by the name Zeus, or Life, because he breathes life into all people. So you should allow these people to return to their own country for the honour of God, because they pay him a peculiarly excellent worship.
²² Barach

²³ ἴσθι μέντοι γε , ὦ βασιλεῦ , ὡς οὔτε γένει προσήκων αὐτοῖς οὔτε ὁμόφυλοςof the same race ὢν ταῦτα περὶ αὐτῶν ἀξιῶ , πάντων δὲ ἀνθρώπων δημιούργημα ὄντων τοῦ θεοῦ · καὶ δὴ γιγνώσκων αὐτὸν ἡδόμενον τοῖς εὖ ποιοῦσιν ἐπὶ τοῦτο καὶ σὲ παρακαλῶ ."
²³ And know this further, that though I be not of kin to them by birth, nor one of the same country with them, yet do I desire these favors to be done them, since all men are the workmanship of God; and I am sensible that he is well-pleased with those that do good. I do therefore put up this petition to thee, to do good to them.”	²³ My king, though I am not of their race or tribe I think these favours should be granted to them, since all people are God's workmanship and we know how He is pleased with those who do good. Therefore I beg you to do good to them."
²³ Barach

²⁴ Ταῦτ᾽ εἰπόντος τοῦ ἈρισταίουAristeas ἀναβλέψας εἰς αὐτὸν ὁ βασιλεὺς ἱλαρῷ καὶ γεγηθότι τῷ προσώπῳ " πόσας , εἶπεν , ὑπολαμβάνεις τῶν ἀπολυθησομένων ἔσεσθαι μυριάδας ; ὑποτυχόντος δὲ ἈνδρέουAndreas , παρειστήκει γάρ , καὶ φήσαντος ὀλίγῳ πλείονας ἔσεσθαι τῶν ἕνδεκα μυριάδων " ἦ μικρὰν ἄρα εἶπεν , ἡμᾶς , ἈρισταῖεAristeas , δωρεὰν αἰτεῖς . ΣωσιβίουSosibius δὲ καὶ τῶν παρόντων φησάντων ,
²⁴ When Aristeus was saying thus, the king looked upon him with a cheerful and joyful countenance, and said, “How many ten thousands dost thou suppose there are of such as want to be made free?” To which Andreas replied, as he stood by, and said, “A few more than ten times ten thousand.” The king made answer, “And is this a small gift that thou askest, Aristeus?”	²⁴ As Aristeas was saying this, the king looked at him with a cheerful and happy face and said, "How many thousands of these people do you suppose there are who want to be set free?" Andreas, standing nearby, replied, "Just over a hundred and ten thousand." The king answered "And is this a small gift that you ask, Aristeas?"
²⁴ Barach

²⁵ ὡς ἄξιον αὐτὸν δέοι τῆς αὐτοῦ‎ μεγαλοψυχίας τῷ παρεσχηκότι τὴν‎ βασιλείαν θεῷ ποιήσασθαι χαριστήριον , διαχυθεὶς ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν ἐκέλευσεν , ὅταν τοῖς στρατιώταις ἀποδιδῶσιν τὸ μισθοφορικόν , καὶ ὑπὲρ ἑκάστου τῶν παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς αἰχμαλώτων καταβαλεῖν δραχμὰς ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι .
²⁵ But Sosibius, and the rest that stood by, said that he ought to offer such a thank-offering as was worthy of his greatness of soul, to that God who had given him his kingdom. With this answer he was much pleased; and gave order, that when they paid the soldiers their wages, they should lay down [a hundred and] twenty drachmas for every one of the slaves?	²⁵ But Sosibius and the other bystanders said that he should offer a thank-offering worthy of his magnanimity, to the God who had given him his kingdom. He was very pleased with this reply, and ordered them, when they paid the soldiers their wages, to set aside a hundred and twenty drachmas for each of the slaves.
²⁵ Barach

²⁶ καὶ περὶ ὧν ἠξίουν προθεῖναι γράμματα ὑπέσχετο μεγαλοπρεπῶς τε ἔχοντα καὶ τὴν‎ ἈρισταίουAristeas προαίρεσιν βεβαιοῦντα καὶ πρὸ ταύτης τὴν‎ τοῦ θεοῦ βούλησιν , καθ᾽ ἣν οὐ μόνον τοὺς ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς ἀχθένταςto lead αὐτοῦ‎ καὶ τῆς ἐκείνου στρατιᾶς ἀπολύσειν ἔλεγεν , ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς προυπάρχοντας ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ καὶ εἴ τινες αὖθις ἐπεισήχθησαν .
²⁶ And he promised to publish a magnificent decree, about what they requested, which should confirm what Aristeus had proposed, and especially what God willed should be done; whereby he said he would not only set those free who had been led away captive by his father and his army, but those who were in this kingdom before, and those also, if any such there were, who had been brought away since.	²⁶ He promised to publish a formal decree about their request and confirm what Aristeas had proposed and even more, what God wanted done, in which he would set free not only those who had been taken captive by his father and his army, but also those imprisoned in this kingdom before that and any who had been captured since then.
²⁶ Barach

²⁷ πλειόνων δ᾽ ἢ τετρακοσίων ταλάντων τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως γενήσεσθαι φαμένων Ταῦτά τε συνεχώρει καὶ τὸ ἀντίγραφον τοῦ προστάγματος εἰς δήλωσιν τῆς τοῦ βασιλέως μεγαλοφροσύνης ἔγνωσαν διαφυλάξαι .
²⁷ And when they said that their redemption money would amount to above four hundred talents, he granted it. A copy of which decree I have determined to preserve, that the magnanimity of this king may be made known.	²⁷ When they said that their redemption money would amount to more than four hundred talents, he granted it. I have preserved a copy of this decree, to show the magnanimity of this king. Its contents were as follows :
²⁷ Barach

²⁸ ἦν δὲ τοιοῦτον · " ὅσοι τῶν συστρατευσαμένων ἡμῶν τῷ πατρὶ τήν τε ΣυρίανSyria καὶ ΦοινίκηνPhoenicia ἐπέδραμον καὶ τὴν‎ ἸουδαίανJudea καταστρεψάμενοι σώματα λαβόντες αἰχμάλωτα διεκόμισαν εἴς τε τὰς πόλεις ἡμῶν καὶ τὴν‎ χώραν καὶ ταῦτα ἀπημπόλησαν , τούς τε πρὸ αὐτῶν ὄντας ἐν τῇ ἐμῇ βασιλείᾳ καὶ εἴ τινες νῦν εἰσήχθησαν , τούτους ἀπολυέτωσαν οἱ παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἔχοντες ὑπὲρ ἑκάστου σώματος λαμβάνοντες δραχμὰς ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι , οἱ μὲν στρατιῶται μετὰ καὶ τῶν ὀψωνίων , οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλικῆς τραπέζης κομιζόμενοι τὰ λύτρα .
²⁸ Its contents were as follows: “Let all those who were soldiers under our father, and who, when they overran Syria and Phoenicia, and laid waste Judea, took the Jews captives, and made them slaves, and brought them into our cities, and into this country, and then sold them; as also all those that were in my kingdom before them, and if there be any that have been lately brought thither,—be made free by those that possess them; and let them accept of [a hundred and] twenty drachmas for every slave. And let the soldiers receive this redemption money with their pay, but the rest out of the king’s treasury:	²⁸ "Let all those who campaigned with my father and who, after overrunning Syria and Phoenicia and ravaging Judea, took the Jews captives and made them slaves and brought them to our cities and into this country and sold them, and all such in my kingdom before them and any who have been brought there recently, be set free by their owners; and for every slave let them receive a hundred and twenty drachmas. Let the soldiers receive this redemption money with their pay, but the rest from the royal treasury.
²⁸ Barach

²⁹ νομίζω γὰρ αὐτοὺς καὶ παρὰ τὴν‎ τοῦ πατρὸς προαίρεσιν καὶ παρὰ τὸ δέον ᾐχμαλωτίσθαι , τήν τε χώραν αὐτῶν διὰ τὴν‎ στρατιωτικὴν αὐθάδειαν κεκακῶσθαι , καὶ διὰ τὴν‎ εἰς ΑἴγυπτονEgypt αὐτῶν μεταγωγὴν πολλὴν ὠφέλειαν ἐκ τούτου τοῖς στρατιώταις γεγονέναι .
²⁹ for I suppose that they were made captives without our father’s consent, and against equity; and that their country was harassed by the insolence of the soldiers, and that, by removing them into Egypt, the soldiers have made a great profit by them.	²⁹ For I think they were made captives unjustly, without our father's consent, and that their country was harassed by the soldiers' roughness and that, by removing them into Egypt, the soldiers made a great profit from them.
²⁹ Barach

³⁰ τὸ δίκαιον οὖν σκοπῶν καὶ τοὺς καταδεδυναστευμένους παρὰ τὸ προσῆκον ἐλεῶν ἀπολύειν κελεύω τοὺς ἐν ταῖς οἰκετείαις ὄντας ἸουδαίουςJews τὸ προγεγραμμένον κομιζομένους ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν κεφάλαιον τοὺς κεκτημένους , καὶ μηδένα περὶ τούτων κακουργεῖν , ἀλλ᾽ ὑπακούειν τοῖς προστεταγμένοις .
³⁰ Out of regard therefore to justice, and out of pity to those that have been tyrannized over, contrary to equity, I enjoin those that have such Jews in their service to set them at liberty, upon the receipt of the before-mentioned sum; and that no one use any deceit about them, but obey what is here commanded.	³⁰ For the sake of justice and of pity toward people who have been tyrannized, I order those who hold such Jews in slavery to set them free, in exchange for the cited sum, and that no one act deceitfully about them, but obey what is here ordered.
³⁰ Barach

³¹ βούλομαι δὲ τὰς ἀπογραφὰς ἀφ᾽ ἧς ἐξεπέμφθησαν ἐπὶ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ποιεῖσθαι πρὸς τοὺς ἐπ᾽ αὐτῶν ὑπάρχοντας , παραδεικνύντας εὐθὺς καὶ τὰ σώματα · τοῦτο γὰρ τοῖς ἐμαυτοῦ πράγμασιν ἡγοῦμαι συμφέρειν . προσαγγελλέτω δὲ τοὺς ἀπειθήσαντας ὁ βουλόμενος , ὧν τὰς οὐσίας
³¹ And I will that they give in their names within three days after the publication of this edict, to such as are appointed to execute the same, and to produce the slaves before them also, for I think it will be for the advantage of my affairs. And let every one that will inform against those that do not obey this decree, and I will that their estates be confiscated into the king’s treasury.”	³¹ I will that they give in their names within three days after this edict is published, to those in charge of executing it, and also to produce the slaves to them, for I think it will make my policy workable. And if people do not obey this decree, let anyone who wishes inform on them, so that their estates may be forfeit to the royal treasury."
³¹ Barach

³² εἰς τὴν‎ βασιλικὴν κτῆσιν ἀνενεχθῆναι βούλομαι . τούτου δὲ τοῦ προστάγματος ἀναγνωσθέντος τῷ βασιλεῖ καὶ τὰ μὲν ἄλλα ἔχοντος , μόνου δὲ λείποντος τοῦ περὶ τῶν πρότερον καὶ τῶν αὖθις εἰσηγμένων ἸουδαίωνJews μὴ διεστάλθαι , προσέθηκεν αὐτὸς μεγαλοφρόνως καὶ τὸ περὶ τούτων φιλάνθρωπον , καὶ τὴν‎ τῶν διαφόρων δόσιν οὖσαν ἀθρόαν ἐκέλευσεν τοῖς ὑπηρέταις τῶν πραγμάτων ἀπομερίσαι καὶ τοῖς βασιλικοῖς τραπεζίταις .
³² When this decree was read to the king, it at first contained the rest that is here inserted, and omitted only those Jews that had formerly been brought, and those brought afterwards, which had not been distinctly mentioned; so he added these clauses out of his humanity, and with great generosity. He also gave order that the payment, which was likely to be done in a hurry, should be divided among the king’s ministers, and among the officers of his treasury.	³² When this decree was first read to the king, it contained all that is here included, with the exception of : "both those who were brought here in the past and those brought later ," which had not been clearly mentioned, so in his mercy and generosity he added these clauses. He also commanded that the payment, which should be quickly made, be divided among the king's ministers and the officers of his treasury.
³² Barach

³³ γενομένου δὲ τούτου ταχέως ἐν ἑπτὰ ταῖς πάσαις ἡμέραις τέλος εἰλήφει τὰ δοχθέντα τῷ βασιλεῖ , τάλαντα δ᾽ ὑπὲρ ἑξήκοντα καὶ τετρακόσια τῶν λύτρων ἐγένετο · καὶ γὰρ ὑπὲρ τῶν νηπίων εἰσέπραττον οἱ δεσπόται τὰς εἴκοσι καὶ ἑκατὸν δραχμάς , ὡς τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ ὑπὲρ τούτων διδόναι κελεύσαντος ἐν τῷ προγράψαι ὑπὲρ ἑκάστου σώματος λαμβάνειν τὸ προειρημένον .
³³ When this was over, what the king had decreed was quickly brought to a conclusion; and this in no more than seven days’ time, the number of the talents paid for the captives being above four hundred and sixty, and this, because their masters required the [hundred and] twenty drachmas for the children also, the king having, in effect, commanded that these should be paid for, when he said in his decree, that they should receive the forementioned sum for every slave.	³³ When this was done the king's decree was carried out quickly, within seven days, the number of talents paid for the prisoners being more than four hundred and sixty since their masters demanded a hundred and twenty drachmas for the children also, since the king had ordered that these be paid for, when in his decree he said they could receive the said amount for every slave.
³³ Barach

³⁴ Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ταῦτ᾽ ἐγένετο κατὰ τὴν‎ τοῦ βασιλέως βούλησιν μεγαλοπρεπῶς , ἐκέλευσε τὸν ΔημήτριονDemetrius εἰσδοῦναι καὶ τὸ περὶ τῆς τῶν ἸουδαικῶνJewish βιβλίων ἀναγραφῆς δόγμα · οὐδὲν γὰρ εἰκῆ τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν ᾠκονομεῖτο , πάντα δὲ μετὰ πολλῆς ἐπιμελείας ἐπράττετο .
³⁴ Now when this had been done after so magnificent a manner, according to the king’s inclinations, he gave order to Demetrius to give him in writing his sentiments concerning the transcribing of the Jewish books; for no part of the administration is done rashly by these kings, but all things are managed with great circumspection.	³⁴ When this had so generously been done according to the king's will, he ordered Demetrius to give him in writing his view about transcribing the Jewish books, for these kings do nothing rash in their administration but all things are done with much caution.
³⁴ Barach

³⁵ διὸ καὶ τὸ τῆς εἰσδόσεως ἀντίγραφον καὶ τὸ τῶν ἐπιστολῶν κατατέτακται καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἀπεσταλμένων ἀναθημάτων καὶ τὸ ἐφ᾽ ἑκάστου κατασκευασθέν , ὡς ἀκριβεστάτην εἶναι τὴν‎ τοῦ τεχνίτου τοῖς ὁρῶσι μεγαλουργίαν , καὶ διὰ τὴν‎ τῶν κατασκευασμάτων ἐξοχὴν τὸν ἑκάστου δημιουργὸν εὐθέως ποιήσειν γνώριμον . τῆς μέντοι γε εἰσδόσεως τὸ ἀντίγραφον ὑπῆρχε τοιοῦτον ·
³⁵ On which account I have subjoined a copy of these epistles, and set down the multitude of the vessels sent as gifts [to Jerusalem], and the construction of every one, that the exactness of the artificers’ workmanship, as it appeared to those that saw them, and which workman made every vessel, may be made manifest, and this on account of the excellency of the vessels themselves. Now the copy of the epistle was to this purpose:	³⁵ So I subjoin a copy of these letters and set down the number of the vessels sent as donations and how each was formed, so that the exactness of the craftsmen's workmanship, as noted by those who saw them and which workman made every vessel, may be found in the excellence of the vessels themselves. The copy of the letter was rather like this :
³⁵ Barach

³⁶ " βασιλεῖ μεγάλῳ παρὰ ΔημητρίουDemeter, Demetrius . προστάξαντός σου , ὦ βασιλεῦ , περὶ τε τῶν ἔτι λειπόντων εἰς ἀναπλήρωσιν τῆς βιβλιοθήκης συγγραμμάτων , ὅπως συναχθῇ , καὶ περὶ τῶν διαπεπτωκότων , ὅπως τῆς δεούσης ἐπιμελείας τύχῃ , πάσῃ‎ κεχρημένος περὶ ταῦτα σπουδῇ δηλῶ σοι τὰ τῆς ἸουδαίωνJews νομοθεσίας βιβλία λείπειν ἡμῖν σὺν ἑτέροις · χαρακτῆρσιν γὰρ ἙβραικοῖςHebrew γεγραμμένα καὶ φωνῇ τῇ ἐθνικῇ ἐστιν ἡμῖν ἀσαφῆ .
³⁶ “Demetrius to the great king. When thou, O king, gavest me a charge concerning the collection of books that were wanting to fill your library, and concerning the care that ought to be taken about such as are imperfect, I have used the utmost diligence about those matters. And I let you know, that we want the books of the Jewish legislation, with some others; for they are written in the Hebrew characters, and being in the language of that nation, are to us unknown.	³⁶ "to the great king, from Demetrius : When you, O king, commanded me about the collection of books that were needed to fill your library and the care to taken about those that are incomplete, I have exercised extreme diligence about those matters. I can report to you that we lack the books of the Jewish law and some others. They are written in Hebrew characters in the language of that nation which is unknown to us.
³⁶ Barach

³⁷ συμβέβηκε δ᾽ αὐτὰ καὶ ἀμελέστερον ἢ ἔδει σεσημάνθαι διὰ τὸ βασιλικῆς οὐ τετυχηκέναι προνοίας . ἔστι δ᾽ ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι καὶ ταῦτα παρὰ σοὶ διηκριβωμένα · φιλοσοφωτέραν γὰρ καὶ ἀκέραιον τὴν‎ νομοθεσίαν εἶναι συμβέβηκεν ὡς ἂν οὖσαν θεοῦ .
³⁷ It hath also happened to them, that they have been transcribed more carelessly than they ought to have been, because they have not had hitherto royal care taken about them. Now it is necessary that thou shouldst have accurate copies of them. And indeed this legislation is full of hidden wisdom, and entirely blameless, as being the legislation of God;	³⁷ In fact they have been transcribed more carelessly than they should have been, since up to now they were not treated with royal care. Now you must have accurate copies of them, for this legislation is full of hidden wisdom and entirely faultless, being legislation which comes from God himself.
³⁷ Barach

³⁸ διὸ καὶ τοὺς ποιητὰς αὐτῆς καὶ τοὺς συγγραφεῖς τῶν ἱστοριῶν οὐκ ἐπιμνησθῆναί φησιν ἙκαταῖοςHecataeus ὁ ἈβδηρίτηςAbdera οὐδὲ τῶν κατ᾽ αὐτὴν πολιτευσαμένων ἀνδρῶν , ὡς ἁγνῆς οὔσης καὶ μὴ δέον αὐτὴν βεβήλοις στόμασιν διασαφεῖσθαι .
³⁸ for which cause it is, as Hecateus of Abdera says, that the poets and historians make no mention of it, nor of those men who lead their lives according to it, since it is a holy law, and ought not to be published by profane mouths.	³⁸ So it is, as Hecateus of Abdera says, that the poets and historians do not mention either it or the people who lead their lives according to it, since it is a holy law and ought not to be spoken of by profane mouths.
³⁸ Barach

³⁹ ἐὰν οὖν σοι δοκῇ , βασιλεῦ , γράψεις τῷ τῶν ἸουδαίωνJews ἀρχιερεῖ , ὅπως ἀποστείλῃ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων ἓξ ἀφ᾽ ἑκάστης φυλῆς τοὺς ἐμπειροτάτους τῶν νόμων , παρ᾽ ὧν τὸ τῶν βιβλίων σαφὲς καὶ σύμφωνον ἐκμαθόντες καὶ τὸ κατὰ τὴν‎ ἑρμηνείαν ἀκριβὲς λαβόντες τῶν πραγμάτων ἀξίως ταῦτα τῆς σῆς προαιρέσεως συναγάγωμεν ."
³⁹ If then it please thee, O king, thou mayest write to the high priest of the Jews, to send six of the elders out of every tribe, and those such as are most skillful of the laws, that by their means we may learn the clear and agreeing sense of these books, and may obtain an accurate interpretation of their contents, and so may have such a collection of these as may be suitable to thy desire.”	³⁹ If it pleases you, O king, you should write to the high priest of the Jews to send six of the elders from every tribe and those who are most skilled in the laws, through whom we may learn the clear and harmonious sense of these books and get a detailed interpretation of their contents and so have the sort of collection that you desire."
³⁹ Barach

⁴⁰ Τοιαύτης οὖν τῆς εἰσδόσεως γενομένης ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐκέλευσεν τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ τῶν ἸουδαίωνJews ἘλεαζάρῳEleazar γραφῆναι περὶ τούτων ἅμα καὶ τὴν‎ ἄφεσιν τῶν δουλευόντων παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἸουδαίωνJews δηλοῦντας αὐτῷ , καὶ πρὸς κατασκευὴν δὲ κρατήρων καὶ φιαλῶν καὶ σπονδείων ἔπεμψε χρυσίου μὲν ὁλκῆς τάλαντα πεντήκοντα , λίθων δὲ πολυτελῶν ἀσυλλόγιστόν τι πλῆθος .
⁴⁰ When this epistle was sent to the king, he commanded that an epistle should be drawn up for Eleazar, the Jewish high priest, concerning these matters; and that they should inform him of the release of the Jews that had been in slavery among them. He also sent fifty talents of gold for the making of large basons, and vials, and cups, and an immense quantity of precious stones.	⁴⁰ When this letter was sent to the king, he had a letter drawn up for the Jewish high priest Eleazar about these matters, telling him of the release of the Jews who had been in slavery among them. He also sent fifty talents of gold for the making of large mixing-bowls and vessels and cups and a countless amount of precious stones.
⁴⁰ Barach

⁴¹ προσέταξε δὲ καὶ τοὺς φύλακας τῶν κιβωτῶν , ἐν αἷς ἐτύγχανον οἱ λίθοι , τὴν‎ ἐκλογὴν τοῖς τεχνίταις αὐτοῖς οὗπερ ἂν θελήσωσιν εἴδους ἐπιτρέπειν . διετάξατο δὲ καὶ νομίσματος εἰς θυσίας καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς χρείας πρὸς ἑκατὸν τάλαντα τῷ ἱερεῖ δοθῆναι .
⁴¹ He also gave order to those who had the custody of the chest that contained those stones, to give the artificers leave to choose out what sorts of them they pleased. He withal appointed, that a hundred talents in money should be sent to the temple for sacrifices, and for other uses.	⁴¹ Indeed, he ordered those in charge of the strong-box containing those stones, to let artisans choose whatever ones they pleased among them and had a hundred talents in money sent to the temple for sacrifices and other uses.
⁴¹ Barach

⁴² διηγήσομαι δὲ τὰ κατασκευάσματα καὶ τὸν τρόπον τῆς δημιουργίας αὐτῶν μετὰ τὸ προεκθέσθαι τὸ ἀντίγραφον τῆς ἐπιστολῆς τῆς γραφείσης ἘλεαζάρῳEleazar τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ , ταύτην λαβόντι τὴν‎ τιμὴν ἐξ αἰτίας τοιαύτης ·
⁴² Now I will give a description of these vessels, and the manner of their construction, but not till after I have set down a copy of the epistle which was written to Eleazar the high priest, who had obtained that dignity on the occasion following:	⁴² I will describe these vessels and how they were made, but not until after I provide a copy of the letter written to Eleazar the high priest, who had obtained that dignity as follows.
⁴² Barach

⁴³ τελευτήσαντος ὈνίουOnias τοῦ ἀρχιερέως ὁ παῖς αὐτοῦ‎ ΣίμωνSimon γίγνεται διάδοχος ὁ καὶ δίκαιος ἐπικληθεὶς διά τε τὸ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν εὐσεβὲς καὶ τὸ πρὸς τοὺς ὁμοφύλους εὔνουν .
⁴³ When Onias the high priest was dead, his son Simon became his successor. He was called Simon the Just because of both his piety towards God, and his kind disposition to those of his own nation.	⁴³ After the death of Onias the high priest he was succeeeded by his son Simon, surnamed "the Just" for his piety to God and his kindly disposition toward his own people.
⁴³ Barach

⁴⁴ ἀποθανόντος δὲ τούτου καὶ νήπιον υἱὸν καταλιπόντος τὸν κληθέντα ὈνίανOnias ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ‎ ἘλεάζαροςEleazar , περὶ οὗ τὸν λόγον ποιούμεθα , τὴν‎ ἀρχιερωσύνην παρέλαβεν , ᾧ γράφει ΠτολεμαῖοςPtolemy τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον ·
⁴⁴ When he was dead, and had left a young son, who was called Onias, Simon’s brother Eleazar, of whom we are speaking, took the high priesthood; and he it was to whom Ptolemy wrote, and that in the manner following:	⁴⁴ When he died, leaving behind young son called Onias, Simon's brother Eleazar, whom we have mentioned, took up the high priesthood, and it was to him that Ptolemy wrote as follows.
⁴⁴ Barach

⁴⁵ " βασιλεὺς ΠτολεμαῖοςPtolemy ἘλεαζάρῳEleazar τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ χαίρειν . πολλῶν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ κατῳκισμένων ἸουδαίωνJews , οὓς αἰχμαλωτισθέντας ὑπὸ ΠερσῶνPersians ὅτ᾽when ἐκράτουν ὁ ἐμὸς πατὴρ ἐτίμησεν , καὶ τοὺς μὲν εἰς τὸ στρατιωτικὸν κατέταξεν ἐπὶ μείζοσιν μισθοφοραῖς , τισὶν δὲ γενομένοις ἐν ΑἰγύπτῳEgypt σὺν αὐτῷ τὰ φρούρια καὶ τὴν‎ τούτων φυλακὴν παρέθετο , ἵνα τοῖς ΑἰγυπτίοιςEgyptian ὦσιν φοβεροί ,
⁴⁵ “King Ptolemy to Eleazar the high priest, sendeth greeting. There are many Jews who now dwell in my kingdom, whom the Persians, when they were in power, carried captives. These were honored by my father; some of them he placed in the army, and gave them greater pay than ordinary; to others of them, when they came with him into Egypt, he committed his garrisons, and the guarding of them, that they might be a terror to the Egyptians.	⁴⁵ "King Ptolemy to Eleazar the high priest, greetings. There are many Jews now living in my kingdom, whom the Persians took as prisoners when they were in power. My father honoured them and placed some of them in the army, on a favourable rate of pay; while to others of them, who came with him into Egypt, he entrusted the guarding of his strongholds, to strike the Egyptians with fear.
⁴⁵ Barach

⁴⁶ τὴν‎ ἀρχὴν ἐγὼ παραλαβὼν πᾶσι μὲν φιλανθρώπως ἐχρησάμην , μάλιστα δὲ τοῖς σοῖς πολίταις , ὧν ὑπὲρ δέκα μὲν μυριάδας αἰχμαλώτων δουλευόντων ἀπέλυσα τοῖς δεσπόταις αὐτῶν ἐκ τῶν ἐμῶν λύτρα καταβαλών .
⁴⁶ And when I had taken the government, I treated all men with humanity, and especially those that are thy fellow citizens, of whom I have set free above a hundred thousand that were slaves, and paid the price of their redemption to their masters out of my own revenues;	⁴⁶ When I became leader I treated all people with goodwill and especially your fellow citizens, of whom I have freed more than a hundred thousand who were slaves and paid their redemption money to their masters out of my own revenues.
⁴⁶ Barach

⁴⁷ τοὺς δὲ ἀκμάζοντας ταῖς ἡλικίαις εἰς τὸν στρατιωτικὸν κατάλογον κατέταξα , τινὰς δὲ τῶν περὶ ἡμᾶς καὶ τὴν‎ τῆς αὐλῆς πίστιν εἶναι δυναμένων ταύτης ἠξίωκα , νομίζων ἡδὺ τῷ θεῷ τῆς ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ προνοίας ἀνάθημα τοῦτο καὶ μέγιστον ἀναθήσειν .
⁴⁷ and those that are of a fit age, I have admitted into them number of my soldiers. And for such as are capable of being faithful to me, and proper for my court, I have put them in such a post, as thinking this [kindness done to them] to be a very great and an acceptable gift, which I devote to God for his providence over me.	⁴⁷ I have enrolled into my army those of them of suitable age and have given posts in my court to some of them whom I considered capable and loyal to me, thinking this a major way to acknowledge God's providence toward me.
⁴⁷ Barach

⁴⁸ βουλόμενος δὲ καὶ τούτοις χαρίζεσθαι καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς κατὰ τὴν‎ οἰκουμένην ἸουδαίοιςJews τὸν νόμον ὑμῶν ἔγνων μεθερμηνεῦσαι , καὶ γράμμασιν ἙλληνικοῖςGreek ἐκ τῶν ἙβραικῶνHebrew μεταγραφέντα κεῖσθαι ἐν τῇ ἐμῇ βιβλιοθήκῃ .
⁴⁸ And as I am desirous to do what will be grateful to these, and to all the other Jews in the habitable earth, I have determined to procure an interpretation of your law, and to have it translated out of Hebrew into Greek, and to be deposited in my library.	⁴⁸ Wishing to do a favour to these and all other Jews the world over, I have decided to have your law translated and transcribed from Hebrew into Greek letters and kept in my library.
⁴⁸ Barach

⁴⁹ καλῶς οὖν ποιήσεις ἐπιλεξάμενος ἄνδρας ἀγαθοὺς ἓξ ἀφ᾽ ἑκάστης φυλῆς ἤδη πρεσβυτέρους , οἳ καὶ διὰ τὸν χρόνον ἐμπείρως ἔχουσι τῶν νόμων καὶ δυνήσονται τὴν‎ ἑρμηνείαν αὐτῶν ἀκριβῆ ποιήσασθαι · νομίζω γὰρ τούτων ἐπιτελεσθέντων μεγίστην δόξαν ἡμῖν περιγενήσεσθαι .
⁴⁹ Thou wilt therefore do well to choose out and send to me men of a good character, who are now elders in age, and six in number out of every tribe. These, by their age, must be skillful in the laws, and of abilities to make an accurate interpretation of them; and when this shall be finished, I shall think that I have done a work glorious to myself.	⁴⁹ It would be well therefore if you select and send to me some good older men, six from every tribe. These must have long experience in the laws and be able to interpret them in detail, and when the work is finished, I think I shall have done something that will bring me great renown.
⁴⁹ Barach

⁵⁰ ἀπέσταλκα δέ σοι περὶ τούτων διαλεξομένους ἈνδρέανAndreas τὸν ἀρχισωματοφύλακα καὶ ἈρισταῖονAristeas ἐμοὶ τιμιωτάτους , δι᾽ ὧν καὶ ἀπαρχὰς ἀναθημάτων εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν καὶ θυσιῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀπέσταλκα τάλαντα ἀργυρίου ἑκατόν . Καὶ σὺ δ᾽ ἡμῖν ἐπιστέλλωνto send to περὶ ὧν ἂν θέλῃς ποιήσεις κεχαρισμένα ."
⁵⁰ And I have sent to thee Andreas, the captain of my guard, and Aristeus, men whom I have in very great esteem; by whom I have sent those first-fruits which I have dedicated to the temple, and to the sacrifices, and to other uses, to the value of a hundred talents. And if thou wilt send to us, to let us know what thou wouldst have further, thou wilt do a thing acceptable to me.”	⁵⁰ I have sent men whom I highly esteem, Andreas, the head of my bodyguard and Aristeas, to discuss this with you, and through them I have sent as first-fruits dedicated to the temple, for sacrifices and other uses, a hundred talents of silver. And we will be pleased if you send and say what else you would like from us."
⁵⁰ Barach

⁵¹ Τῆς οὖν ἐπιστολῆς τοῦ βασιλέως κομισθείσης πρὸς τὸν ἘλεάζαρονEleazar ἀντιγράφει πρὸς αὐτὴν ὡς ἐνῆν μάλιστα φιλοτίμως . " ἀρχιερεὺς ἘλεάζαροςEleazar βασιλεῖ ΠτολεμαίῳPtolemy χαίρειν . ἐρρωμένων σοῦ τε καὶ τῆς βασιλίσσης ἈρσινόηςArsinoe καὶ τῶν τέκνων καλῶς ἡμῖν ἔχει πάντα .
⁵¹ When this epistle of the king was brought to Eleazar, he wrote an answer to it with all the respect possible: “Eleazar the high priest to king Ptolemy, sendeth greeting. If thou and thy queen Arsinoe, and thy children, be well, we are entirely satisfied.	⁵¹ When the king's letter was brought to Eleazar, he wrote back to him in terms of highest respect : "Eleazar the high priest to king Ptolemy, greetings. If you and queen Arsinoe and the children are well, we are very glad.
⁵¹ Barach

⁵² τὴν‎ δ᾽ ἐπιστολὴν λαβόντες μεγάλως ἥσθημεν ἐπὶ τῇ προαιρέσει σου , καὶ συναθροίσαντες τὸ πλῆθος ἀνέγνωμεν αὐτὴν ἐμφανίζοντες αὐτῷ ἣν ἔχεις πρὸς τὸν θεὸν εὐσέβειαν .
⁵² When we received thy epistle, we greatly rejoiced at thy intentions; and when the multitude were gathered together, we read it to them, and thereby made them sensible of the piety thou hast towards God.	⁵² When we received your letter, we were delighted by your intentions, and assembling the people we read it to them to demonstrate to them your devotion toward God.
⁵² Barach

⁵³ ἐπεδείξαμεν δ᾽ αὐτῷ καὶ τὰς φιάλας ἃς ἔπεμψας χρυσᾶς εἴκοσι καὶ ἀργυρᾶς τριάκοντα καὶ κρατῆρας πέντε καὶ τράπεζαν εἰς ἀνάθεσιν , ἅ τε εἰς θυσίαν καὶ εἰς ἐπισκευὴν ὧν ἂν δέηται τὸ ἱερὸν τάλαντα ἑκατόν , ἅπερ ἐκόμισαν ἈνδρέαςAndreas καὶ ἈρισταῖοςAristeas οἱ τιμιώτατοί σου τῶν φίλων , ἄνδρες ἀγαθοὶ καὶ παιδείᾳ διαφέροντες καὶ τῆς σῆς ἀρετῆς ἄξιοι .
⁵³ We also showed them the twenty vials of gold, and thirty of silver, and the five large basons, and the table for the shew-bread; as also the hundred talents for the sacrifices, and for the making what shall be needful at the temple; which things Andreas and Aristeus, those most honored friends of thine, have brought us; and truly they are persons of an excellent character, and of great learning, and worthy of thy virtue.	⁵³ We also showed them the twenty golden vessels and thirty silver ones and the five large mixing-bowls and the table of offerings, and the hundred talents for sacrifices and providing what is needed for the temple, that Andreas and Aristeas, your most honoured friends, have brought us, and truly they are good men of great learning and worthy of your virtue.
⁵³ Barach

⁵⁴ ἴσθι δ᾽ ἡμᾶς τὸ σοὶ συμφέρον , κἂν ᾖ τι παρὰ φύσιν , ὑπομενοῦντας · ἀμείβεσθαι γὰρ ἡμᾶς δεῖ τὰς σὰς εὐεργεσίας πολυμερῶς εἰς τοὺς ἡμετέρους πολίτας κατατεθείσας .
⁵⁴ Know then that we will gratify thee in what is for thy advantage, though we do what we used not to do before; for we ought to make a return for the numerous acts of kindness which thou hast done to our countrymen.	⁵⁴ Be assured that we will follow your wishes, even though it is unusual, for we ought to make a return for your many benefits to our countrymen.
⁵⁴ Barach

⁵⁵ εὐθὺς οὖν ὑπὲρ σοῦ καὶ τῆς ἀδελφῆς σου καὶ τέκνων καὶ φίλων προσηγάγομεν θυσίας , καὶ τὸ πλῆθος εὐχὰς ἐποιήσατο γενέσθαι σοι τὰ κατὰ νοῦν καὶ φυλαχθῆναί σου τὴν‎ βασιλείαν ἐν εἰρήνῃ , τήν τε τοῦ νόμου μεταγραφὴν ἐπὶ συμφέροντι τῷ σῷ λαβεῖν ὃ προαιρῇ τέλος .
⁵⁵ We immediately, therefore, offered sacrifices for thee and thy sister, with thy children and friends; and the multitude made prayers, that thy affairs may be to thy mind, and that thy kingdom may be preserved in peace, and that the translation of our law may come to the conclusion thou desirest, and be for thy advantage.	⁵⁵ Therefore we immediately offered sacrifices for you and your sister, and your children and friends, and the people prayed that your affairs may prosper and your kingdom be preserved in peace and that the translation of our law may benefit you and be completed to your satisfaction.
⁵⁵ Barach

⁵⁶ ἐπελεξάμην δὲ καὶ πρεσβυτέρους ἄνδρας ἓξ ἀπὸ φυλῆς ἑκάστης , οὓς πεπόμφαμεν ἔχοντας τὸν νόμον . ἔσται‎ δὲ τῆς σῆς εὐσεβείας καὶ δικαιοσύνης τὸ μεταγραφέντα τὸν νόμον εἰς ἡμᾶς ἀποπέμψαι μετ᾽ ἀσφαλείας τῶν κομιζόντων . ἔρρωσο ."
⁵⁶ We have also chosen six elders out of every tribe, whom we have sent, and the law with them. It will be thy part, out of thy piety and justice, to send back the law, when it hath been translated, and to return those to us that bring it in safety. Farewell.”	⁵⁶ We have chosen six elders from every tribe and sent them to you, bringing the law. In piety and justice, you must send back the law when it has been translated and safely return to us those who are bringing it. Farewell."
⁵⁶ Barach

⁵⁷ Ταῦτα μὲν ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς ἀντέγραψεν . ἐμοὶ δ᾽ οὐκ ἀναγκαῖον ἔδοξεν εἶναι τὰ ὀνόματα τῶν ἑβδομήκοντα πρεσβυτέρων , οἳ τὸν νόμον ἐκόμιζον ὑπὸ ἘλεαζάρουEleazar πεμφθέντες , δηλοῦν · ἦν γὰρ ταῦτα ὑπογεγραμμένα ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ .
⁵⁷ This was the reply which the high priest made. But it does not seem to me to be necessary to set down the names of the seventy [two] elders who were sent by Eleazar, and carried the law, which yet were subjoined at the end of the epistle.	⁵⁷ This was the reply of the high priest. It does not seem to me necessary to report the names of the seventy elders sent by Eleazar to bring the law, as they were subjoined at the end of the letter.
⁵⁷ Barach

⁵⁸ τὴν‎ μέντοι γε τῶν ἀναθημάτων πολυτέλειαν καὶ κατασκευήν , ἣν ἀπέστειλεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τῷ θεῷ , οὐκ ἀνεπιτήδειον διελθεῖν , ὅπως ἅπασιν ἡ τοῦ βασιλέως περὶ τὸν θεὸν φιλοτιμία φανερὰ γένηται · ἄφθονον γὰρ τὴν‎ εἰς ταῦτα δαπάνην χορηγῶν ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ παρὼν ἀεὶ τοῖς τεχνίταις καὶ τὰ ἔργα ἐπιβλέπων οὐδὲν ἀμελῶς οὐδὲ ῥᾳθύμως εἴα γίγνεσθαι τῶν κατασκευασμάτων .
⁵⁸ However, I thought it not improper to give an account of those very valuable and artificially contrived vessels which the king sent to God, that all may see how great a regard the king had for God; for the king allowed a vast deal of expenses for these vessels, and came often to the workmen, and viewed their works, and suffered nothing of carelessness or negligence to be any damage to their operations.	⁵⁸ However, I did not think it out of place to give an account of the precious and expertly wrought offerings which the king sent to God, to highlight the king's high regard for God, for he spent a vast amount for on them and often went to the workmen to oversee their work and let no carelessness or negligence creep into their creation.
⁵⁸ Barach

⁵⁹ ὧν ἕκαστον οἷον ἦν τὴν‎ πολυτέλειαν διηγήσομαι , τῆς μὲν ἱστορίας ἴσως οὐκ ἀπαιτούσης τὴν‎ ἀπαγγελίαν , τὸ δὲ τοῦ βασιλέως φιλόκαλον καὶ μεγαλόφρον οὕτω συστήσειν τοῖς ἐντευξομένοιςto light upon, meet with ὑπολαμβάνων .
⁵⁹ And I will relate how rich they were as well as I am able, although perhaps the nature of this history may not require such a description; but I imagine I shall thereby recommend the elegant taste and magnanimity of this king to those that read this history.	⁵⁹ Even if the nature of this history may not require such a description, I will tell as well as I can how rich they were, in order to convey to those who read my work the elegant taste and magnanimity of this king.
⁵⁹ Barach

⁶⁰ Πρῶτον δὲ τὰ περὶ τῆς τραπέζης ἐκθήσομαι . εἶχεν μὲν οὖν δι᾽ ἐννοίας ὁ βασιλεὺς ὑπερμεγεθέστατον τοῖς μέτροις ἀπεργάσασθαι τὸ κατασκεύασμα , προσέταξε δὲ μαθεῖν τὸ μέγεθος τῆς ἀνακειμένης ἐν τοῖς ἹεροσολύμοιςJerusalem τραπέζης πόσον τέ ἐστιν καὶ εἰ δύναται τούτου μεῖζον κατασκευασθῆναι .
⁶⁰ And first I will describe what belongs to the table. It was indeed in the king’s mind to make this table vastly large in its dimensions; but then he gave orders that they should learn what was the magnitude of the table which was already at Jerusalem, and how large it was, and whether there was a possibility of making one larger than it.	⁶⁰ Let me first tell about the table. The king had a mind to make this table enormous in size, but then he ordered them to find out the size of the table already in Jerusalem and its dimensions and whether it was possible to make one still larger.
⁶⁰ Barach

⁶¹ μαθὼν δὲ καὶ τὴν‎ οὖσαν ἡλίκη τις ἦν , καὶ ὅτι αὐτῆς οὐδὲν κωλύει μείζονα γενέσθαι , φήσας καὶ πενταπλασίονα τῆς ὑπαρχούσης τῷ μεγέθει βούλεσθαι κατασκευάσαι , φοβεῖσθαι δέ , μὴ πρὸς τὰς λειτουργίας ἄχρηστος διὰ τὴν‎ ὑπερβολὴν τοῦ μεγέθους γένηται · βούλεσθαι γὰρ οὐκ ἀνακεῖσθαι μόνον εἰς θέαν τἀναθήματα , ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς τὰς λειτουργίας εὔχρηστα ·
⁶¹ And when he was informed how large that was which was already there, and that nothing hindered but a larger might be made, he said that he was willing to have one made that should be five times as large as the present table; but his fear was, that it might be then useless in their sacred ministrations by its too great largeness; for he desired that the gifts he presented them should not only be there for show, but should be useful also in their sacred ministrations.	⁶¹ When he learned the size of the one already there and that there was nothing to stop a larger one being made, he said he had intended having one made five times as large as the existing one, but then feared that its excessive size might make it useless in their liturgies, for he wanted the gifts he presented them to be there not just for show, but to be serviceable in their liturgies.
⁶¹ Barach

⁶² καὶ διὰ τοῦτο λογισάμενος σύμμετρον κατεσκευάσθαι τὴν‎ προτέραν τράπεζαν , ἀλλ᾽ οὐ διὰ σπάνιν χρυσοῦ , τῷ μεγέθει μὲν οὐκ ἔγνω τὴν‎ προυπάρχουσαν ὑπερβαλεῖν , τῇ δὲ ποικιλίᾳ καὶ τῷ κάλλει τῆς ὕλης ἀξιολογωτέραν κατασκευάσαι .
⁶² According to which reasoning, that the former table was made of so moderate a size for use, and not for want of gold, he resolved that he would not exceed the former table in largeness; but would make it exceed it in the variety and elegancy of its materials.	⁶² That was the reason why the former table was made of so moderate a size, for practicability and not for lack of gold, so he decided not to exceed the former table in size, but to excel it in the variety and beauty of its materials.
⁶² Barach

⁶³ δεινὸς δὲ ὢν συνιδεῖν πραγμάτων παντοδαπῶν φύσιν καὶ λαβεῖν ἐπίνοιαν ἔργων καινῶν καὶ παραδόξων καὶ ὅσα ἦν ἄγραφα τὴν‎ εὕρεσιν αὐτὸς παρέχων διὰ τὴν‎ σύνεσιν καὶ ὑποδεικνὺς τοῖς τεχνίταις , ἐκέλευσεν ταῦτα κατασκευάζεσθαι καὶ τὰ ἀναγεγραμμένα πρὸς τὴν‎ ἀκρίβειαν αὐτῶν ἀποβλέποντας ὁμοίως ἐπιτελεῖν .
⁶³ And as he was sagacious in observing the nature of all things, and in having a just notion of what was new and surprising, and where there was no sculptures, he would invent such as were proper by his own skill, and would show them to the workmen, he commanded that such sculptures should now be made, and that those which were delineated should be most accurately formed by a constant regard to their delineation.	⁶³ Since he was an acute observer of the nature of all kinds of things with fine taste about what was new and surprising, he would cleverly invent suitable adornments for the blank surfaces and show them to the workmen and have them wrought, accurately following the outlines he had drafted.
⁶³ Barach

⁶⁴ Ὑποστησάμενοι τοίνυν ποιήσασθαι τὴν‎ τράπεζαν δύο μὲν καὶ ἡμίσους πηχῶν τὸ μῆκος , ἑνὸς δὲ τὸ εὖρος , τὸ δ᾽ ὕψος ἑνὸς καὶ ἡμίσους , κατεσκεύαζον ἐκ χρυσοῦ τὴν‎ ὅλην τοῦ ἔργου καταβολὴν ποιούμενοι . τὴν‎ μὲν οὖν στεφάνην παλαιστιαίαν εἰργάσαντο , τὰ δὲ κυμάτια στρεπτὰ τὴν‎ ἀναγλυφὴν ἔχοντα σχοινοειδῆ τῇ τορείᾳ θαυμαστῶς ἐκ τῶν τριῶν μερῶν μεμιμημένην .
⁶⁴ When therefore the workmen had undertaken to make the table, they framed it in length two cubits [and a half], in breadth one cubit, and in height one cubit and a half; and the entire structure of the work was of gold. They withal made a crown of a hand-breadth round it, with wave-work wreathed about it, and with an engraving which imitated a cord, and was admirably turned on its three parts;	⁶⁴ When planning out the table, they made it two and a half cubits long, one cubit wide, and one and a half cubits high, and they made the entire structure out of gold. They fashioned a crown a hand-width thick around it, wreathed with wavelike shapes and engraved in braided forms so that it looked quite striking from all three directions.
⁶⁴ Barach

⁶⁵ τριγώνων γὰρ ὄντων αὐτῶν ἑκάστη γωνία τὴν‎ αὐτὴν τῆς ἐκτυπώσεως εἶχεν διάθεσιν , ὡς στρεφομένων αὐτῶν μίαν καὶ μὴ διάφορον τὴν‎ ἰδέαν αὐτοῖς συμπεριφέρεσθαι . τῆς δὲ στεφάνης τὸ μὲν ὑπὸ τὴν‎ τράπεζαν ἐκκεκλιμένον ὡραίαν εἶχεν τὴν‎ ἀποτύπωσιν , τὸ δ᾽ ἔξωθεν περιηγμένον ἔτι μᾶλλον τῷ κάλλει τῆς ἐργασίαςwork, labour ἦν ἐκπεπονημένον , ὡς ὑπ᾽ ὄψιν καὶ θεωρίαν ἐρχόμενον .
⁶⁵ for as they were of a triangular figure, every angle had the same disposition of its sculptures, that when you turned them about, the very same form of them was turned about without any variation. Now that part of the crown-work that was enclosed under the table had its sculptures very beautiful; but that part which went round on the outside was more elaborately adorned with most beautiful ornaments, because it was exposed to sight, and to the view of the spectators;	⁶⁵ Each of its dimensions was triangular in shape, and each was sculpted in the same way, so that when turned about, they still invariably showed the same form. The part of the crown on the underside of the table was beautifully sculpted, but the part around on the outside, being exposed to the sight and admiration of onlookers, was even more elaborately adorned.
⁶⁵ Barach

⁶⁶ διὸ καὶ τὴν‎ μὲν ὑπεροχὴν ἀμφοτέρων τῶν μερῶν ὀξεῖαν συνέβαινε γίγνεσθαι , καὶ μηδεμίαν γωνίαν τριῶν οὐσῶν , ὡς προειρήκαμεν , περὶ τὴν‎ μεταγωγὴν τῆς τραπέζης ἐλάσσονα βλέπεσθαι . ἐνδιέκειντο δὲ ταῖς σχοινίσιν τῆς τορείας λίθοι πολυτελεῖς παράλληλοι περόναις χρυσαῖς διὰ τρημάτων κατειλημμένοι .
⁶⁶ for which reason it was that both those sides which were extant above the rest were acute, and none of the angles, which we before told you were three, appeared less than another, when the table was turned about. Now into the cordwork thus turned were precious stones inserted, in rows parallel one to the other, enclosed in golden buttons, which had ouches in them;	⁶⁶ Thus both those sides which stood out from the rest were acute and none of the corners, which as we mentioned were three, appeared smaller than another, when the table was turned about. Into the intricate cordwork precious stones were inserted, in parallel rows, fastened with golden buttons, with hollow centres.
⁶⁶ Barach

⁶⁷ τὰ δ᾽ ἐκ πλαγίου τῆς στεφάνης καὶ πρὸς ὄψιν ἀνατείνοντα ὠῶν ἐκ λίθου καλλίστου πεποιημένων θέσει κατακεκόσμητο ῥάβδοις τὴν‎ ἀναγλυφὴν ἐοικότων πυκναῖς , αἳ περὶ τὸν κύκλον τῆς τραπέζης εἴληντο .
⁶⁷ but the parts which were on the side of the crown, and were exposed to the sight, were adorned with a row of oval figures obliquely placed, of the most excellent sort of precious stones, which imitated rods laid close, and encompassed the table round about.	⁶⁷ The visible parts to the side of the crown had a frieze of the finest stones, adorned with staves and multiple bas-reliefs surrounding the table.
⁶⁷ Barach

⁶⁸ ὑπὸ δὲ τὴν‎ τῶν ὠῶν διατύπωσιν στέφανον περιήγαγον οἱ τεχνῖται παντοίου καρποῦ φύσιν ἐντετορευμένον , ὡς ἀποκρέμασθαί τε βότρυς καὶ στάχυας ἀναστῆναι καὶ ῥόας ἀποκεκλεῖσθαι . τοὺς δὲ λίθους εἰς πᾶν γένος τῶν προειρημένων καρπῶν , ὡς ἑκάστου τὴν‎ οἰκείαν ἐντετυπῶσθαι χρόαν , ἐξεργασάμενοι συνέδησαν τῷ χρυσῷ περὶ ὅλην τὴν‎ τράπεζαν .
⁶⁸ But under these oval figures, thus engraven, the workmen had put a crown all round it, where the nature of all sorts of fruit was represented, insomuch that the bunches of grapes hung up. And when they had made the stones to represent all the kinds of fruit before mentioned, and that each in its proper color, they made them fast with gold round the whole table.	⁶⁸ Under these oval engraved figures the workmen had traced a crown representing the forms of all sorts of fruit with emphasis on grapes and stalks of wheat. When they had made the stones representing all the above-named kinds of fruits, each shown in its proper colour, they fastened the whole table with gold.
⁶⁸ Barach

⁶⁹ ὑπὸ δὲ τὸν στέφανον ὁμοίως ἡ τῶν ὠῶν διάθεσις πεποίητο καὶ ἡ τῆς ῥαβδώσεως ἀναγλυφή , τῆς τραπέζης ἐπ᾽ ἀμφότερον μέρος ἔχειν τὴν‎ αὐτὴν τῆς ποικιλίας τῶν ἔργων καὶ γλαφυρότητος θέαν κατεσκευασμένης , ὡς καὶ τὴν‎ τῶν ἄλλων κυμάτων θέσιν καὶ τὴν‎ τῆς στεφάνης μηδὲ τῆς τραπέζης ἐφ᾽ ἕτερον μέρος ἐναλλαττομένης γίγνεσθαι διάφορον , τὴν‎ δ᾽ αὐτὴν ἄχρι καὶ τῶν ποδῶν ὄψιν τῆς ἐπιτεχνήσεως διατετάσθαι .
⁶⁹ The like disposition of the oval figures, and of the engraved rods, was framed under the crown, that the table might on each side show the same appearance of variety and elegancy of its ornaments; so that neither the position of the wave-work nor of the crown might be different, although the table were turned on the other side, but that the prospect of the same artificial contrivances might be extended as far as the feet;	⁶⁹ A similar set of oval figures and engraved staves was put under the crown, so that the table showed the same variety and elegance of ornamentation on both sides, and the wave effect and crown looked no different even if the table were turned upside down. The same appearance of ingenuity extended right down as far as the feet,
⁶⁹ Barach

⁷⁰ ἔλασμα γὰρ χρυσοῦ τὸ πλάτος τεσσάρων δακτύλων ποιήσαντες καθ᾽ ὅλου τοῦ τῆς τραπέζης πλάτους εἰς τοῦτο τοὺς πόδας αὐτῆς ἐνέθεσαν , ἔπειτα περόναις καὶ κατακλεῖσιν αὐτοὺς ἐνέσφιγγον τῇ τραπέζῃ κατὰ τὴν‎ στεφάνην , ἵνα τὴν‎ θέαν τῆς καινουργίας καὶ πολυτελείας , ἐφ᾽ ᾧ τις ἂν στήσῃ τὴν‎ τράπεζαν μέρει , παρέχωσι τὴν‎ αὐτήν .
⁷⁰ for there was made a plate of gold four fingers broad, through the entire breadth of the table, into which they inserted the feet, and then fastened them to the table by buttons and button-holes, at the place where the crown was situate, that so on what side soever of the table one should stand, it might exhibit the very same view of the exquisite workmanship, and of the vast expenses bestowed upon it:	⁷⁰ for through the entire breadth of the table there was a plate of gold four fingers broad, into which they inserted the feet fastening them to the table by buttons and button-holes at the level of the crown, so that no matter which side of the table one stood, the view of the ingenuity and artistry appeared the very same.
⁷⁰ Barach

⁷¹ ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς τραπέζης μαίανδρον ἐξέγλυψαν λίθους αὐτῷ κατὰ μέσον ἀξιολόγους ὥσπερ ἀστέρας ποικίλης ἰδέας ἐνθέντες , τόν τε ἄνθρακα καὶ τὸν σμάραγδον ἥδιστονmost gladly προσαυγάζοντας αὐτῶν ἑκάτερον τοῖς ὁρῶσιν , τῶν τε ἄλλων γενῶν ὅσοι περισπούδαστοι καὶ ζηλωτοὶ πᾶσιν διὰ τὴν‎ πολυτέλειαν τῆς φύσεως ὑπάρχουσιν .
⁷¹ but upon the table itself they engraved a meander, inserting into it very valuable stones in the middle like stars, of various colors; the carbuncle and the emerald, each of which sent out agreeable rays of light to the spectators; with such stones of other sorts also as were most curious and best esteemed, as being most precious in their kind.	⁷¹ On the table itself they engraved a meander, with starlike forms of various colours inlaid within it in precious stones, including the carbuncle and the emerald, each of them delightful to the viewer, along with other stones, all of them highly sought after because of their sparkling appearance.
⁷¹ Barach

⁷² μετὰ δὲ τὸν μαίανδρον πλέγμα τι σχοινοειδὲς περιῆκτο ῥόμβῳ τὴν‎ κατὰ μέσον ὄψιν ἐμφερές , ἐφ᾽ οὗ κρύσταλλός τε λίθος καὶ ἤλεκτρον ἐντετύπωτο τῇ παραλλήλῳ τῆς ἰδέας γειτνιάσει ψυχαγωγίαν θαυμαστὴν παρέχον τοῖς βλέπουσιν .
⁷² Hard by this meander a texture of net-work ran round it, the middle of which appeared like a rhombus, into which were inserted rock-crystal and amber, which, by the great resemblance of the appearance they made, gave wonderful delight to those that saw them.	⁷² Alongside the meander ran a texture like a net, the middle of which was shaped like a rhombus, into which were inserted rock-crystal and amber in parallel lines, which delighted the spirit of all who saw them by their marvellous splendour.
⁷² Barach

⁷³ τῶν δὲ ποδῶν ἦσαν αἱ κεφαλίδες εἰς κρίνα μεμιμημέναι τὰς ἐκφύσεις τῶν πετάλων ὑπὸ τὴν‎ τράπεζαν ἀνακλωμένων , εἰς ὀρθὸν δὲ τὴν‎ βλάστησιν ἔνδοθεν παρεχόντων ὁρᾶν .
⁷³ The chapiters of the feet imitated the first buddings of lilies, while their leaves were bent and laid under the table, but so that the chives were seen standing upright within them.	⁷³ The capitals of the feet resembled lilies budding forth, their leaves bent beneath the table-top, and with the stalks visible, upright within them.
⁷³ Barach

⁷⁴ ἡ δὲ βάσις αὐτοῖς ἦν ἐξ ἄνθρακος λίθου παλαιστιαία πεποιημένη σχῆμα κρηπῖδος ἀποτελοῦσα , τὸ δὲ πλάτος ὀκτὼ δακτύλων ἔχουσα , καθ᾽ οὗ τὸ πᾶν ἔλασμα τῶν ποδῶν ἐρήρειστο .
⁷⁴ Their bases were made of a carbuncle; and the place at the bottom, which rested on that carbuncle, was one palm deep, and eight fingers in breadth.	⁷⁴ Their bases were made of carbuncle, and the table-base resting upon that carbuncle was one palm deep and eight fingers wide.
⁷⁴ Barach

⁷⁵ ἀνέγλυψαν δὲ λεπτομερεῖ καὶ φιλοπονωτάτῃ τορείᾳ τῶν ποδῶν ἕκαστον , κισσὸν αὐτοῖς καὶ κλήματα ἀμπέλων σὺν καὶ βότρυσιν ἐκφύσαντες , ὡς εἰκάσαι μηδὲν ἀποδεῖν τῆς ἀληθείας · καὶ γὰρ πρὸς τὸ πνεῦμα διὰ λεπτότητα καὶ τὴν‎ ἐπ᾽ ἄκρον αὐτῶν ἔκτασιν κινούμενα φαντασίαν τῶν κατὰ φύσιν μᾶλλον ἢ τέχνης μιμημάτων παρεῖχεν .
⁷⁵ Now they had engraven upon it with a very fine tool, and with a great deal of pains, a branch of ivy and tendrils of the vine, sending forth clusters of grapes, that you would guess they were nowise different from real tendrils; for they were so very thin, and so very far extended at their extremities, that they were moved with the wind, and made one believe that they were the product of nature, and not the representation of art.	⁷⁵ On each of the feet they had carefully and delicately engraved with a fine tool a branch of ivy and vine-tendrils, sending forth clusters of grapes that had an extremely lifelike appearance. They were so slender and their extremities so fine that they moved with the wind and made one imagine them the product of nature rather than artistic imitations.
⁷⁵ Barach

⁷⁶ ἐκαινούργησαν δὲ ὥστε τρίπτυχον οἱονεὶ τὸ σχῆμα τῆς ὅλης κατασκευάσαι τραπέζης τῆς ἁρμονίας πρὸς ἄλληλα τῶν μερῶν οὕτω συνδεδεμένης , ὡς ἀόρατον εἶναι καὶ μηδ᾽ ἐπινοεῖσθαι τὰς συμβολάς . ἥμισυ δὲ πήχεως οὐκ ἔλασσον τῇ τραπέζῃ τὸ πάχος συνέβαινεν εἶναι.
⁷⁶ They also made the entire workmanship of the table appear to be threefold, while the joints of the several parts were so united together as to be invisible, and the places where they joined could not be distinguished. Now the thickness of the table was not less than half a cubit.	⁷⁶ They fashioned the entire fabric of the table in three parts, but the joints of the various parts were so blended that the joints where they met were invisible and could not be discerned. The thickness of the table was not less than half a cubit.
⁷⁶ Barach

⁷⁷ Τὸ μὲν οὖν ἀνάθημα τοῦτο κατὰ πολλὴν τοῦ βασιλέως φιλοτιμίαν τοιοῦτο τῇ τε πολυτελείᾳ τῆς ὕλης καὶ τῇ ποικιλίᾳ τῆς καλλονῆς καὶ τῇ μιμήσει τῇ κατὰ τὴν‎ τορείαν τῶν τεχνιτῶν συνετελέσθη , σπουδάσαντος εἰ καὶ μὴ τῷ μεγέθει τῆς προανακειμένης τῷ θεῷ τραπέζης ἔμελλεν ἔσεσθαι διάφορος , τῇ μέντοι γε τέχνῃ καὶ τῇ καινουργίᾳ καὶ τῇ λαμπρότητι τῆς κατασκευῆς πολὺ κρείττονα καὶ περίβλεπτον ἀπεργάσασθαι .
⁷⁷ So that this gift, by the king’s great generosity, by the great value of the materials, and the variety of its exquisite structure, and the artificer’s skill in imitating nature with graying tools, was at length brought to perfection, while the king was very desirous, that though in largeness it were not to be different from that which was already dedicated to God, yet that in exquisite workmanship, and the novelty of the contrivances, and in the splendor of its construction, it should far exceed it, and be more illustrious than that was.	⁷⁷ Finally by the king's great generosity, this gift, made of such valuable materials and so exquisitely carved by the artisans with graving tools in imitation of nature, was completed, while the giver fervently wished that though its size was no different from the one already dedicated to God, yet it should far excel it in artistry and the novelty of its design and and be more illustrious than the former in the splendour of its construction.
⁷⁷ Barach

⁷⁸ Τῶν δὲ κρατήρων χρύσεοι μὲν ἦσαν δύο , φολιδωτὴν δ᾽ εἶχον ἀπὸ τῆς βάσεως μέχρι τοῦ διαζώματος τὴν‎ τορείαν λίθων ταῖς σπείραις ποικίλων ἐνδεδεμένων .
⁷⁸ Now of the cisterns of gold there were two, whose sculpture was of scale-work, from its basis to its belt-like circle, with various sorts of stones enchased in the spiral circles.	⁷⁸ There were two golden mixing-bowls engraved with a leaf-like texture from their base to their waist, and with various sorts of stones inlaid within the coils.
⁷⁸ Barach

⁷⁹ εἶτα ἐπ᾽ αὐτῇ μαίανδρος πηχυαῖος τὸ ὕψος ἐξείργαστο κατὰ σύνθεσιν λίθων παντοίων τὴν‎ ἰδέαν , κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ‎ δὲ ῥάβδωσις ἀναγέγλυπτο , καθ᾽ ἧς πλέγμα ῥομβωτὸν δικτύοις ἐμφερὲς ἕως τοῦ χείλους ἀνείλκυστο ·
⁷⁹ Next to which there was upon it a meander of a cubit in height; it was composed of stones of all sorts of colors. And next to this was the rod-work engraven; and next to that was a rhombus in a texture of net-work, drawn out to the brim of the basin,	⁷⁹ Alongside this was a meander of a cubit high, made from stones of all sorts of colours, and next to this were engraved a stem of rods, and then a rhombus in a texture of network, up to the brim of the basin.
⁷⁹ Barach

⁸⁰ τὰ δὲ μέσα λίθων ἀσπίδια τετραδακτύλων ἀνεπλήρου τὸ κάλλος . περιεστέφετο δὲ τὰ χείλη τοῦ κρατῆρος κρίνων σμίλαξι καὶ ἀνθεμίσι καὶ βοτρύων σχοινίαις εἰς κύκλον περιηγμέναις .
⁸⁰ while small shields, made of stones, beautiful in their kind, and of four fingers’ depth, filled up the middle parts. About the top of the basin were wreathed the leaves of lilies, and of the convolvulus, and the tendrils of vines in a circular manner.	⁸⁰ Small shields made of stones, four fingers deep, beautified the middle section, and the brim of each mixing bowl was wreathed in lily-leaves and the flower and tendrils of the vine, in a circular style.
⁸⁰ Barach

⁸¹ τοὺς μὲν οὖν χρυσέους κρατῆρας δύο χωροῦντας ἑκάτερον ἀμφορέας τοῦτον κατεσκεύασαν τὸν τρόπον , οἱ δ᾽ ἀργύρεοι τῶν ἐσόπτρων τὴν‎ λαμπρότητα πολὺ διαυγέστεροι γεγόνεισαν , ὡς τρανοτέρας διὰ τούτων τὰς τῶν προσφερομένων ὄψεις ὁρᾶσθαι .
⁸¹ And this was the construction of the two cisterns of gold, each containing two firkins. But those which were of silver were much more bright and splendid than looking-glasses, and you might in them see the images that fell upon them more plainly than in the other.	⁸¹ This was the structure of the two golden mixing bowls, each containing two amphorae. The bowls of silver were much brighter and more splendid than mirrors, so that the images that fell upon them were more plainly visible than in the latter.
⁸¹ Barach

⁸² προσκατεσκεύασε δὲ τούτοις ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ φιάλας τριάκοντα , ὧν ὅσα χρυσὸς ἦν ἀλλὰ μὴ λίθῳ πολυτελεῖ διείληπτο , σμίλαξι κισσοῦ καὶ πετάλοις ἀμπέλων ἐσκίαστο φιλοτέχνως ἐντετορευμένων .
⁸² The king also ordered thirty vials; those of which the parts that were of gold, and filled up with precious stones, were shadowed over with the leaves of ivy and of vines, artificially engraven.	⁸² To these the king added thirty salvers, made of gold and encrusted with precious stones, all artistically engraved with tendrils of ivy and vine-leaves.
⁸² Barach

⁸³ ταῦτα δ᾽ ἐγίγνετο μὲν καὶ διὰ τὴν‎ ἐμπειρίαν τῶν ἐργαζομένων θαυμασίων ὄντων περὶ τὴν‎ τέχνην , πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον ὑπὸ τῆς τοῦ βασιλέως σπουδῆς καὶ φιλοτιμίας διαφερόντως ἀπηρτίζετο ·
⁸³ And these were the vessels that were after an extraordinary manner brought to this perfection, partly by the skill of the workmen, who were admirable in such fine work, but much more by the diligence and generosity of the king,	⁸³ These effects were admirably achieved both by the skill of the workmen, who were marvellous at their craft, and even more by the diligence and generosity of the king.
⁸³ Barach

⁸⁴ οὐ γὰρ τῆς χορηγίας τὸ ἄφθονον καὶ μεγαλόψυχον τοῖς τεχνίταις παρεῖχεν μόνον , ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ χρηματίζειν τοῖς δημοσίοις πράγμασιν ἀπειρηκὼς αὐτὸς τοῖς κατασκευάζουσι παρῆν καὶ τὴν‎ ὅλην ἐργασίαν ἐπέβλεπεν . αἴτιον δ᾽ ἦν τοῦτο τῆς τῶν τεχνιτῶν ἐπιμελείας , οἳ πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα καὶ τὴν‎ τούτου σπουδὴν ἀποβλέποντες φιλοπονώτερον τοῖς ἔργοις προσελιπάρουν .
⁸⁴ who not only supplied the artificers abundantly, and with great generosity, with what they wanted, but he forbade public audiences for the time, and came and stood by the workmen, and saw the whole operation. And this was the cause why the workmen were so accurate in their performance, because they had regard to the king, and to his great concern about the vessels, and so the more indefatigably kept close to the work.	⁸⁴ Not only did he supply the artisans abundantly and lavishly with what they wanted, but also he took leave from public affairs and came and was present with the artisans, supervising the whole work. This was why the workmen were so diligent in their performance, for seeing the king's great commitment they applied themselves more intensely to the work.
⁸⁴ Barach

⁸⁵ Ταῦτα μὲν τὰ πεμφθέντα εἰς ἹεροσόλυμαJerusalem ὑπὸ ΠτολεμαίουPtolemy ἀναθήματα . ὁ δ᾽ ἀρχιερεὺς ἘλεάζαροςEleazar ἀναθεὶςto run up; to lay upon αὐτὰ καὶ τιμήσας τοὺς κομίσαντας καὶ δῶρα τῷ βασιλεῖ δοὺς κομίζειν ἀπέλυσε πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα .
⁸⁵ And these were what gifts were sent by Ptolemy to Jerusalem, and dedicated to God there. But when Eleazar the high priest had devoted them to God, and had paid due respect to those that brought them, and had given them presents to be carried to the king, he dismissed them.	⁸⁵ These were the gifts sent to Jerusalem by Ptolemy as dedicatory offerings. The high priest Eleazar dedicated them to God and paid due respect to those who brought them and sent them off with gifts to bring back to the king.
⁸⁵ Barach

⁸⁶ παραγενομένων δ᾽ εἰς τὴν‎ ἈλεξάνδρειανAlexandria ἀκούσας ΠτολεμαῖοςPtolemy τὴν‎ παρουσίαν αὐτῶν καὶ τοὺς ἑβδομήκοντα τῶν πρεσβυτέρων ἐληλυθότας , εὐθὺς Μεταπέμπεται τὸν ἈνδρέανAndreas καὶ τὸν ἈρισταῖονAristeas τοὺς πρέσβεις . οἱ δ᾽ ἀφικόμενοι τάς τε ἐπιστολάς , ἃς ἐκόμιζον αὐτῷ παρὰ τοῦ ἀρχιερέως , ἀπέδοσαν καὶ ὅσα φράζειν ἀπὸ λόγων ὑπέθετο ταῦτα ἐδήλωσαν .
⁸⁶ And when they were come to Alexandria, and Ptolemy heard that they were come, and that the seventy elders were come also, he presently sent for Andreas and Aristens, his ambassadors, who came to him, and delivered him the epistle which they brought him from the high priest, and made answer to all the questions he put to them by word of mouth.	⁸⁶ When they reached Alexandria and Ptolemy heard of their arrival and that the seventy elders had come also, he at once sent for his envoys, Andreas and Aristeas, who came to him and gave him the letter they brought from the high priest and answered orally all the questions he put to them.
⁸⁶ Barach

⁸⁷ σπεύδων δ᾽ ἐντυχεῖν τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ἹεροσολύμωνJerusalem [ πρεσβύταις ] ἥκουσιν ἐπὶ τὴν‎ ἑρμηνείαν τῶν νόμων , τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους οὓς χρειῶν ἕνεκα παρεῖναι συνέβαινεν ἐκέλευσεν ἀπολῦσαι , παράδοξον τοῦτο ποιῶν καὶ παρὰ τὸ ἔθος ·
⁸⁷ He then made haste to meet the elders that came from Jerusalem for the interpretation of the laws; and he gave command, that every body who came on other occasions should be sent away, which was a thing surprising, and what he did not use to do;	⁸⁷ He then hurried to meet the elders who came from Jerusalem to translate the laws, and ordered that everyone who came for whatever other need be sent away, which was a surprising and unaccustomed thing,
⁸⁷ Barach

⁸⁸ οἱ μὲν γὰρ ὑπὸ τοιούτων αἰτιῶν ἀχθέντες διὰ πέμπτης ἡμέρας αὐτῷ προσῄεσαν , οἱ δὲ πρεσβεύοντες διὰ μηνός · τότε τοίνυν ἀπολύσας ἐκείνους τοὺς πεμφθέντας ὑπὸ ἘλεαζάρουEleazar περιέμενεν .
⁸⁸ for those that were drawn thither upon such occasions used to come to him on the fifth day, but ambassadors at the month’s end. But when he had sent those away, he waited for these that were sent by Eleazar;	⁸⁸ for those whose business brought them there for various matters used to come to him on the fifth of each month, by envoys at the end of the month; and when he had sent them away, he waited for those sent by Eleazar.
⁸⁸ Barach

⁸⁹ ὡς δὲ παρῆλθον μετὰ καὶ τῶν δώρων οἱ γέροντες , ἃ τῷ βασιλεῖ κομίσαι ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς αὐτοῖς ἔδωκεν , καὶ τῶν διφθερῶν , αἷς ἐγγεγραμμένους εἶχον τοὺς νόμους χρυσοῖς γράμμασιν , ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτοὺς περὶ τῶν βιβλίων .
⁸⁹ but as the old men came in with the presents, which the high priest had given them to bring to the king, and with the membranes, upon which they had their laws written in golden letters he put questions to them concerning those books;	⁸⁹ As these elders came in with the gifts the high priest had given them to bring to the king and the parchments on which they had their laws written in golden letters, he questioned them about their books.
⁸⁹ Barach

⁹⁰ ὡς δ᾽ ἀποκαλύψαντες τῶν ἐνειλημάτων ἐπέδειξαν αὐτῷ , θαυμάσας ὁ βασιλεὺς τῆς ἰσχνότητος τοὺς ὑμένας καὶ τῆς συμβολῆς τὸ ἀνεπίγνωστον , οὕτως γὰρ ἥρμοστο , καὶ τοῦτο ποιήσας χρόνῳ πλείονι χάριν ἔχειν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς τε ἐλθοῦσιν καὶ μείζονα τῷ πέμψαντι , πρὸ δὲ πάντων τῷ θεῷ , οὗ τοὺς νόμους εἶναι συμβέβηκεν .
⁹⁰ and when they had taken off the covers wherein they were wrapt up, they showed him the membranes. So the king stood admiring the thinness of those membranes, and the exactness of the junctures, which could not be perceived; (so exactly were they connected one with another;) and this he did for a considerable time. He then said that he returned them thanks for coming to him, and still greater thanks to him that sent them; and, above all, to that God whose laws they appeared to be.	⁹⁰ When they had taken off the covers wrapping them, they showed them to him and the king stood admiring the thinness of the parchments and the fine joinings, which were all but invisible, and this he did for a long time. He then thanked them for coming and even more the one who sent them, and, above all, thanked God from whom these laws had come.
⁹⁰ Barach

⁹¹ ἐκβοησάντων δ᾽ ὑφ᾽ ἓν καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ τῶν συμπαρόντων γίγνεσθαι τὰ ἀγαθὰ τῷ βασιλεῖ δι᾽ ὑπερβολὴν ἡδονῆς εἰς δάκρυα προύπεσεν , φύσει τῆς μεγάλης χαρᾶς πασχούσης καὶ τὰ τῶν λυπηρῶν σύμβολα .
⁹¹ Then did the elders, and those that were present with them, cry out with one voice, and wished all happiness to the king. Upon which he fell into tears by the violence of the pleasure he had, it being natural to men to afford the same indications in great joy that they do under sorrows.	⁹¹ Then the elders and the people present with them, called out with one voice and wished all prosperity to the king, who burst into tears for the extreme pleasure he felt, for it is human to give the same expression to feelings of great joy as to those of sorrow.
⁹¹ Barach

⁹² κελεύσας δὲ τὰ βιβλία δοῦναι τοῖς ἐπὶ τῆς τάξεως τότε τοὺς ἄνδρας ἠσπάσατο , δίκαιον εἰπὼν εἶναι πρῶτον περὶ ὧν αὐτοὺς μετεπέμψατο ποιησάμενονto make, produce, create τοὺς λόγους ἔπειτα κἀκείνους προσειπεῖν . τὴν‎ μέντοι γε ἡμέραν , καθ᾽ ἣν ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτόν , ἘπιφανῆEpiphanes ποιήσειν καὶ κατὰ πᾶν ἔτος ἐπίσημον εἰς ὅλον τὸν τῆς ζωῆς χρόνον ἐπηγγέλλετο ·
⁹² And when he had bid them deliver the books to those that were appointed to receive them, he saluted the men, and said that it was but just to discourse, in the first place, of the errand they were sent about, and then to address himself to themselves. He promised, however, that he would make this day on which they came to him remarkable and eminent every year through the whole course of his life;	⁹² When he told them to deliver the books to those appointed to receive them, he greeted the men and said that they should talk first of the mission about which they were sent and then about themselves. He promised that for the rest of his life he would mark and remember this day on which they came to him,
⁹² Barach

⁹³ ἔτυχεν γὰρ ἡ αὐτὴ εἶναι τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῖς καὶ τῆς νίκης , ἣν ἈντίγονονAntignus ναυμαχῶν ἐνίκησεν · συνεστιαθῆναί τε ἐκέλευσεν αὐτῷ καὶ καταλύσεις προσέταξεν αὐτοῖς δοθῆναι τὰς καλλίστας πρὸς τῇ ἄκρᾳ .
⁹³ for their coming to him, and the victory which he gained over Antigonus by sea, proved to be on the very same day. He also gave orders that they should sup with him; and gave it in charge that they should have excellent lodgings provided for them in the upper part of the city.	⁹³ for their coming coincided with the day he had won his victory over Antigonus at sea. He also said that they should sup with him, and ordered that the finest of lodgings be provided for them in the upper city.
⁹³ Barach

⁹⁴ Ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς τῶν ξένων ἀποδοχῆς τεταγμένος ΝικάνωρNicanor ΔωρόθεονDorotheus καλέσας , ὃς εἶχεν τὴν‎ περὶ τούτων πρόνοιαν , ἐκέλευεν ἑτοιμάζειν ἑκάστῳ τὰ δέοντα πρὸς τὴν‎ δίαιταν . διετέτακτο δὲ τοῦτον ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως τὸν τρόπον ·
⁹⁴ Now he that was appointed to take care of the reception of strangers, Nicanor by name, called for Dorotheus, whose duty it was to make provision for them, and bid him prepare for every one of them what should be requisite for their diet and way of living; which thing was ordered by the king after this manner:	⁹⁴ Nicanor who was assigned to welcome visitors, called for Dorotheus, whose duty was to look after them and told him to furnish each of them with what was needed for their diet and way of living. The matter was ordered by the king as follows.
⁹⁴ Barach

⁹⁵ κατὰ γὰρ πόλιν ἑκάστην , ὅσαιall who, as much τοῖς αὐτοῖς χρῶνται περὶ τὴν‎ δίαιταν , ἦν τούτων ἐπιμελόμενος καὶ κατὰ τὸ τῶν ἀφικνουμένωνto arrive at πρὸς αὐτὸν ἔθος πάντ᾽ αὐτοῖς παρεσκευάζετο , ἵνα τῷ συνήθει τρόπῳ τῆς διαίτης εὐωχούμενοι μᾶλλον ἥδωνται καὶ πρὸς μηδὲν ὡς ἀλλοτρίως ἔχοντες δυσχεραίνωσιν . ὃ δὴ καὶ περὶ τούτους ἐγένετο ΔωροθέουDorotheus διὰ τὴν‎ περὶ τὸν βίον ἀκρίβειαν ἐπὶ τούτοις καθεστῶτος .
⁹⁵ he took care that those that belonged to every city, which did not use the same way of living, that all things should be prepared for them according to the custom of those that came to him, that, being feasted according to the usual method of their own way of living, they might be the better pleased, and might not be uneasy at any thing done to them from which they were naturally averse. And this was now done in the case of these men by Dorotheus, who was put into this office because of his great skill in such matters belonging to common life;	⁹⁵ He took care that people from any city who followed a distinctive lifestyle should have everything prepared for them according to the visitors' custom, so that, being feasted according to their customary lifestyle, they would be better pleased and not distressed by having to cope with anything to which they were naturally averse. This was now how these men were treated by Dorotheus, who got his job because of his great skill in such matters of practical life.
⁹⁵ Barach

⁹⁶ συνέστρωσε δὲ πάντα δι᾽ αὐτοῦ‎ τὰ πρὸς τὰς τοιαύτας ὑποδοχὰς καὶ διμερῆ τὴν‎ κλισίαν ἐποίησεν οὑτωσὶ προστάξαντος τοῦ βασιλέως · τοὺς μὲν γὰρ ἡμίσεις ἐκέλευσεν ἀνὰ χεῖρα κατακλιθῆναι , τοὺς δὲ λοιποὺς μετὰ τὴν‎ αὐτοῦ‎ κλισίαν , οὐδὲν ἀπολιπὼν τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἄνδρας τιμῆς .
⁹⁶ for he took care of all such matters as concerned the reception of strangers, and appointed them double seats for them to sit on, according as the king had commanded him to do; for he had commanded that half of their seats should be set at his right hand, and the other half behind his table, and took care that no respect should be omitted that could be shown them.	⁹⁶ His duties included all matters concerning the reception of strangers and assigned them two rows of seats to sit on, as the king had told him to do, for he had ordered that half of their seats be set at his right hand and the other half behind his table and was careful to omit no respect that could be shown them.
⁹⁶ Barach

⁹⁷ ἐπεὶ δ᾽ οὕτως κατεκλίθησαν ἐκέλευσε τὸν ΔωρόθεονDorotheus , οἷς ἔθεσι χρώμενοι διατελοῦσιν πάντες οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς ἸουδαίαςJudea πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀφιγμένοι κατὰ ταῦτα ὑπηρετεῖν . [διὸ ] καὶ τοὺς ἱεροκήρυκας καὶ θύτας καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους , οἳ τὰς κατευχὰς ἐποιοῦντο , παρῃτήσατο , τῶν δὲ παραγενομένων ἕνα ἘλισαῖονEleazar ὄνομα ὄντα ἱερέα παρεκάλεσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς ποιήσασθαι κατευχάς .
⁹⁷ And when they were thus set down, he bid Dorotheus to minister to all those that were come to him from Judea, after the manner they used to be ministered to; for which cause he sent away their sacred heralds, and those that slew the sacrifices, and the rest that used to say grace; but called to one of those that were come to him, whose name was Eleazar, who w a priest, and desired him to say grace;	⁹⁷ When they were so seated, he had Dorotheus serve all who had come to him from Judea as they were accustomed to be served. He sent away his sacred heralds and the sacrificers and the others who used to say grace, but called one of those who had come to him, a priest named Eleazar, and bade him say the grace.
⁹⁷ Barach

⁹⁸ ὁ δὲ στὰς εἰς μέσον ηὔχετο τῷ βασιλεῖ τὰ ἀγαθὰ καὶ τοῖς ἀρχομένοιςto rule, reign ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ‎ , εἶτα κρότος ἐξ ἁπάντων μετὰ χαρᾶς καὶ βοῆς ἤρθη καὶ παυσάμενοι πρὸς εὐωχίαν καὶ τὴν‎ ἀπόλαυσιν τῶν παρεσκευασμένων ἐτράπησαν .
⁹⁸ who then stood in the midst of them, and prayed, that all prosperity might attend the king, and those that were his subjects. Upon which an acclamation was made by the whole company, with joy and a great noise; and when that was over, they fell to eating their supper, and to the enjoyment of what was set before them.	⁹⁸ He stood up and prayed for the king and his subjects to enjoy all prosperity. At this the whole company cheered loudly and joyfully and then began eating their supper and enjoying the fare set before them.
⁹⁸ Barach

⁹⁹ διαλιπὼν δ᾽ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐφ᾽ ὅσον ἔδοξεν ἀποχρῶντα καιρὸν εἶναι φιλοσοφεῖν ἤρξατο καὶ ἕκαστον αὐτῶν λόγους ἐπηρώτα φυσικούς , καὶ πρὸς τὴν‎ τῶν ζητουμένων θεωρίαν ἀκριβῶς ἐκείνων περὶ παντὸς οὑτινοσοῦν λέγειν αὐτοῖς προβληθείη διασαφούντων , ἡδόμενος τούτοις ἐφ᾽ ἡμέρας δώδεκα τὸ συμπόσιον ἐποιήσατο ,
⁹⁹ And at a little interval afterward, when the king thought a sufficient time had been interposed, he began to talk philosophically to them, and he asked every one of them a philosophical question and such a one as might give light in those inquiries; and when they had explained all the problems that had been proposed by the king about every point, he was well-pleased with their answers. This took up the twelve days in which they were treated;	⁹⁹ Shortly afterward, when the king thought a sufficient time had passed, he began to philosophize with them and asked each of them a serious question that could enlighten his inquiries, and they explained all the problems raised by the king about every point.
⁹⁹ Barach

¹⁰⁰ ὡς τῷ βουλομένῳ τὰ κατὰ μέρος γνῶναι τῶν ἐν τῷ συμποσίῳ ζητηθέντων εἶναι μαθεῖν ἀναγνόντι τὸ ἈρισταίουAristeas βιβλίον , ὃ συνέγραψεν διὰ ταῦτα .
¹⁰⁰ and he that pleases may learn the particular questions in that book of Aristeus, which he wrote on this very occasion.	¹⁰⁰ Well-pleased with their answers, he continued the symposium for twelve days, and whoever wishes to learn them may find the particular questions in the book of Aristeas, which he wrote about all of that.
¹⁰⁰ Barach

¹⁰¹ Θαυμάζοντος δ᾽ αὐτοὺς οὐ μόνον τοῦ βασιλέως , ἀλλὰ καὶ ΜενεδήμουMenedemus τοῦ φιλοσόφου προνοίᾳ διοικεῖσθαι πάντα φήσαντος καὶ διὰ τοῦτ᾽ εἰκὸς καὶ τοῦ λόγου δύναμιν καὶ κάλλος εὑρῆσθαι , παύονται μὲν περὶ τούτων ἐπιζητοῦντες .
¹⁰¹ And while not the king only, but the philosopher Menedemus also, admired them, and said that all things were governed by Providence, and that it was probable that thence it was that such force or beauty was discovered in these men’s words, they then left off asking any more such questions.	¹⁰¹ Not only the king but also the philosopher Menedemus admired them and said that everything was ruled by Providence and that probably that is why such force and beauty was shown in these men's words. Finally they ceased asking any more such questions.
¹⁰¹ Barach

¹⁰² γεγενῆσθαι δ᾽ αὐτῷ τὰ μέγιστα τῶν ἀγαθῶν ὁ βασιλεὺς ἔλεγεν ἤδη παρόντων αὐτῶν · ὠφελῆσθαι γὰρ παρ᾽ αὐτῶν μεμαθηκότα , πῶς δεῖ βασιλεύειν · κελεύει τε αὐτοῖς ἀνὰ τρία δοθῆναι τάλαντα καὶ τοὺς ἀποκαταστήσοντας ἐπὶ τὴν‎ κατάλυσιν .
¹⁰² But the king said that he had gained very great advantages by their coming, for that he had received this profit from them, that he had learned how he ought to rule his subjects. And he gave order that they should have every one three talents given them, and that those that were to conduct them to their lodging should do it.	¹⁰² The king said that their coming was of great benefit to him, because they had helped him to see how he should govern his subjects. He ordered that they each should receive three talents and that the people assigned should bring them to their lodgings.
¹⁰² Barach

¹⁰³ διελθουσῶν δὲ τριῶν ἡμερῶν παραλαβὼν αὐτοὺς ὁ ΔημήτριοςDemetrius καὶ διελθὼν τὸ ἑπταστάδιον χῶμα τῆς θαλάσσης πρὸς τὴν‎ νῆσον καὶ διαβὰς πρὸς τὴν‎ γέφυραν , προελθὼν ἐπὶ τὰ βόρεια μέρη συνέδριον ἐποιήσατο ἐν τῷ παρὰ τὴν‎ ᾐόνα κατεσκευασμένῳ οἴκῳ πρὸς διάσκεψιν πραγμάτων ἠρεμίας καλῶς ἔχοντι .
¹⁰³ Accordingly, when three days were over, Demetrius took them, and went over the causeway seven furlongs long: it was a bank in the sea to an island. And when they had gone over the bridge, he proceeded to the northern parts, and showed them where they should meet, which was in a house that was built near the shore, and was a quiet place, and fit for their discoursing together about their work.	¹⁰³ After three days Demetrius took them and went over the seven-furlong long causeway over the sea to an island. When they had crossed the bridge, he proceeded to the northern side and showed them where to meet, in a house near the shore, which was a quiet place suitable for them to talk together about their work.
¹⁰³ Barach

¹⁰⁴ ἀγαγὼν οὖν αὐτοὺς ἐκεῖ παρεκάλει πάντων , ὧν ἂν δεηθεῖεν εἰς τὴν‎ ἑρμηνείαν τοῦ νόμου , παρόντων ἀκωλύτως ἐπιτελεῖν τὸ ἔργον . οἱ δ᾽ ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα φιλοτίμως καὶ φιλοπόνως ἀκριβῆ τὴν‎ ἑρμηνείαν ποιούμενοι μέχρι μὲν ὥρας ἐνάτης πρὸς τούτῳ διετέλουν ὄντες ,
¹⁰⁴ When he had brought them thither, he entreated them (now they had all things about them which they wanted for the interpretation of their law) that they would suffer nothing to interrupt them in their work. Accordingly, they made an accurate interpretation, with great zeal and great pains, and this they continued to do till the ninth hour of the day;	¹⁰⁴ When he had brought them there, he implored them now that they had near them all that they needed for the translating of their law, to let nothing interrupt the work. As one, they set about the work of translation with great zeal and effort and continued at this until three o'clock in the afternoon.
¹⁰⁴ Barach

¹⁰⁵ ἔπειτ᾽ ἐπὶ τὴν‎ τοῦ σώματος ἀπηλλάττοντο θεραπείαν ἀφθόνως αὐτοῖς τῶν πρὸς τὴν‎ δίαιταν χορηγουμένων καὶ προσέτι τοῦ ΔωροθέουDorotheus πολλὰ καὶ τῶν παρασκευαζομένων τῷ βασιλεῖ , προσέταξε γάρ , αὐτοῖς παρέχοντος .
¹⁰⁵ after which time they relaxed, and took care of their body, while their food was provided for them in great plenty: besides, Dorotheus, at the king’s command, brought them a great deal of what was provided for the king himself.	¹⁰⁵ Then they relaxed and took some physical exercise, and plentiful food was provided for them, for Dorotheus, at the king's command, brought them much of what was provided for the king himself.
¹⁰⁵ Barach

¹⁰⁶ πρωὶ δὲ πρὸς τὴν‎ αὐλὴν παραγινόμενοι καὶ τὸν ΠτολεμαῖονPtolemy ἀσπαζόμενοι πάλιν ἐπὶ τὸν αὐτὸν ἀπῄεσαν τόπον καὶ τῇ θαλάσσῃ τὰς χεῖρας ἀπονιπτόμενοι καὶ καθαίροντες αὑτοὺς οὕτως ἐπὶ τὴν‎ τῶν νόμων ἑρμηνείαν ἐτρέποντο .
¹⁰⁶ But in the morning they came to the court and saluted Ptolemy, and then went away to their former place, where, when they had washed their hands, and purified themselves, they betook themselves to the interpretation of the laws.	¹⁰⁶ In the morning they came to the court and greeted Ptolemy and then went back to their own place, where, after washing their hands, and purifying themselves, they set about translating the laws.
¹⁰⁶ Barach

¹⁰⁷ Μεταγραφέντος δὲ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τοῦ κατὰ τὴν‎ ἑρμηνείαν ἔργου τέλος ἐν ἡμέραις ἑβδομήκοντα καὶ δυσὶν λαβόντος , συναγαγὼν ὁ ΔημήτριοςDemetrius τοὺς ἸουδαίουςJews ἅπαντας εἰς τὸν τόπον , ἔνθα καὶ μετεβλήθησαν οἱ νόμοι , παρόντων καὶ τῶν ἑρμηνέων ἀνέγνω τούτους .
¹⁰⁷ Now when the law was transcribed, and the labor of interpretation was over, which came to its conclusion in seventy-two days, Demetrius gathered all the Jews together to the place where the laws were translated, and where the interpreters were, and read them over.	¹⁰⁷ When the law was translated and the labour of interpretation was over, which was concluded in seventy-two days, Demetrius gathered all the Jews to the place where the laws had been translated, in in the presence of the interpreters read them aloud.
¹⁰⁷ Barach

¹⁰⁸ τὸ δὲ πλῆθος ἀπεδέξατο μὲν καὶ τοὺς διασαφήσαντας πρεσβυτέρους τὸν νόμον , ἐπῄνεσεν δὲ καὶ τὸν ΔημήτριονDemetrius τῆς ἐπινοίας ὡς μεγάλων ἀγαθῶν αὐτοῖς εὑρετὴν γεγενημένον , παρεκάλεσάν τε δοῦναι καὶ τοῖς ἡγουμένοις αὐτῶν ἀναγνῶναι τὸν νόμον , ἠξίωσάν τε [πάντες ] ὅ τε ἱερεὺς καὶ τῶν ἑρμηνέων οἱ πρεσβύτεροι καὶ τοῦ πολιτεύματος οἱ προεστηκότες , ἐπεὶ καλῶς τὰ τῆς ἑρμηνείας ἀπήρτισται , καὶ διαμεῖναι ταῦθ᾽ , ὡς ἔχοι , καὶ μὴ μετακινεῖν αὐτά .
¹⁰⁸ The multitude did also approve of those elders that were the interpreters of the law. They withal commended Demetrius for his proposal, as the inventor of what was greatly for their happiness; and they desired that he would give leave to their rulers also to read the law. Moreover, they all, both the priest and the ancientest of the elders, and the principal men of their commonwealth, made it their request, that since the interpretation was happily finished, it might continue in the state it now was, and might not be altered.	¹⁰⁸ The crowd approved of those elders, experts in the law and commended Demetrius for his proposal, for doing something to their great advantage, and they requested him also to let their leaders read the law, and all of them, from the priest and the oldest of the interpreters and the leaders of their nation requested that once the translation was completed, it should stay as it was and not be changed.
¹⁰⁸ Barach

¹⁰⁹ ἁπάντων δ᾽ ἐπαινεσάντων τὴν‎ γνώμην ἐκέλευσαν , εἴ τις ἢ περισσόν τι προσγεγραμμένον ὁρᾷ τῷ νόμῳ ἢ λεῖπον , πάλιν ἐπισκοποῦντα τοῦτο καὶ ποιοῦντα φανερὸν διορθοῦν , σωφρόνως τοῦτο πράττοντεςto do, accomplish , ἵνα τὸ κριθὲν ἅπαξ ἔχειν καλῶς εἰς ἀεὶ διαμένῃ .
¹⁰⁹ And when they all commended that determination of theirs, they enjoined, that if any one observed either any thing superfluous, or any thing omitted, that he would take a view of it again, and have it laid before them, and corrected; which was a wise action of theirs, that when the thing was judged to have been well done, it might continue for ever.	¹⁰⁹ When all praised that proposal, they wisely ordered that if anyone noted anything added or omitted, it be reviewed and corrected in their presence, so that when the thing was judged to have been well done, it might last for ever.
¹⁰⁹ Barach

¹¹⁰ ἐχάρηto rejoice μὲν οὖν ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ τὴν‎ αὐτοῦ‎ προαίρεσιν εἴς τι χρήσιμον ὁρῶν τετελειωμένην , μάλιστα [ὡς ] δὲ τῶν νόμων ἀναγνωσθέντων αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν‎ διάνοιαν καὶ τὴν‎ σοφίαν ἐξεπλάγηto expel τοῦ νομοθέτου καὶ πρὸς τὸν ΔημήτριονDemetrius ἤρξατο ποιεῖσθαι λόγους , πῶς οὕτως θαυμαστῆς οὔσης τῆς νομοθεσίας οὐδεὶς οὔτε τῶν ἱστορικῶν αὐτῆς οὔτε τῶν ποιητῶν ἐπεμνήσθη .
¹¹⁰ So the king rejoiced when he saw that his design of this nature was brought to perfection, to so great advantage; and he was chiefly delighted with hearing the Laws read to him; and was astonished at the deep meaning and wisdom of the legislator. And he began to discourse with Demetrius, “How it came to pass, that when this legislation was so wonderful, no one, either of the poets or of the historians, had made mention of it.”	¹¹⁰ The king was glad when he saw his plan so well achieved, and he was mainly delighted to hear the Laws read to him, and was astounded at the intelligence and wisdom of the Legislator. He began to say to Demetrius how strange it was that though this legislation was so wonderful, none of their poets or historians, had mentioned it.
¹¹⁰ Barach

¹¹¹ ὁ δὲ ΔημήτριοςDemetrius μηδένα τολμῆσαι τῆς τῶν νόμων τούτων ἀναγραφῆς ἅψασθαι διὰ τὸ θείαν αὐτὴν εἶναι καὶ σεμνὴν ἔφασκεν , καὶ ὅτι βλαβεῖεν ἤδη τινὲς τούτοις ἐγχειρήσαντες ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ,
¹¹¹ Demetrius made answer, “that no one durst be so bold as to touch upon the description of these laws, because they were divine and venerable, and because some that had attempted it were afflicted by God.”	¹¹¹ Demetrius replied that no one dared to attempt a description of these laws since they were divine and venerable and some who had attempted it were struck down by God.
¹¹¹ Barach

¹¹² δηλῶν ὡς ΘεόπομπόςTheopompus τε βουληθεὶς ἱστορῆσαί τι περὶ τούτων ἐταράχθη τὴν‎ διάνοιαν πλείοσιν ἢ τριάκοντα ἡμέραις καὶ παρὰ τὰς ἀνέσεις ἐξιλάσκετο τὸν θεόνGod , ἐντεῦθεν αὐτῷ γενέσθαι τὴν‎ παραφροσύνην ὑπονοῶν · οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ ὄναρ εἶδεν ὅτι τοῦτ᾽ αὐτῷ συμβαίη περιεργαζομένῳ τὰ θεῖα καὶ ταῦτ᾽ ἐκφέρειν εἰς κοινοὺς ἀνθρώπους θελήσαντι ·
¹¹² He also told him, that “Theopompus was desirous of writing somewhat about them, but was thereupon disturbed in his mind for above thirty days’ time; and upon some intermission of his distemper, he appeased God [by prayer], as suspecting that his madness proceeded from that cause.” Nay, indeed, he further saw in a dream, that his distemper befell him while he indulged too great a curiosity about divine matters, and was desirous of publishing them among common men; but when he left off that attempt, he recovered his understanding again.	¹¹² He told him how Theopompus who wished to write something about them went astray in the head for more than thirty days, and during a remission of his illness prayed to God, suspecting that his madness had come from him. Furthermore, he saw in a dream that his illness affected him for being too curious about divine matters and wanting to publish them to ordinary folk, and when he gave up the attempt he regained his understanding.
¹¹² Barach

¹¹³ καὶ ἀποσχόμενος κατέστη τὴν‎ διάνοιαν . ἐδήλου δὲ καὶ περὶ ΘεοδέκτουTheodectes τοῦ τῶν τραγῳδιῶν ποιητοῦ ἀναφέρεσθαι , ὅτι βουληθεὶς ἔν τινι δράματι τῶν ἐν τῇ ἱερᾷ βύβλῳ γεγραμμένων μνησθῆναι τὰς ὄψεις γλαυκωθείη καὶ συνιδὼν τὴν‎ αἰτίαν ἀπαλλαγείηto set free τοῦ πάθους ἐξευμενισάμενος τὸν θεόνGod .
¹¹³ Moreover, he informed him of Theodectes, the tragic poet, concerning whom it was reported, that when in a certain dramatic representation he was desirous to make mention of things that were contained in the sacred books, he was afflicted with a darkness in his eyes; and that upon his being conscious of the occasion of his distemper, and appeasing God (by prayer), he was freed from that affliction.	¹¹³ He also told him of Theodectes, the tragic poet, of whom it was said that when in a dramatic play he wished to mention things contained in the sacred books, he was afflicted with a darkness in his eyes, and that when he became aware of the cause of his illness and appeased God, he was freed from that affliction.
¹¹³ Barach

¹¹⁴ Παραλαβὼν δ᾽ ὁ βασιλεὺς ταῦτα παρὰ τοῦ ΔημητρίουDemeter, Demetrius , καθὼς προείρηται , προσκυνήσας αὐτοῖς ἐκέλευσε πολλὴν ποιεῖσθαι τῶν βιβλίων τὴν‎ ἐπιμέλειαν , ἵνα διαμείνῃ ταῦτα καθαρῶς , τούς τε ἑρμηνεύσαντας παρεκάλεσεν συνεχῶς πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐκ τῆς ἸουδαίαςJudea παραγίγνεσθαι ·
¹¹⁴ And when the king had received these books from Demetrius, as we have said already, he adored them, and gave order that great care should be taken of them, that they might remain uncorrupted. He also desired that the interpreters would come often to him out of Judea,	¹¹⁴ When the king had received these books from Demetrius, as already said, he venerated them and ordered them to be treated with the greatest care, that they might remain uncorrupted. He also wanted the interpreters to come to him often from Judea.
¹¹⁴ Barach

¹¹⁵ τοῦτο γὰρ αὐτοῖς καὶ πρὸς τιμὴν τὴν‎ παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ‎ καὶ πρὸς τὰς ἀπὸ τῶν δώρων ὠφελείας λυσιτελήσειν · νῦν μὲν γὰρ εἶναι δίκαιον αὐτοὺς ἐκπέμπειν ἔλεγεν , ἑκουσίως δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐλθόντας τεύξεσθαι πάντων , ὧν ἥ τε αὐτῶν ἐστιν σοφία δικαία τυχεῖν καὶ ἡ ἐκείνου μεγαλοφροσύνη παρασχεῖν ἱκανή .
¹¹⁵ and that both on account of the respects that he would pay them, and on account of the presents he would make them; for he said it was now but just to send them away, although if, of their own accord, they would come to him hereafter, they should obtain all that their own wisdom might justly require, and what his generosity was able to give them.	¹¹⁵ He would pay them respect and give them gifts, while he admitted that it was now only fair to send them off, but if, of their own accord, they returned to him later, they would obtain all that their wisdom would fairly ask and what his generosity could give them.
¹¹⁵ Barach

¹¹⁶ τότε μὲν οὖν ἐξέπεμψεν αὐτοὺς δοὺς ἑκάστῳ στολὰς ἀρίστας τρεῖς καὶ χρυσοῦ τάλαντα δύο καὶ κυλίκιον ταλάντου καὶ τὴν‎ τοῦ συμποσίου στρωμνήν .
¹¹⁶ So he then sent them away, and gave to every one of them three garments of the best sort, and two talents of gold, and a cup of the value of one talent, and the furniture of the room wherein they were feasted. And these were the things he presented to them.	¹¹⁶ Then he sent them off and gave to each of them three garments of high quality and two talents of gold and a cup of the value of one talent and the furnishings of the room where they had feasted.
¹¹⁶ Barach

¹¹⁷ καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ἐκείνοις ἔχειν ἐδωρήσατο . τῷ δ᾽ ἀρχιερεῖ ἘλεαζάρῳEleazar δι᾽ αὐτῶν ἔπεμψεν κλίνας ἀργυρόποδας δέκα καὶ τὴν‎ ἀκόλουθον αὐτῶν ἐπισκευὴν καὶ κυλίκιον ταλάντων τριάκοντα , πρὸς τούτοις δὲ καὶ στολὰς δέκα καὶ πορφύραν καὶ στέφανον διαπρεπῆ καὶ βυσσίνης ὀθόνης ἱστοὺς ἑκατόν , ἔτι γε μὴν φιάλας καὶ τρύβλια καὶ σπονδεῖα καὶ κρατῆρας χρυσοῦς πρὸς ἀνάθεσιν δύο .
¹¹⁷ But by them he sent to Eleazar the high priest ten beds, with feet of silver, and the furniture to them belonging, and a cup of the value of thirty talents; and besides these, ten garments, and purple, and a very beautiful crown, and a hundred pieces of the finest woven linen; as also vials and dishes, and vessels for pouring, and two golden cisterns to be dedicated to God.	¹¹⁷ These were what he gave them as gifts, and through them he sent to Eleazar the high priest ten beds with feet of silver and their furnishings and a cup of the value of thirty talents, plus ten garments and purple and a very beautiful crown and a hundred pieces of finest woven linen, and vessels and dishes and pouring vessels and two golden wine-jars to be dedicated to God.
¹¹⁷ Barach

¹¹⁸ παρεκάλεσεν δ᾽ αὐτὸν καὶ διὰ τῶν ἐπιστολῶν , ὅπως εἰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν τούτων θελήσειάν τινες πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐλθεῖν ἐπιτρέψῃ , περὶ πολλοῦ ποιούμενος τὴν‎ μετὰ τῶν ἐν παιδείᾳ τυγχανόντων συνουσίαν καὶ τὸν πλοῦτον εἰς τοὺς τοιούτους ἡδέως ἔχων κατατίθεσθαι . Καὶ τὰ μὲν εἰς δόξαν καὶ τιμὴν ἸουδαίοιςJews τοιαῦτα παρὰ ΠτολεμαίουPtolemy τοῦ ΦιλαδέλφουPhiladelphus συνέβη γενέσθαι .
¹¹⁸ He also desired him, by an epistle, that he would give these interpreters leave, if any of them were desirous of coming to him, because he highly valued a conversation with men of such learning, and should be very willing to lay out his wealth upon such men. And this was what came to the Jews, and was much to their glory and honor, from Ptolemy Philadelphus.	¹¹⁸ He urged him in a letter that if any of the translators wished to come to him they be allowed to do so, for he highly valued contact with men of learning and was most willing to spend his wealth upon such men. This was how Ptolemy Philadelphus treated the Jews, much to their honour and glory.
¹¹⁸ Barach

Chapter 3
[119-153]
The Jews prosper in Asia Minor,
and under Seleucus Nicator Antioch

☜ ☞

¹¹⁹ Ἔτυχον δὲ καὶ τῆς παρὰ τῶν βασιλέων τῆς ἈσίαςAsia τιμῆς , ἐπειδὴ συνεστράτευσαν αὐτοῖς · καὶ γὰρ ΣέλευκοςSeleucus ὁ ΝικάτωρNicator ἐν αἷς ἔκτισεν πόλεσιν ἐν τῇ ἈσίᾳAsia καὶ τῇ κάτω ΣυρίᾳSyria καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ μητροπόλει ἈντιοχείᾳAntioch πολιτείας αὐτοὺς ἠξίωσεν καὶ τοῖς ἐνοικισθεῖσιν ἰσοτίμους ἀπέφηνεν ΜακεδόσινMacedonians καὶ ἝλλησινGreek , ὡς τὴν‎ πολιτείαν ταύτην ἔτι καὶ νῦν διαμένειν ·
¹¹⁹ The Jews also obtained honors from the kings of Asia when they became their auxiliaries; for Seleucus Nicator made them citizens in those cities which he built in Asia, and in the lower Syria, and in the metropolis itself, Antioch; and gave them privileges equal to those of the Macedonians and Greeks, who were the inhabitants, insomuch that these privileges continue to this very day:	¹¹⁹ The Jews also were honoured by the kings of Asia when they became their auxiliaries; for Nicator Seleucus made them citizens in those cities which he built in Asia, and in lower Syria, and even in the capital, Antioch; and privileged them equally with the Macedonians and Greeks, who were there already, privileges that still continue today.
¹¹⁹ Barach

¹²⁰ τεκμήριον δὲ τοῦτο · τοὺς ἸουδαίουςJews μὴ βουλομένους ἀλλοφύλῳ ἐλαίου χρῆσθαι λαμβάνειν ὡρισμένον τι παρὰ τῶν γυμνασιάρχων εἰς ἐλαίου τιμὴν ἀργύριον ἐκέλευσεν . ὃ τοῦ δήμου τῶν ἈντιοχέωνAntioch ἐν τῷ νῦν πολέμῳ λῦσαι προαιρουμένουto bring forth ΜουκιανὸςMucianus ἡγεμὼν ὢν τότε τῆς ΣυρίαςSyria ἐτήρησεν ,
¹²⁰ an argument for which you have in this, that whereas the Jews do not make use of oil prepared by foreigners, they receive a certain sum of money from the proper officers belonging to their exercises as the value of that oil; which money, when the people of Antioch would have deprived them of, in the last war, Mucianus, who was then president of Syria, preserved it to them.	¹²⁰ A sign of this is that whereas the Jews do not make use of oil prepared by foreigners, they receive from the officers who oversee gymnastics a sum of money equal to the value of that oil. When in the last war, the people of Antioch wanted to stop this payment, Mucianus, who was then governor of Syria, preserved it to them.
¹²⁰ Barach

¹²¹ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα κρατήσαντος ΟὐεσπασιανοῦVespasianus καὶ ΤίτουTitus τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ‎ τῆς οἰκουμένης δεηθέντες οἱ ἈλεξανδρεῖςAlexandria καὶ ἈντιοχεῖςAntioch , ἵνα τὰ δίκαια τὰ τῆς πολιτείας μηκέτι μένῃ τοῖς ἸουδαίοιςJews , οὐκ ἐπέτυχον .
¹²¹ And when the people of Alexandria and of Antioch did after that, at the time that Vespasian and Titus his son governed the habitable earth, pray that these privileges of citizens might be taken away, they did not obtain their request.	¹²¹ And later, when Vespasianus and Titus his son governed the habitable earth, when the people of Alexandria and of Antioch asked for the Jews' citizenship to be abolished, their request was refused.
¹²¹ Barach

¹²² ἐξ οὗ τις ἂν κατανοήσειεν τὴν‎ ῬωμαίωνRoman, Latin ἐπιείκειαν καὶ μεγαλοφροσύνην , μάλιστα δὲ τὴν‎ ΟὐεσπασιανοῦVespasianus καὶ ΤίτουTitus , ὅτι καίτοι πολλὰ πονήσαντες ἐν τῷ πρὸς ἸουδαίουςJews πολέμῳ καὶ πικρῶς πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἔχοντες , ὅτι μὴ παρέδοσαν αὐτοῖς τὰ ὅπλα μέχρις δ᾽ ἐσχάτου πολεμοῦντες ὑπέμειναν ,
¹²² In which behavior any one may discern the equity and generosity of the Romans, especially of Vespasian and Titus, who, although they had been at a great deal of pains in the war against the Jews, and were exasperated against them, because they did not deliver up their weapons to them, but continued the war to the very last,	¹²² In which behaviour the equity and generosity of the Romans can be seen, especially in the case of Vespasianus and Titus, who, although the war against the Jews had cost them great hardship and exasperation, because they did not hand over their weapons to them, but continued the war to the very last,
¹²² Barach

¹²³ οὐδενὸς αὐτοὺς τῶν ὑπαρχόντων κατὰ τὴν‎ προειρημένην πολιτείαν ἀφείλοντο · ἅμα γὰρ καὶ τῆς πρότερον ὀργῆς καὶ τῆς τῶν ἈλεξανδρέωνAlexandrians καὶ ἈντιοχέωνAntioch δήμων μεγίστων παρακλήσεως ἐκράτησαν ,
¹²³ yet did not they take away any of their forementioned privileges belonging to them as citizens, but restrained their anger, and overcame the prayers of the Alexandrians and Antiochians, who were a very powerful people,	¹²³ yet they did not abolish any of their citizenship privileges mentioned above, but kept their anger in check, and denied the requests of such powerful people as the Alexandrians and Antiochians.
¹²³ Barach

¹²⁴ ὥστε μηδὲν μήθ᾽ ὑπὸ τῆς πρὸς τούτους χάριτος μήθ᾽ ὑπὸ τῆς πρὸς τοὺς πολεμηθέντας μισοπονηρίας ἐνδοῦναι πρὸς τὸ λῦσαί τι τῶν ἀρχαίων τοῖς ἸουδαίοιςJews φιλανθρώπων , ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἀνταραμένους αὐτοῖς ὅπλα καὶ χωρήσαντας διὰ μάχης δεδωκέναι τιμωρίαν φήσαντες τοὺς οὐδὲν ἐξαμαρτόντας οὐκ ἐδικαίουν ἀποστερεῖνto rob, defraud τῶν ὑπαρχόντων .
¹²⁴ insomuch that they did not yield to them, neither out of their favor to these people, nor out of their old grudge at those whose wicked opposition they had subdued in the war; nor would they alter any of the ancient favors granted to the Jews, but said, that those who had borne arms against them, and fought them, had suffered punishment already, and that it was not just to deprive those that had not offended of the privileges they enjoyed.	¹²⁴ They did not yield to them, either to show favour to these people, or out of resentment of the wicked opponents they had subdued in the war; nor would they alter any of the ancient favours granted to the Jews, saying that those who had resisted them in arms and fought them, had suffered enough already, and that it was not right to remove the privileges they enjoyed, from the people who had not offended.
¹²⁴ Barach

¹²⁵ Ὅμοιον δέ τι τούτῳ καὶ ΜᾶρκονMarcus ἈγρίππανAgrippa φρονήσαντα περὶ τῶν ἸουδαίωνJews οἴδαμεν · τῶν γὰρ ἸώνωνIonia κινηθέντων ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς καὶ δεομένων τοῦ ἈγρίππουAgrippa , ἵνα τῆς πολιτείας , ἣν αὐτοῖς ἔδωκεν ἈντίοχοςAntiochus ὁ ΣελεύκουSeleucus υἱωνὸς ὁ παρὰ τοῖς ἝλλησινGreek ΘεὸςGod λεγόμενος ,
¹²⁵ We also know that Marcus Agrippa was of the like disposition towards the Jews: for when the people of Ionia were very angry at them, and besought Agrippa that they, and they only, might have those privileges of citizens which Antiochus, the grandson of Seleucus, (who by the Greeks was called The God,) had bestowed on them, and desired that, if the Jews were to be joint-partakers with them,	¹²⁵ We know that Marcus Agrippa was similarly disposed toward the Jews; for when aroused against them the people of Ionia begged Agrippa that they alone should enjoy the citizenship which Antiochus, the grandson of Seleucus, called "The God" by the Greeks, had given them
¹²⁵ Barach

¹²⁶ μόνοι μετέλθωσιν , ἀξιούντωνto think worthy δ᾽ , εἰ συγγενεῖς εἰσιν αὐτοῖς ἸουδαῖοιJews , σέβεσθαι τοὺς αὐτῶν θεούς , καὶ δίκης περὶ τούτων συστάσης ἐνίκησαν οἱ ἸουδαῖοιJews τοῖς αὐτῶν ἔθεσι χρῆσθαι συνηγορήσαντος αὐτοῖς ΝικολάουNicolaus τοῦ ΔαμασκηνοῦDamascenes, Damascus · ὁ γὰρ ἈγρίππαςAgrippa ἀπεφήνατο μηδὲν αὐτῷ καινίζειν ἐξεῖναι .
¹²⁶ they might be obliged to worship the gods they themselves worshipped: but when these matters were brought to the trial, the Jews prevailed, and obtained leave to make use of their own customs, and this under the patronage of Nicolaus of Damascus; for Agrippa gave sentence that he could not innovate.	¹²⁶ and asked that if the Jews were to share it with them, they must be obliged to worship the same gods as themselves. When this conflict came to trial, the Jews, defended by Nicolaus of Damascus, prevailed and were allowed to follow their own customs, for Agrippa gave sentence that nothing be changed.
¹²⁶ Barach

¹²⁷ τὸ δ᾽ ἀκριβὲς εἴ τις βούλεται καταμαθεῖν , ἀναγνώτω τοῦ ΝικολάουNicolaus τὴν‎ ἑκατοστὴν καὶ εἰκοστὴν καὶ τρίτην καὶ τετάρτην . περὶ μὲν οὖν τῶν ὑπ᾽ ἈγρίππουAgrippa κριθέντων οὐκ ἔστιν ἴσως θαυμάζειν · οὐ γὰρ ἐπολέμει τότε ῬωμαίοιςRomans τὸ ἡμέτερον ἔθνος ·
¹²⁷ And if any one hath a mind to know this matter accurately, let him peruse the hundred and twenty-third and hundred and twenty-fourth books of the history of this Nicolaus. Now as to this determination of Agrippa, it is not so much to be admired, for at that time our nation had not made war against the Romans.	¹²⁷ If one wants to study this matter in detail one may read the hundred and twenty-third and twenty-fourth books of Nicolaus' history. Nor was this decision of Agrippa surprising, since at that time our nation had not made war against the Romans.
¹²⁷ Barach

¹²⁸ ΟὐεσπασιανοῦVespasianus δ᾽ ἄν τις καὶ ΤίτουTitus τὴν‎ μεγαλοφροσύνην εἰκότως ἐκπλαγείη μετὰ πολέμους καὶ τηλικούτους ἀγῶνας οὓς ἔσχον πρὸς ἡμᾶς μετριοπαθησάντων . ἐπανάξω δὲ τὸν λόγον ὅθεν ἐπὶ ταῦτ᾽ ἐξέβην .
¹²⁸ But one may well be astonished at the generosity of Vespasian and Titus, that after so great wars and contests which they had from us, they should use such moderation. But I will now return to that part of my history whence I made the present digression.	¹²⁸ One may well admire, however, the generosity of Vespasian and Titus, who after such warfare and opposition as they had from us, were so moderate with us. But I now return to the story from which I digressed.
¹²⁸ Barach

¹²⁹ Τοὺς γὰρ ἸουδαίουςJews ἐπ᾽ ἈντιόχουAntiochus τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλεύοντος τῆς ἈσίαςAsia ἔτυχεν αὐτούς τε πολλὰ ταλαιπωρῆσαι τῆς γῆς αὐτῶν κακουμένης καὶ τοὺς τὴν‎ κοίλην ΣυρίανSyria νεμομένους .
¹²⁹ Now it happened that in the reign of Antiochus the Great, who ruled over all Asia, that the Jews, as well as the inhabitants of Celesyria, suffered greatly, and their land was sorely harassed;	¹²⁹ In the reign of Antiochus the Great, the ruler of all Asia, the Jews and the people of Coele-Syria were in dire straits and their land was greatly harassed.
¹²⁹ Barach

¹³⁰ πολεμοῦντος γὰρ αὐτοῦ‎ πρὸς τὸν ΦιλοπάτοραPhilopater ΠτολεμαῖονPtolemy καὶ πρὸς τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ‎ ΠτολεμαῖονPtolemy ἐπικληθέντα δὲ ἘπιφανῆEpiphanes , κακοπαθεῖν συνέβαινεν αὐτοῖς καὶ νικῶντος καὶ πταίοντος ταὐτὰ πάσχειν , ὥστ᾽ οὐδὲν ἀπέλειπον χειμαζομένης νεὼς καὶ πονουμένης ὑπὸ τοῦ κλύδωνος ἑκατέρωθεν μεταξὺ τῆς εὐπραγίας τῆς ἈντιόχουAntiochus καὶ τῆς ἐπὶ θάτερον αὐτοῦ‎ τροπῆς τῶν πραγμάτων κείμενοι .
¹³⁰ for while he was at war with Ptolemy Philopater, and with his son, who was called Epiphanes, it fell out that these nations were equally sufferers, both when he was beaten, and when he beat the others: so that they were very like to a ship in a storm, which is tossed by the waves on both sides; and just thus were they in their situation in the middle between Antiochus’s prosperity and its change to adversity.	¹³⁰ For during his wars with Ptolemy Philopater and his son, Ptolemy nicknamed Epiphanes, these people suffered both when he was defeated and when he was victorious, so that they were like a storm-tossed ship, struck from both sides by the waves. Such was their situation, caught between Antiochus' prosperity and his reverses.
¹³⁰ Barach

¹³¹ νικήσας μέντοι τὸν ΠτολεμαῖονPtolemy ὁ ἈντίοχοςAntiochus τὴν‎ ἸουδαίανJudea προσάγεται . τελευτήσαντος δὲ τοῦ ΦιλοπάτοροςPhilopater ὁ παῖς αὐτοῦ‎ μεγάλην ἐξέπεμψε δύναμιν καὶ στρατηγὸν ΣκόπανScopas ἐπὶ τοὺς ἐν τῇ ΚοίλῃCoele ΣυρίᾳSyria , ὃς πολλάς τε αὐτῶν πόλεις ἔλαβεν καὶ τὸ ἡμέτερον ἔθνος · πολεμούμενον γὰρ αὐτῷ προσέθετο .
¹³¹ But at length, when Antiochus had beaten Ptolemy, he seized upon Judea; and when Philopater was dead, his son sent out a great army under Scopas, the general of his forces, against the inhabitants of Celesyria, who took many of their cities, and in particular our nation;	¹³¹ When Antiochus defeated Ptolemy, he captured Judea, but when Philopater died his son sent out a large army under his general Scopas, against the people of Coele-Syria, which captured many of their cities and our nation in particular, which, when attacked, went over to him.
¹³¹ Barach

¹³² μετ᾽ οὐ πολὺ δὲ τὸν ΣκόπανScopas ἈντίοχοςAntiochus νικᾷ συμβαλὼν αὐτῷ πρὸς ταῖς πηγαῖς τοῦ ἸορδάνουJordan καὶ πολλὴν αὐτοῦ‎ τῆς στρατιᾶς διέφθειρεν .
¹³² which when he fell upon them, went over to him. Yet was it not long afterward when Antiochus overcame Scopas, in a battle fought at the fountains of Jordan, and destroyed a great part of his army.	¹³² Not long afterward, Antiochus defeated Scopas in a battle fought at the fountains of the Jordan and destroyed most of his army.
¹³² Barach

¹³³ ὕστερον δ᾽ ἈντιόχουAntiochus χειρωσαμένου τὰς ἐν τῇ ΚοίλῃCoele ΣυρίᾳSyria πόλεις , ἃς ὁ ΣκόπαςScopas κατεσχήκει , καὶ τὴν‎ ΣαμάρειανSamaria , ἑκουσίως αὐτῷ προσέθεντο οἱ ἸουδαῖοιJews καὶ τῇ πόλει δεξάμενοι πᾶσαν αὐτοῦ‎ τῇ τε στρατιᾷ καὶ τοῖς ἐλέφασιν ἀφθονίανfree from envy παρέσχον καὶ τοὺς ὑπὸ ΣκόπαScopas καταλειφθέντας ἐν τῇ ἄκρᾳ τῶν ἹεροσολύμωνJerusalem φρουροὺς πολιορκοῦντι προθύμως συνεμάχησαν .
¹³³ But afterward, when Antiochus subdued those cities of Celesyria which Scopas had gotten into his possession, and Samaria with them, the Jews, of their own accord, went over to him, and received him into the city [Jerusalem], and gave plentiful provision to all his army, and to his elephants, and readily assisted him when he besieged the garrison which was in the citadel of Jerusalem.	¹³³ Later, when Antiochus subdued the cities of Coele-Syria which Scopas had occupied, including Samaria, the Jews went over to him of their own accord and welcomed him into their city and provided plentifully for his whole army and his elephants and willingly helped him when he besieged the garrison in the citadel of Jerusalem.
¹³³ Barach

¹³⁴ ὁ οὖν ἈντίοχοςAntiochus δίκαιον ἡγησάμενος τὴν‎ τῶν ἸουδαίωνJews πρὸς αὐτὸν σπουδὴν καὶ φιλοτιμίαν ἀμείψασθαι γράφει τοῖς τε στρατηγοῖς αὐτοῦ‎ καὶ τοῖς φίλοις μαρτυρῶν τοῖς ἸουδαίοιςJews ὑπὲρ ὧν εὖ πάθοι πρὸς αὐτῶν καὶ τὰς δωρεὰς ἃς ὑπὲρ τούτων διέγνω παρασχεῖν αὐτοῖς ἐμφανίζων .
¹³⁴ Wherefore Antiochus thought it but just to requite the Jews’ diligence and zeal in his service. So he wrote to the generals of his armies, and to his friends, and gave testimony to the good behavior of the Jews towards him, and informed them what rewards he had resolved to bestow on them for that their behavior.	¹³⁴ Antiochus thought it only fair to repay the Jews' diligence and zeal in his service, so he wrote to his army generals and his friends witnessing to the favourable attitude of the Jews and telling them the rewards he meant to grant them for their conduct.
¹³⁴ Barach

¹³⁵ παραθήσομαι δὲ τὰς ἐπιστολὰς τὰς τοῖς στρατηγοῖς περὶ αὐτῶν γραφείσας προδιελθών , ὡς μαρτυρεῖ τούτοις ἡμῶν τοῖς λόγοις ΠολύβιοςPolybius ὁ ΜεγαλοπολίτηςMegalopolis · ἐν γὰρ τῇ ἑξκαιδεκάτῃ τῶν ἱστοριῶν αὐτοῦ‎ φησιν οὕτως · " ὁ δὲ τοῦ ΠτολεμαίουPtolemy στρατηγὸς ΣκόπαςScopas ὁρμήσας εἰς τοὺς ἄνω τόπους κατεστρέψατο ἐν τῷ χειμῶνι τὸ ἸουδαίωνJews ἔθνος . λέγει δὲ ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ βίβλῳ ,
¹³⁵ I will set down presently the epistles themselves which he wrote to the generals concerning them, but will first produce the testimony of Polybius of Megalopolis; for thus does he speak, in the sixteenth book of his history: “Now Scopas, the general of Ptolemy’s army, went in haste to the superior parts of the country, and in the winter time overthrew the nation of the Jews?”	¹³⁵ I will present the letters themselves which he wrote to the generals about them, but will first give the testimony of Polybius of Megalopolis, for in the sixteenth book of his history he says, "Now Scopas, the general of Ptolemy's army, hurried to the upper parts of the country and destroyed the Jewish nation during the winter."
¹³⁵ Barach

¹³⁶ ὡς τοῦ ΣκόπαScopas Νικηθέντος ὑπ᾽ ἈντιόχουAntiochus τὴν‎ μὲν ΒατανέανBatanea καὶ ΣαμάρειανSamaria καὶ ἌβιλαAbila καὶ ΓάδαραGadara παρέλαβεν ἈντίοχοςAntiochus , μετ᾽ ὀλίγον δὲ προσεχώρησαν αὐτῷ καὶ τῶν ἸουδαίωνJews οἱ περὶ τὸ ἱερὸν τὸ προσαγορευόμενον ἹεροσόλυμαJerusalem κατοικοῦντες , ὑπὲρ οὗ καὶ πλείω λέγειν ἔχοντες καὶ μάλιστα περὶ τῆς γενομένης περὶ τὸ ἱερὸν ἐπιφανείας , εἰς
¹³⁶ He also saith, in the same book, that “when Seopas was conquered by Antiochus, Antiochus received Batanea, and Samaria, and Abila, and Gadara; and that, a while afterwards, there came in to him those Jews that inhabited near that temple which was called Jerusalem; concerning which, although I have more to say, and particularly concerning the presence of God about that temple, yet do I put off that history till another opportunity.”	¹³⁶ In the same book he also tells how when Scopas was conquered by Antiochus, Antiochus took Batanea and Samaria and Abila and Gadara, and that a little later the Jews who lived near the temple called Jerusalem came to him. We have more to say about this and particularly about the divine epiphanies surrounding that temple, but we will postpone that story for another occasion.
¹³⁶ Barach

¹³⁷ ἕτερον καιρὸν ὑπερθησόμεθα τὴν‎ διήγησιν . Καὶ ΠολύβιοςPolybius μὲν ταῦτα ἱστόρησεν . ἡμεῖς δ᾽ ἐπανάξομεν τὸν λόγον ἐπὶ τὴν‎ διήγησιν παραθέμενοι πρῶτον τὰς ἐπιστολὰς τοῦ βασιλέως ἈντιόχουAntiochus.
¹³⁷ This it is which Polybius relates. But we will return to the series of the history, when we have first produced the epistles of king Antiochus:	¹³⁷ That is what Polybius reports. But we will return to the thread of our story, when we have first cited the letters of king Antiochus.
¹³⁷ Barach

¹³⁸ Βασιλεὺς ἈντίοχοςAntiochus ΠτολεμαίῳPtolemy χαίρειν . τῶν ἸουδαίωνJews καὶ παραυτίκα μέν , ἡνίκα τῆς χώρας ἐπέβημεν αὐτῶν , ἐπιδειξαμένων τὸ πρὸς ἡμᾶς φιλότιμον καὶ παραγενομένους δ᾽ εἰς τὴν‎ πόλιν λαμπρῶς ἐκδεξαμένων καὶ μετὰ τῆς γερουσίας ἀπαντησάντων , ἄφθονον δὲ τὴν‎ χορηγίαν τοῖς στρατιώταις καὶ τοῖς ἐλέφασι παρεσχημένων , συνεξελόντων δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἐν τῇ ἄκρᾳ φρουροὺς τῶν ΑἰγυπτίωνEgyptians ,
¹³⁸ “King Antiochus To Ptolemy, Sendeth Greeting. “Since the Jews, upon our first entrance on their country, demonstrated their friendship towards us, and when we came to their city [Jerusalem], received us in a splendid manner, and came to meet us with their senate, and gave abundance of provisions to our soldiers, and to the elephants, and joined with us in ejecting the garrison of the Egyptians that were in the citadel,	¹³⁸ "King Antiochus to Ptolemy, Greetings. Since when we first entered their country, the Jews demonstrated their friendship toward us and when we came to their city, received us lavishly and came to meet us with their council and supplied abundant provisions to our soldiers and to the elephants and joined us in expelling the Egyptian garrison from the citadel.
¹³⁸ Barach

¹³⁹ ἠξιώσαμεν καὶ αὐτοὶ τούτων αὐτοὺς ἀμείψασθαι καὶ τὴν‎ πόλιν αὐτῶν ἀναλαβεῖν κατεφθαρμένην ὑπὸ τῶν περὶ τοὺς πολέμους συμπεσόντων καὶ συνοικίσαι τῶν διεσπαρμένων εἰς αὐτὴν πάλιν συνελθόντων .
¹³⁹ we have thought fit to reward them, and to retrieve the condition of their city, which hath been greatly depopulated by such accidents as have befallen its inhabitants, and to bring those that have been scattered abroad back to the city.	¹³⁹ We have thought fit to reward them and to restore their city which has been damaged in the wars, and to repopulate it with the people who were scattered and have now returned.
¹³⁹ Barach

¹⁴⁰ πρῶτον δ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἐκρίναμεν διὰ τὴν‎ εὐσέβειαν παρασχεῖν εἰς τὰς θυσίας σύνταξιν κτηνῶν τε θυσίμων καὶ οἴνου καὶ ἐλαίου καὶ λιβάνου ἀργυρίου μυριάδας δύο καὶ σεμιδάλεως ἀρτάβας ἱερᾶς κατὰ τὸν ἐπιχώριον νόμον πυρῶν μεδίμνους χιλίους τετρακοσίους ἑξήκοντα καὶ ἁλῶν μεδίμνους τριακοσίους ἑβδομηκονταπέντε .
¹⁴⁰ And, in the first place, we have determined, on account of their piety towards God, to bestow on them, as a pension, for their sacrifices of animals that are fit for sacrifice, for wine, and oil, and frankincense, the value of twenty thousand pieces of silver, and [six] sacred artabrae of fine flour, with one thousand four hundred and sixty medimni of wheat, and three hundred and seventy-five medimni of salt.	¹⁴⁰ First, because of their piety toward God, we have decided to grant for their sacrifices animals that are fit for sacrifice, and wine and oil and frankincense to the value of twenty thousand pieces of silver and some sacred artabrae of fine flour, with a thousand four hundred and sixty medimni of wheat and three hundred and seventy-five medimni of salt.
¹⁴⁰ Barach

¹⁴¹ τελεῖσθαι δ᾽ αὐτοῖς ταῦτα βούλομαι , καθὼς ἐπέσταλκα , καὶ τὸ περὶ τὸ ἱερὸν ἀπαρτισθῆναι ἔργον τάς τε στοὰς κἂν εἴ τι ἕτερον οἰκοδομῆσαι δέοι · ἡ δὲ τῶν ξύλων ὕλη κατακομιζέσθω ἐξ αὐτῆς τε τῆς ἸουδαίαςJudea καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἄλλων ἐθνῶν καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ΛιβάνουLibanus μηδενὸς πρασσομένου τέλος . ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις , ἐν οἷς ἂν ἐπιφανεστέραν γίγνεσθαι τὴν‎ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἐπισκευὴν δέῃ .
¹⁴¹ And these payments I would have fully paid them, as I have sent orders to you. I would also have the work about the temple finished, and the cloisters, and if there be any thing else that ought to be rebuilt. And for the materials of wood, let it be brought them out of Judea itself and out of the other countries, and out of Libanus tax free; and the same I would have observed as to those other materials which will be necessary, in order to render the temple more glorious;	¹⁴¹ I want these payments fully paid to them, as I have ordered you, and want the work completed on the temple and the porticoes and anything else that needs to be rebuilt. Let the timber from Judea and the other nations and from Libanus be brought to them tax free, and the same for the other materials needed to make the temple more glorious.
¹⁴¹ Barach

¹⁴² πολιτευέσθωσαν δὲ πάντες οἱ ἐκ τοῦ ἔθνους κατὰ τοὺς πατρίους νόμους , ἀπολυέσθω δ᾽ ἡ γερουσία καὶ οἱ ἱερεῖς καὶ γραμματεῖς τοῦ ἱεροῦ καὶ ἱεροψάλται ὧν ὑπὲρ τῆς κεφαλῆς τελοῦσιν καὶ τοῦ στεφανιτικοῦ φόρου καὶ τοῦ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων .
¹⁴² and let all of that nation live according to the laws of their own country; and let the senate, and the priests, and the scribes of the temple, and the sacred singers, be discharged from poll-money and the crown tax and other taxes also.	¹⁴² Let all the people of that nation live by their ancestral laws, and let the elders and priests and temple scribes and sacred singers be exempt from poll-tax and the crown tax and other taxes too.
¹⁴² Barach

¹⁴³ ἵνα δὲ θᾶττον ἡ πόλις κατοικισθῇ , δίδωμι τοῖς τε νῦν κατοικοῦσιν καὶ κατελευσομένοις ἕως τοῦ ὙπερβερεταίουHyperberetmus μηνὸς ἀτελέσιν εἶναι μέχρι τριῶν ἐτῶν .
¹⁴³ And that the city may the sooner recover its inhabitants, I grant a discharge from taxes for three years to its present inhabitants, and to such as shall come to it, until the month Hyperberetus.	¹⁴³ Also, so that the city may be repopulated the sooner I grant exemption from taxes for three years to its present inhabitants and any others who move to it, until the month Hyperheretus.
¹⁴³ Barach

¹⁴⁴ ἀπολύομεν δὲ καὶ εἰς τὸ λοιπὸν αὐτοὺς τοῦ τρίτου μέρους τῶν φόρων , ὥστε αὐτῶν ἐπανορθωθῆναι τὴν‎ βλάβην . Καὶ ὅσοι ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ἁρπαγέντες δουλεύουσιν , αὐτούς τε τούτους καὶ τοὺς ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν γεννηθέντας ἐλευθέρους ἀφίεμεν καὶ τὰς οὐσίας αὐτοῖς ἀποδίδοσθαι κελεύομεν ."
¹⁴⁴ We also discharge them for the future from a third part of their taxes, that the losses they have sustained may be repaired. And all those citizens that have been carried away, and are become slaves, we grant them and their children their freedom, and give order that their substance be restored to them.”	¹⁴⁴ For the future we exempt them from a third of their taxes, to make up for the losses they have sustained. And to all citizens who have been taken away as slaves, we grant freedom to them and their children and command that their property be restored to them."
¹⁴⁴ Barach

¹⁴⁵ ἡ μὲν οὖν ἐπιστολὴepistle ταῦτα περιεῖχεν . σεμνύνων δὲ καὶ τὸ ἱερὸν πρόγραμμαa public proclamation κατὰ πᾶσαν τὴν‎ βασιλείαν ἐξέθηκεν περιέχον τάδε · μηδενὶ ἐξεῖναι ἀλλοφύλῳ εἰς τὸν περίβολον εἰσιέναι τοῦ ἱεροῦ τὸν ἀπηγορευμένον τοῖς ἸουδαίοιςJews , εἰ μὴ οἷς ἁγνισθεῖσίν ἐστιν ἔθιμον κατὰ τὸν πάτριον νόμον .
¹⁴⁵ And these were the contents of this epistle. He also published a decree through all his kingdom in honor of the temple, which contained what follows: “It shall be lawful for no foreigner to come within the limits of the temple round about; which thing is forbidden also to the Jews, unless to those who, according to their own custom, have purified themselves.	¹⁴⁵ These were the contents of this letter. He also published a decree through all his kingdom in honour of the temple, to the following effect : "It is unlawful for any foreigner to come within the perimeter of the temple; it is even forbidden to the Jews too, except to those who have purified themselves according to their custom.
¹⁴⁵ Barach

¹⁴⁶ μηδ᾽ εἰς τὴν‎ πόλιν εἰσφερέσθω ἵππεια κρέα μηδὲ ἡμιόνεια μηδὲ ἀγρίων ὄνων καὶ ἡμέρων παρδάλεών τε καὶ ἀλωπέκων καὶ λαγῶν καὶ καθόλου δὲ πάντων τῶν ἀπηγορευμένωνto forbid ζῴων τοῖς ἸουδαίοιςJews · μηδὲ τὰς δορὰς εἰσφέρειν ἐξεῖναι , ἀλλὰ μηδὲ τρέφειν τι τούτων ἐν τῇ πόλει · μόνοις δὲ τοῖς προγονικοῖς θύμασιν , ἀφ᾽ ὧν καὶ τῷ θεῷ δεῖ καλλιερεῖν , ἐπιτετράφθαι χρῆσθαι . ὁ δέ τι τούτων παραβὰς ἀποτινύτω τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν ἀργυρίου δραχμὰς τρισχιλίας ."
¹⁴⁶ Nor let any flesh of horses, or of mules, or of asses, he brought into the city, whether they be wild or tame; nor that of leopards, or foxes, or hares; and, in general, that of any animal which is forbidden for the Jews to eat. Nor let their skins be brought into it; nor let any such animal be bred up in the city. Let them only be permitted to use the sacrifices derived from their forefathers, with which they have been obliged to make acceptable atonements to God. And he that transgresseth any of these orders, let him pay to the priests three thousand drachmae of silver.”	¹⁴⁶ No flesh of horses or mules or donkeys, wild or tame, may be brought into the city, nor that of leopards, foxes or hares or of any animal which the Jews are forbidden to eat. Nor may their skins be brought into it, and no such animal may be bred within the city. They may sacrifice only as their ancestors did, by which they made atonement to God. Whoever transgresses any of these orders must pay three thousand drachmae of silver to the priests."
¹⁴⁶ Barach

¹⁴⁷ Ἔγραψε δὲ μαρτυρῶν ἡμῖν εὐσέβειάν τε καὶ πίστιν , ἡνίκα νεωτερίζοντα τὰ κατὰ τὴν‎ ΦρυγίανPhrygia ἐπύθετοto ask, inquire καὶ ΛυδίανLydia καθ᾽ ὃν ἦν καιρὸν ἐν ταῖς ἄνω σατραπείαις , κελεύων ΖεῦξινZeuxis τὸν αὐτοῦ‎ στρατηγὸν καὶ ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα φίλον πέμψαι τινὰς τῶν ἡμετέρων ἐκ ΒαβυλῶνοςBabylon εἰς ΦρυγίανPhrygia .
¹⁴⁷ Moreover, this Antiochus bare testimony to our piety and fidelity, in an epistle of his, written when he was informed of a sedition in Phrygia and Lydia, at which time he was in the superior provinces, wherein he commanded Zenxis, the general of his forces, and his most intimate friend, to send some of our nation out of Babylon into Phrygia. The epistle was this:	¹⁴⁷ He also witnessed to our piety and fidelity in a letter written when he was told of a rebellion in Phrygia and Lydia, at a time when he was in the upper provinces, where he ordered Zeuxis, his army general and closest friend, to send some of our nation from Babylon into Phrygia.
¹⁴⁷ Barach

¹⁴⁸ γράφει δ᾽ οὕτως · " βασιλεὺς ἈντίοχοςAntiochus ΖεύξιδιZeuxis τῷ πατρὶ χαίρειν . εἰ ἔρρωσαι , εὖ ἂν ἔχοι , ὑγιαίνω δὲ καὶ αὐτός .
¹⁴⁸ “King Antiochus To Zeuxis His Father, Sendeth Greeting. “If you are in health, it is well. I also am in health.	¹⁴⁸ The letter was this: "King Antiochus to Zeuxis his father, Greetings. I hope you are in good health, as I also am healthy.
¹⁴⁸ Barach

¹⁴⁹ πυνθανόμενος τοὺς ἐν ΛυδίᾳLydia καὶ ΦρυγίᾳPhrygia νεωτερίζοντας μεγάλης ἐπιστροφῆς τοῦτό μοι δεῖσθαι , καὶ βουλευσαμένῳ μοι μετὰ τῶν φίλων , τί δεῖ ποιεῖν , ἔδοξεν εἰς τὰ φρούρια καὶ τοὺς ἀναγκαιοτάτους τόπους τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ΜεσοποταμίαςMesopotamia καὶ ΒαβυλωνίαςBabylonia ἸουδαίωνJews οἴκους δισχιλίους σὺν ἐπισκευῇ μεταγαγεῖν .
¹⁴⁹ Having been informed that a sedition is arisen in Lydia and Phrygia, I thought that matter required great care; and upon advising with my friends what was fit to be done, it hath been thought proper to remove two thousand families of Jews, with their effects, out of Mesopotamia and Babylon, unto the castles and places that lie most convenient;	¹⁴⁹ Having learned of a rebellion in Lydia and Phrygia, I thought that it needs great care, and after consulting my friends about what to do, have decided to remove two thousand Jewish families, with their property, from Mesopotamia and Babylon to strongholds and the most suitable places.
¹⁴⁹ Barach

¹⁵⁰ πέπεισμαι γὰρ εὔνους αὐτοὺς ἔσεσθαι τῶν ἡμετέρων φύλακας διὰ τὴν‎ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν εὐσέβειαν , καὶ μαρτυρουμένους δ᾽ αὐτοὺς ὑπὸ τῶν προγόνων εἰς πίστιν οἶδα καὶ προθυμίαν εἰς ἃ παρακαλοῦνται · βούλομαι τοίνυν καίπερ ἐργώδους ὄντος τοῦ μεταγαγεῖν ὑποσχομένους νόμοις αὐτοὺς χρῆσθαι τοῖς ἰδίοις .
¹⁵⁰ for I am persuaded that they will be well-disposed guardians of our possessions, because of their piety towards God, and because I know that my predecessors have borne witness to them, that they are faithful, and with alacrity do what they are desired to do. I will, therefore, though it be a laborious work, that thou remove these Jews, under a promise, that they shall be permitted to use their own laws.	¹⁵⁰ I am convinced that they will loyally guard our possessions because of their piety toward God and as I know that my predecessors have testified to their willingness to faithfully do what is asked of them. Therefore, though it is a major task, I want you to relocate these Jews, with the promise that they shall be allowed to follow their own laws.
¹⁵⁰ Barach

¹⁵¹ ὅταν δ᾽ αὐτοὺς ἀγάγῃς εἰς τοὺς προειρημένους τόπους , εἴς τ᾽ οἰκοδομίας οἰκιῶν αὐτοῖς δώσεις τόπον ἑκάστῳ καὶ χώραν εἰς γεωργίαν καὶ φυτείαν ἀμπέλων , καὶ ἀτελεῖς τῶν ἐκ τῆς γῆς καρπῶν ἀνήσεις ἐπὶ ἔτη δέκα .
¹⁵¹ And when thou shalt have brought them to the places forementioned, thou shalt give everyone of their families a place for building their houses, and a portion of the land for their husbandry, and for the plantation of their vines; and thou shalt discharge them from paying taxes of the fruits of the earth for ten years;	¹⁵¹ When you have brought them to the aforementioned places, you shall give to each family a place to build a house and a portion of land for farming and planting their vines, and you shall exonerate them from tax on the fruits of the earth for ten years.
¹⁵¹ Barach

¹⁵² μετρείσθωσαν δὲ καὶ ἄχρις ἂν τοὺς παρὰ τῆς γῆς καρποὺς λαμβάνωσιν σῖτον εἰς τὰς τῶν θεραπόντων διατροφάς · διδόσθω δὲ καὶ τοῖς εἰς τὰς χρείας ὑπηρετοῦσιν τὸ αὔταρκες , ἵνα τῆς παρ᾽ ἡμῶν τυγχάνοντες φιλανθρωπίας προθυμοτέρους παρέχωσιν αὑτοὺς περὶ τὰ ἡμέτερα .
¹⁵² and let them have a proper quantity of wheat for the maintenance of their servants, until they receive breadcorn out of the earth; also let a sufficient share be given to such as minister to them in the necessaries of life, that by enjoying the effects of our humanity, they may show themselves the more willing and ready about our affairs.	¹⁵² Until they can grow from the earth corn for bread, let them be granted enough wheat to maintain their servants. Those who minister to them in the essentials of life should also be provided for, so that benefitting from our goodwill they may prove more willing and obliging about our affairs.
¹⁵² Barach

¹⁵³ πρόνοιαν δὲ ποιοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἔθνους κατὰ τὸ δυνατόν , ὅπως ὑπὸ μηδενὸς ἐνοχλῆται . περὶ μὲν οὖν τῆς ἈντιόχουAntiochus φιλίας τοῦ μεγάλου πρὸς ἸουδαίουςJews ταῦτα ἡμῖν ἀποχρώντως εἰρήσθω μαρτύρια .
¹⁵³ Take care likewise of that nation, as far as thou art able, that they may not have any disturbance given them by any one.” Now these testimonials which I have produced are sufficient to declare the friendship that Antiochus the Great bare to the Jews.	¹⁵³ Take care of that nation as best you can, that they are not upset by anyone." These testimonials amply show the friendship that Antiochus the Great had for the Jews.
¹⁵³ Barach

Chapter 4
[154-236]
Pact between Antiochus and Ptolemy.
Onias angers Ptolemy.
Matters improved by Joseph and his son Hyrcanus

☜ ☞

¹⁵⁴ μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα φιλίαν καὶ σπονδὰς πρὸς ΠτολεμαῖονPtolemy ἈντίοχοςAntiochus ἐποιήσατο καὶ δίδωσιν αὐτῷ τὴν‎ θυγατέρα ΚλεοπάτρανCleopatra πρὸς γάμον παραχωρήσας αὐτῷ τῆς κοίλης ΣυρίαςSyria καὶ ΣαμαρείαςSamaria καὶ ἸουδαίαςJudea καὶ ΦοινίκηςPhoenicia φερνῆς ὀνόματι .
¹⁵⁴ After this Antiochus made a friendship and league with Ptolemy, and gave him his daughter Cleopatra to wife, and yielded up to him Celesyria, and Samaria, and Judea, and Phoenicia, by way of dowry.	¹⁵⁴ After this, Antiochus made a friendship and pact with Ptolemy and gave him his daughter Cleopatra as his wife and yielded up to him Coele-Syria and Samaria and Judea and Phoenicia, by way of dowry.
¹⁵⁴ Barach

¹⁵⁵ καὶ διαιρεθέντων εἰς ἀμφοτέρους τοὺς βασιλέας τῶν φόρων τὰς ἰδίας ἕκαστοι τῶν ἐπισήμωνsplendid ὠνοῦντο πατρίδας φορολογεῖν καὶ συναθροίζοντες τὸ προστεταγμένον κεφάλαιον τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν ἐτέλουν .
¹⁵⁵ And upon the division of the taxes between the two kings, all the principal men framed the taxes of their several countries, and collecting the sum that was settled for them, paid the same to the [two] kings.	¹⁵⁵ And upon the division of the taxes between the two kings, all the leaders framed the taxes of their several countries and collecting the sum that was settled for them, paid the same to the kings.
¹⁵⁵ Barach

¹⁵⁶ ἐν τούτῳ τῷ χρόνῳ ΣαμαρεῖςSamaritans εὖ πράσσοντες πολλὰ τοὺς ἸουδαίουςJews ἐκάκωσαν τήν τε χώραν αὐτῶν τεμόντες καὶ σώματα διαρπάσαντες · ἐγένετο δὲ ταῦτα ἐπὶ ἀρχιερέως ὈνίουOnias .
¹⁵⁶ Now at this time the Samaritans were in a flourishing condition, and much distressed the Jews, cutting off parts of their land, and carrying off slaves. This happened when Onias was high priest;	¹⁵⁶ At this time the Samaritans were prospering and caused the Jews much distress by annexing parts of their land and carrying off slaves.
¹⁵⁶ Barach

¹⁵⁷ τελευτήσαντος γὰρ ἘλεαζάρουEleazar τὴν‎ ἀρχιερωσύνην ὁ θεῖος αὐτοῦ‎ ΜανασσῆςManasses παρέλαβεν , μεθ᾽ ὃν καταστρέψαντα τὸν βίον ὈνίαςOnias τὴν‎ τιμὴν ἐξεδέξατο ΣίμωνοςSimon υἱὸς ὢν τοῦ δικαίου κληθέντος · ΣίμωνSimon δ᾽ ἦν ἀδελφὸς ἘλεαζάρουEleazar , καθὼς προεῖπον .
¹⁵⁷ for after Eleazar’s death, his uncle Manasseh took the priesthood, and after he had ended his life, Onias received that dignity. He was the son of Simon, who was called The Just:	¹⁵⁷ This was when Onias was high priest, for when Eleazar died his uncle Manasses held the high-priesthood and when his life ended, that dignity passed to Onias, the son of the Simon known as The Just, who as I said earlier was Eleazar's brother.
¹⁵⁷ Barach

¹⁵⁸ οὗτος ὁ ὈνίαςOnias βραχὺς ἦν τὴν‎ διάνοιαν καὶ χρημάτων ἥττων καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τὸν ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ φόρον , ὃν τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν οἱ πατέρες αὐτοῦ‎ ἐτέλουν ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων , τάλαντα εἴκοσιν ἀργυρίου μὴ δούς , εἰς ὀργὴν ἐκίνησεν τὸν βασιλέα ΠτολεμαῖονPtolemy [τὸν ΕὐεργέτηνEuergetes , ὃς ἦν πατὴρ τοῦ ΦιλοπάτοροςPhilopater ] .
¹⁵⁸ which Simon was the brother of Eleazar, as I said before. This Onias was one of a little soul, and a great lover of money; and for that reason, because he did not pay that tax of twenty talents of silver, which his forefathers paid to these things out of their own estates, he provoked king Ptolemy Euergetes to anger, who was the father of Philopater.	¹⁵⁸ This Onias was mean-spirited and attached to money, and for that reason, when he did not pay that tax of twenty talents of silver which his ancestors paid out of their own resources, he provoked the anger of king Ptolemy Euergetes, the father of Philopator.
¹⁵⁸ Barach

¹⁵⁹ καὶ πέμψας εἰς ἹεροσόλυμαJerusalem πρεσβευτὴν ᾐτιᾶτο τὸν ὈνίανOnias ὡς οὐκ ἀποδιδόντα τοὺς φόρους καὶ ἠπείλει κληρουχήσειν αὐτῶν τὴν‎ γῆν οὐκ ἀπολαβὼν καὶ πέμψειν τοὺς ἐνοικήσοντας στρατιώτας . ἀκούσαντες δὲ τὰ παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως οἱ ἸουδαῖοιJews συνεχύθησαν , τὸν δὲ ὈνίανOnias τούτων ἐδυσώπει διὰ τὴν‎ φιλοχρηματίαν οὐδέν .
¹⁵⁹ Euergetes sent an ambassador to Jerusalem, and complained that Onias did not pay his taxes, and threatened, that if he did not receive them, he would seize upon their land, and send soldiers to live upon it. When the Jews heard this message of the king, they were confounded; but so sordidly covetous was Onias, that nothing of things nature made him ashamed.	¹⁵⁹ He sent an envoy to Jerusalem complaining that Onias did not pay his taxes and threatening, if he did not receive them, to seize their land and send soldiers to occupy it. When the Jews heard the king's message the Jews were shaken, but Onias was such a money-lover that nothing of this kind made him ashamed.
¹⁵⁹ Barach

¹⁶⁰ ἸώσηποςJoseph, Josephus δέ τις , νέος μὲν ἔτι τὴν‎ ἡλικίαν , ἐπὶ σεμνότητι δὲ καὶ προνοίᾳ δικαιοσύνης δόξαν ἔχων παρὰ τοῖς Ἱεροσολυμίταις(people of ) Jerusalem , ΤωβίουTobias μὲν πατρός , ἐκ δὲ τῆς ὈνίουOnias τοῦ ἀρχιερέως ἀδελφῆς γεγονώς , δηλωσάσης αὐτῷ τῆς μητρὸς τὴν‎ τοῦ πρεσβευτοῦa messenger, envoy παρουσίαν , ἔτυχεν γὰρ αὐτὸς ἀποδημῶν εἰς ΦικόλανPhicol κώμην ἐξ ἧς ὑπῆρχεν ,
¹⁶⁰ There was now one Joseph, young in age, but of great reputation among the people of Jerusalem, for gravity, prudence, and justice. His father’s name was Tobias; and his mother was the sister of Onias the high priest, who informed him of the coming of the ambassador; for he was then sojourning at a village named Phicol, where he was born.	¹⁶⁰ There was a man named Joseph, young in age but already enjoying a reputation for justice among the people of Jerusalem for his gravity and prudence. His father's name was Tobias, and as he happened to be in his native village of Phicol, his mother, the sister of the high priest Onias, told him of the envoy's arrival.
¹⁶⁰ Barach

¹⁶¹ ἐλθὼν εἰς τὴν‎ πόλιν ἐπέπληττε τῷ ὈνίᾳOnias μὴ προνοουμένῳ τῆς ἀσφαλείας τῶν πολιτῶν , ἀλλ᾽ εἰς κινδύνους τὸ ἔθνος βουλομένῳ περιστῆσαι διὰ τὴν‎ τῶν χρημάτων ἀποστέρησιν , δι᾽ ἃ καὶ τοῦ λαοῦ τὴν‎ προστασίαν λαβεῖν αὐτὸν ἔλεγεν καὶ τῆς ἀρχιερατικῆς τιμῆς ἐπιτυχεῖν .
¹⁶¹ Hereupon he came to the city [Jerusalem], and reproved Onias for not taking care of the preservation of his countrymen, but bringing the nation into dangers, by not paying this money. For which preservation of them, he told him he had received the authority over them, and had been made high priest;	¹⁶¹ He went to the city and reproached Onias for not taking care of his countrymen's safety but putting the nation in danger by not paying this money. It was, he told him, to care for their safety that he had received authority and been invested with the honour of high priest.
¹⁶¹ Barach

¹⁶² εἰ δ᾽ ἐρωτικῶς οὕτως ἔχοι τῶν χρημάτων , ὡς δι᾽ αὐτὰ καὶ τὴν‎ πατρίδα κινδυνεύουσαν ἰδεῖν ὑπομεῖναι καὶ πᾶν ὁτιοῦνanyone, anything παθόντας αὐτοῦ‎ τοὺς πολίτας , συνεβούλευσεν ἀπελθόντα πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα δεηθῆναι αὐτοῦ‎ ἢ πάντων αὐτῷ παραχωρῆσαι τῶν χρημάτων ἢ μέρους .
¹⁶² but that, in case he was so great a lover of money, as to endure to see his country in danger on that account, and his countrymen suffer the greatest damages, he advised him to go to the king, and petition him to remit either the whole or a part of the sum demanded.	¹⁶² Even if he was such a lover of money that he could bear to see his country endangered because of it and let his countrymen suffer major damage, he advised him to go to the king and petition him to cancel either the whole or a part of the sum demanded.
¹⁶² Barach

¹⁶³ τοῦ δὲ ὈνίουOnias μήτε ἄρχειν θέλειν ἀποκριναμένου καὶ τὴν‎ ἀρχιερωσύνην δ᾽ εἰ δυνατόν ἐστιν ἑτοίμως ἔχειν ἀποθέσθαι λέγοντος μήτε ἀναβήσεσθαι πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα , μέλειν γὰρ αὐτῷ περὶ τούτων οὐδέν , εἰ πρεσβεύειν αὐτῷ συγχωρεῖ πρὸς τὸν ΠτολεμαῖονPtolemy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθνους ἐπηρώτησεν .
¹⁶³ Onias’s answer was this: That he did not care for his authority, and that he was ready, if the thing were practicable, to lay down his high priesthood; and that he would not go to the king, because he troubled not himself at all about such matters. Joseph then asked him if he would not give him leave to go ambassador on behalf of the nation.	¹⁶³ When Onias replied that he did not want his authority and was prepared to resign the high priesthood if possible, but that he would not go up to the king as he did not want to be involved in such matters, the other asked if he would let him to go as envoy to Ptolemy, on behalf of the nation.
¹⁶³ Barach

¹⁶⁴ φήσαντος δὲ ἐπιτρέπειν ἀναβὰς εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν ὁ ἸώσηποςJoseph, Josephus καὶ συγκαλέσας τὸ πλῆθος εἰς ἐκκλησίαν μηδὲν ταράσσεσθαι μηδὲ φοβεῖσθαι παρῄνει διὰ τὴν‎ ὈνίουOnias τοῦ θείου περὶ αὐτῶν ἀμέλειαν , ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ἀδείᾳ τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς σκυθρωποτέρας ἐλπίδος τὴν‎ διάνοιαν αὐτοὺς ἔχειν ἠξίου · πρεσβεύσειν γὰρ αὐτὸς ἐπηγγέλλετο πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα καὶ πείσειν αὐτόν , ὅτι μηδὲν ἀδικοῦσιν .
¹⁶⁴ He replied, that he would give him leave. Upon which Joseph went up into the temple, and called the multitude together to a congregation, and exhorted them not to be disturbed nor affrighted, because of his uncle Onias’s carelessness, but desired them to be at rest, and not terrify themselves with fear about it; for he promised them that he would be their ambassador to the king, and persuade him that they had done him no wrong.	¹⁶⁴ When he replied that he would allow him, Joseph went up into the temple and summoned the populace and urged them not to be troubled nor fearful because of the carelessness of his uncle Onias, but to be at peace and not upset themselves with anxiety, for he promised to be their envoy to the king and persuade him that they had done him no wrong.
¹⁶⁴ Barach

¹⁶⁵ καὶ τὸ μὲν πλῆθος τούτων ἀκοῦσαν εὐχαριστεῖ τῷ ἸωσήπῳJoseph , καταβὰς δ᾽ αὐτὸς ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ξενίᾳ τε ὑποδέχεται τὸν παρὰ τοῦ ΠτολεμαίουPtolemy πεπρεσβευκότα καὶ δωρησάμενος αὐτὸν πολυτελέσι δωρεαῖς καὶ ἐπὶ πολλὰς ἑστιάσας φιλοτίμως ἡμέρας προέπεμψε πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα , φράσας αὐτῷ καὶ αὐτὸς ἀκολουθήσειν ·
¹⁶⁵ And when the multitude heard this, they returned thanks to Joseph. So he went down from the temple, and treated Ptolemy’s ambassador in a hospitable manner. He also presented him with rich gifts, and feasted him magnificently for many days, and then sent him to the king before him, and told him that he would soon follow him;	¹⁶⁵ Hearing this the people thanked Joseph and he went down from the temple and treated Ptolemy's envoy hospitably, presenting him with rich gifts and feasting him magnificently for many days, and then sent him on ahead to the king, saying that he would soon follow him,
¹⁶⁵ Barach

¹⁶⁶ καὶ γὰρ ἔτι μᾶλλον γεγόνει πρόθυμος πρὸς τὴν‎ ἄφιξιν τὴν‎ παρὰ τὸν βασιλέα τοῦ πρεσβευτοῦa messenger, envoy προτρεψαμένου καὶ παρορμήσαντος εἰς ΑἴγυπτονEgypt ἐλθεῖν καὶ πάντων ὧν ἂν δέηται παρὰ ΠτολεμαίουPtolemy τυχεῖν αὐτὸν ποιήσειν ὑποσχομένουto undergo; to promise · τὸ γὰρ ἐλευθέριον αὐτοῦ‎ καὶ τὸ σεμνὸν τοῦ ἤθους λίαν ἠγάπησεν .
¹⁶⁶ for he was now more willing to go to the king, by the encouragement of the ambassador, who earnestly persuaded him to come into Egypt, and promised him that he would take care that he should obtain every thing that he desired of Ptolemy; for he was highly pleased with his frank and liberal temper, and with the gravity of his deportment.	¹⁶⁶ for he was now more willing to go to the king, encouraged by the envoy, who urged him to come into Egypt, promising to ensure that he obtained from Ptolemy everything he asked, for he was very impressed with his frankness and his sobriety of manner.
¹⁶⁶ Barach

¹⁶⁷ Καὶ ὁ μὲν πρεσβευτὴς ἐλθὼν εἰς ΑἴγυπτονEgypt ἀπήγγειλεν τῷ βασιλεῖ τὴν‎ τοῦ ὈνίουOnias ἀγνωμοσύνην καὶ περὶ τῆς τοῦ ἸωσήπουJoseph χρηστότητος ἐδήλου , καὶ ὅτι μέλλοι πρὸς αὐτὸν ἥξειν παραιτησόμενος τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων τὸ πλῆθος · εἶναι γὰρ αὐτοῦ‎ προστάτην · ἀμέλει τοσαύτῃ [περὶ ] τῶν ἐγκωμίων τῶν περὶ τοῦ νεανίσκου διετέλεσε χρώμενος περιουσίᾳabundance; surplus , ὥστε καὶ τὸν βασιλέα καὶ τὴν‎ γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ‎ ΚλεοπάτρανCleopatra προδιέθηκεν οἰκείως ἔχειν πρὸς τὸν ἸώσηπονJoseph οὔπω παρόντα .
¹⁶⁷ When Ptolemy’s ambassador was come into Egypt, he told the king of the thoughtless temper of Onias; and informed him of the goodness of the disposition of Joseph; and that he was coming to him to excuse the multitude, as not having done him any harm, for that he was their patron. In short, he was so very large in his encomiums upon the young man, that he disposed both the king and his wife Cleopatra to have a kindness for him before he came.	¹⁶⁷ When Ptolemy's envoy returned to Egypt, he told the king of the thoughtlessness of Onias, and of Joseph's virtuous manner, and that he was coming to him as his people's patron, to plead for them and show that they had done him no harm. He praised the young man so highly that he disposed both the king and his wife Cleopatra to feel kindly toward him before his arrival.
¹⁶⁷ Barach

¹⁶⁸ ὁ δὲ ἸώσηποςJoseph, Josephus διαπέμψας πρὸς τοὺς φίλους εἰς ΣαμάρειανSamaria καὶ δανεισάμενος ἀργύριον καὶ τὰ πρὸς τὴν‎ ἀποδημίαν ἑτοιμασάμενος ἐσθῆτάς τε καὶ ἐκπώματα καὶ ὑποζύγια , καὶ ταῦθ᾽ ὡς περὶ δισμυρίας δραχμὰς παρασκευασάμενος εἰς ἈλεξάνδρειανAlexandria παρεγένετο .
¹⁶⁸ So Joseph sent to his friends at Samaria, and borrowed money of them, and got ready what was necessary for his journey, garments and cups, and beasts for burden, which amounted to about twenty thousand drachmae, and went to Alexandria.	¹⁶⁸ Joseph sent to his friends in Samaria and borrowed money of them and got ready what was needed for his journey, clothing and cups and beasts for burden to the value of about twenty thousand drachmae, and went to Alexandria.
¹⁶⁸ Barach

¹⁶⁹ ἔτυχεν δὲ κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρὸν πάντας ἀναβαίνειν τοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν πόλεων τῶν τῆς ΣυρίαςSyria καὶ ΦοινίκηςPhoenicia πρώτους καὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας ἐπὶ τὴν‎ τῶν τελῶν ὠνήν · κατ᾽ ἔτος δὲ αὐτὰ τοῖς δυνατοῖς τῶν ἐν ἑκάστῃ πόλει ἐπίπρασκεν ὁ βασιλεύς .
¹⁶⁹ Now it happened that at this time all the principal men and rulers went up out of the cities of Syria and Phoenicia, to bid for their taxes; for every year the king sold them to the men of the greatest power in every city.	¹⁶⁹ Now at this time all the leaders and officers went up from the cities of Syria and Phoenicia, to bid for their taxes, for every year the king sold them to the most powerful men in every city.
¹⁶⁹ Barach

¹⁷⁰ ὁρῶντες οὖν οὗτοι κατὰ τὴν‎ ὁδὸν τὸν ἸώσηπονJoseph ἐχλεύαζον ἐπὶ πενίᾳ καὶ λιτότητι . ὡς δ᾽ εἰς τὴν‎ ἈλεξάνδρειανAlexandria ἀφικόμενος ἐν ΜέμφειMemphis τὸν ΠτολεμαῖονPtolemy ἤκουσεν ὄντα , ὑπαντησάμενος συνέβαλεν αὐτῷ .
¹⁷⁰ So these men saw Joseph journeying on the way, and laughed at him for his poverty and meanness. But when he came to Alexandria, and heard that king Ptolemy was at Memphis, he went up thither to meet with him;	¹⁷⁰ Seeing Joseph on his journey these men laughed at him for his poverty and lowliness, but when he came to Alexandria and heard that king Ptolemy was at Memphis, he went up there to meet with him.
¹⁷⁰ Barach

¹⁷¹ καθεζομένου δὲ τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπ᾽ ὀχήματος μετὰ τῆς γυναικὸς καὶ μετὰ ἈθηνίωνοςAthenion φίλου , οὗτος δ᾽ ἦν ὁ πρεσβεύσας εἰς ἹεροσόλυμαJerusalem καὶ παρὰ ἸωσήπῳJoseph ξενισθείς , θεασάμενος αὐτὸν ὁ ἈθηνίωνAthenion εὐθὺς ἐποίει τῷ βασιλεῖ γνώριμον , τοῦτον εἶναι λέγων , περὶ οὗ παραγενόμενος ἐξ ἹεροσολύμωνJerusalem ἀπήγγειλεν , ὡς ἀγαθός τε εἴη καὶ φιλότιμος νεανίσκος .
¹⁷¹ which happened as the king was sitting in his chariot, with his wife, and with his friend Athenion, who was the very person who had been ambassador at Jerusalem, and had been entertained by Joseph. As soon therefore as Athenion saw him, he presently made him known to the king, how good and generous a young man he was.	¹⁷¹ The king happened to be sitting in his chariot, with his wife and with his friend Athenion, the very person who had gone as envoy in Jerusalem and had been entertained by Joseph, and when Athenion saw him, he at once introduced him to the king, saying what a good and generous a young man he was.
¹⁷¹ Barach

¹⁷² ὁ δὲ ΠτολεμαῖοςPtolemy πρῶτός τε αὐτὸν ἠσπάσατο καὶ δὴ ἀναβῆναι ἐπὶ τὸ ὄχημα παρεκάλεσεν καὶ καθεσθέντος ἤρξατο περὶ τῶν ὈνίᾳOnias πραττομένωνto do ἐγιγνώσκετοto know . ὁ δέ " συγγίνωσκε , φησίν , αὐτῷ διὰ τὸ γῆρας · οὐ γὰρ λανθάνει σε πάντως , ὅτι καὶ τοὺς πρεσβύτας καὶ τὰ νήπια τὴν‎ αὐτὴν διάνοιαν ἔχειν συμβέβηκεν . παρὰ δ᾽ ἡμῶν ἔσται‎ σοι τῶν νέων ἅπαντα ,
¹⁷² So Ptolemy saluted him first, and desired him to come up into his chariot; and as Joseph sat there, he began to complain of the management of Onias: to which he answered, “Forgive him, on account of his age; for thou canst not certainly be unacquainted with this, that old men and infants have their minds exactly alike; but thou shalt have from us, who are young men, every thing thou desirest, and shalt have no cause to complain.”	¹⁷² So Ptolemy greeted him first, inviting him up into his chariot, and began to complain of what Onias had done, while Joseph sat there. His reply was, "Forgive him on account of his age, for you must be aware that old men and infants have the same attitude, but you shall have all that you require from us, the younger population, and have no cause for complaint."
¹⁷² Barach

¹⁷³ ὥστε μηδὲν αἰτιᾶσθαι . ἡσθεὶς δ᾽ ἐπὶ τῇ χάριτι καὶ τῇ εὐτραπελίᾳ τοῦ νεανίσκου μᾶλλον αὐτὸν ὡς ἤδη καὶ πεπειραμένος ἀγαπᾶν ἤρξατο , ὡς ἔν τε τοῖς βασιλείοις αὐτὸν κελεῦσαι διαιτᾶσθαι καὶ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν ἐπὶ τῆς ἑστιάσεως τῆς ἰδίας ἔχειν .
¹⁷³ With this good humor and pleasantry of the young man, the king was so delighted, that he began already, as though he had had long experience of him, to have a still greater affection for him, insomuch that he bade him take his diet in the king’s palace, and be a guest at his own table every day.	¹⁷³ The king was so delighted with the young man's good humour and pleasantry that though he had had long known of him, he began to like him still more, so that he told him to dine in the palace and be a guest at his own table every day.
¹⁷³ Barach

¹⁷⁴ γενομένου δ᾽ ἐν ἈλεξανδρείᾳAlexandria τοῦ βασιλέως ἰδόντες οἱ πρῶτοι τῆς ΣυρίαςSyria συγκαθεζόμενον αὐτῷ τὸν ἸώσηπονJoseph ἀηδῶς ἔφερον .
¹⁷⁴ But when the king was come to Alexandria, the principal men of Syria saw him sitting with the king, and were much offended at it.	¹⁷⁴ When the king got to Alexandria, the Syrian leaders saw him sitting with the king and were much offended at it.
¹⁷⁴ Barach

¹⁷⁵ Ἐνστάσης δὲ τῆς ἡμέρας , καθ᾽ ἣν ἔμελλεν τὰ τέλη πιπράσκεσθαι τῶν πόλεων , ἠγόραζον οἱ τοῖς ἀξιώμασινsomthing worthy ἐν ταῖς πατρίσιν διαφέροντες . εἰς ὀκτακισχίλια δὲ τάλαντα συναθροιζομένων τῶν τῆς κοίλης ΣυρίαςSyria τελῶν καὶ τῆς ΦοινίκηςPhoenicia καὶ ἸουδαίαςJudea σὺν τῇ ΣαμαρείᾳSamaria ,
¹⁷⁵ And when the day came on which the king was to let the taxes of the cities to farm, and those that were the principal men of dignity in their several countries were to bid for them, the sum of the taxes together, of Celesyria, and Phoenicia, and Judea, with Samaria, [as they were bidden for,] came to eight thousand talents.	¹⁷⁵ When the day came when the king was to farm out the taxes of the cities and the leading dignitaries from the various countries were to bid for them, the combined sum of the taxes for Coele-Syria and Phoenicia and Judea, plus Samaria, came to eight thousand talents.
¹⁷⁵ Barach

¹⁷⁶ προσελθὼν ἸώσηποςJoseph, Josephus τοὺς μὲν ὠνουμένους διέβαλλεν ὡς συνθεμένους ὀλίγην αὐτῷ τιμὴν ὑφίστασθαι τῶν τελῶν , αὐτὸς δὲ διπλασίονα δώσειν ὑπισχνεῖτο καὶ τῶν ἁμαρτόντων εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ‎ τὰς οὐσίας ἀναπέμψειν αὐτῷ · καὶ γὰρ τοῦτο τοῖς τέλεσι συνεπιπράσκετο .
¹⁷⁶ Hereupon Joseph accused the bidders, as having agreed together to estimate the value of the taxes at too low a rate; and he promised that he would himself give twice as much for them: but for those who did not pay, he would send the king home their whole substance; for this privilege was sold together with the taxes themselves.	¹⁷⁶ At this Joseph accused the bidders of agreeing together to value the taxes at too low a rate, and promised that he himself would pay twice as much for them; and would send back to the king all the property of any who did not pay, for this right was sold along with the taxes.
¹⁷⁶ Barach

¹⁷⁷ τοῦ δὲ βασιλέως ἡδέως ἀκούσαντος καὶ ὡς αὔξοντι τὴν‎ πρόσοδον αὐτοῦ‎ κατακυροῦν τὴν‎ ὠνὴν τῶν τελῶν ἐκείνῳ φήσαντος , ἐρομένου δὲ εἰ καὶ τοὺς ἐγγυησομένους αὐτὸν ἔχει , σφόδρ᾽ ἀστείως ἀπεκρίνατοto answer · " δώσω γὰρ εἶπεν ἀνθρώπους ἀγαθοὺς καὶ καλούς ,
¹⁷⁷ The king was pleased to hear that offer; and because it augmented his revenues, he said he would confirm the sale of the taxes to him. But when he asked him this question, Whether he had any sureties that would be bound for the payment of the money? he answered very pleasantly, “I will give such security, and those of persons good and responsible, and which you shall have no reason to distrust.”	¹⁷⁷ The king was pleased with the offer since it increased his revenues, and said he would grant him the sale of the taxes. When he asked if he had any guarantor to offer for the payment of the money, he answered very pleasantly, "I offer the surety of good and responsible persons, which you shall have no reason to distrust."
¹⁷⁷ Barach

¹⁷⁸ οἷς οὐκ ἀπιστήσετε . λέγειν δὲ τούτους οἵτινες εἶεν εἰπόντος , " αὐτόν , εἶπεν , ὦ βασιλεῦ , σέ τε καὶ τὴν‎ γυναῖκα τὴν‎ σὴν ὑπὲρ ἑκατέρου μέρους ἐγγυησομένους δίδωμί σοι . γελάσας δ᾽ ὁ ΠτολεμαῖοςPtolemy συνεχώρησεν αὐτῷ δίχα τῶν ὁμολογούντων ἔχειν τὰ τέλη .
¹⁷⁸ And when he bid him name them who they were, he replied, “I give thee no other persons, O king, for my sureties, than thyself, and this thy wife; and you shall be security for both parties.” So Ptolemy laughed at the proposal, and granted him the farming of the taxes without any sureties.	¹⁷⁸ When asked to say who they were, he answered, "I give you no other persons, O king, for my sureties than yourself and your wife, and you will be guarantor for both parties." So Ptolemy laughed at this and granted him the farming of the taxes without any guarantors.
¹⁷⁸ Barach

¹⁷⁹ τοῦτο σφόδρα τοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν πόλεων εἰς τὴν‎ ΑἴγυπτονEgypt ἐλθόντας ἐλύπησεν ὡς παρευδοκιμηθέντας . Καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐπανῆκον εἰς τὰς ἰδίας ἕκαστοι πατρίδας μετ᾽ αἰσχύνης .
¹⁷⁹ This procedure was a sore grief to those that came from the cities into Egypt, who were utterly disappointed; and they returned every one to their own country with shame.	¹⁷⁹ This was a severe blow to those who had come to Egypt from the various cities, who were utterly disappointed, and they each returned home, embarrassed.
¹⁷⁹ Barach

¹⁸⁰ Ὁ δὲ ἸώσηποςJoseph, Josephus λαβὼν παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως πεζῶν μὲν στρατιώτας δισχιλίους , ἠξίωσε γὰρ βοήθειάν τινα λαβεῖν , ἵνα τοὺς ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι καταφρονοῦντας ἔχῃ βιάζεσθαι , καὶ δανεισάμενος ἐν ἈλεξανδρείᾳAlexandria παρὰ τῶν τοῦ βασιλέως φίλων τάλαντα πεντακόσια εἰς ΣυρίανSyria ἐξώρμησεν .
¹⁸⁰ But Joseph took with him two thousand foot soldiers from the king, for he desired he might have some assistance, in order to force such as were refractory in the cities to pay. And borrowing of the king’s friends at Alexandria five hundred talents, he made haste back into Syria.	¹⁸⁰ Joseph took with him from the king two thousand foot soldiers, for he needed some help to force the payment from those in the cities who were resisting, and borrowing five hundred talents from the king's friends in Alexandria, he hurried back into Syria.
¹⁸⁰ Barach

¹⁸¹ γενόμενος δὲ ἐν ἈσκάλωνιAskalon τοὺς φόρους ἀπαιτῶν τοὺς ἈσκαλωνίταςAscalonites , ἐπεὶ μηδὲν ἐβούλοντο διδόναι , ἀλλὰ καὶ προσύβριζον αὐτόν , συλλαβὼν αὐτῶν τοὺς πρωτεύοντας ὡς εἴκοσιν ἀπέκτεινε καὶ τὰς οὐσίας αὐτῶν εἰς χίλια τάλαντα ἀθροισθείσας ἔπεμψε τῷ βασιλεῖ , δηλῶν αὐτῷ καὶ τὰ γεγενημένα .
¹⁸¹ And when he was at Askelon, and demanded the taxes of the people of Askelon, they refused to pay any thing, and affronted him also; upon which he seized upon about twenty of the principal men, and slew them, and gathered what they had together, and sent it all to the king, and informed him what he had done.	¹⁸¹ When he was at Askalon and demanded the taxes of the people of Askalon, they refused to pay anything and insulted him to his face, so taking about twenty of the leaders he killed them and gathered together all they had and sent it to the king, with a report of what he had done.
¹⁸¹ Barach

¹⁸² θαυμάσας δ᾽ αὐτὸν ὁ ΠτολεμαῖοςPtolemy τοῦ φρονήματος καὶ τῶν πεπραγμένων ἐπαινέσας ἐφίησιν αὐτῷ ποιεῖν ὅ τι βούλεται . ταῦτ᾽ ἀκούσαντες οἱ ΣύροιSyrians κατεπλάγησαν καὶ παράδειγμα τῆς ἀπειθείας χαλεπὸν ἔχοντες τοὺς τῶν ἈσκαλωνιτῶνAskalonians ἄνδρας ἀνῃρημένους ἀνοίγοντες τὰς πύλας ἐδέχοντο προθύμως τὸν ἸώσηπονJoseph καὶ τοὺς φόρους ἐτέλουν .
¹⁸² Ptolemy admired the prudent conduct of the man, and commended him for what he had done, and gave him leave to do as he pleased. When the Syrians heard of this, they were astonished; and having before them a sad example in the men of Askelon that were slain, they opened their gates, and willingly admitted Joseph, and paid their taxes.	¹⁸² Ptolemy admired the man's prudence and commended his action and gave him leave to do as he pleased. When the Syrians heard it they were astounded, and bearing in mind the sad example in the men of Askalon who had been killed, they opened their gates and willingly admitted Joseph and paid their taxes.
¹⁸² Barach

¹⁸³ ἐπιχειρούντωνto put a hand on δὲ καὶ ΣκυθοπολιτῶνScythopolis ὑβρίζειν αὐτὸν καὶ μὴ παρέχειν τοὺς φόρους αὐτῷ , οὓς μηδὲν ἀμφισβητοῦντες ἐτέλουν , καὶ τούτων ἀποκτείνας τοὺς πρώτους τὰς οὐσίας αὐτῶν ἀπέστειλε τῷ βασιλεῖ .
¹⁸³ And when the inhabitants of Scythopolis attempted to affront him, and would not pay him those taxes which they formerly used to pay, without disputing about them, he slew also the principal men of that city, and sent their effects to the king.	¹⁸³ When the people of Scythopolis tried to insult him and would not pay him their former level of taxes but argued about them, he also killed the leaders of that city and sent their property to the king.
¹⁸³ Barach

¹⁸⁴ συναγαγὼν δὲ πολλὰ χρήματα καὶ κέρδη μεγάλα ποιήσας ἐκ τῆς ὠνῆς τῶν τελῶν , εἰς τὸ διαμεῖναι τὴν‎ ὑπάρχουσαν αὐτῷ δύναμιν τοῖς οὖσι κατεχρήσατο , τὴν‎ ἀφορμὴν αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν‎ ὑπόθεσιν τῆς τότε εὐτυχίας τηρεῖν φρόνιμον ἡγούμενος ἐξ αὐτῶν ὧν αὐτὸς ἐκέκτητο ·
¹⁸⁴ By this means he gathered great wealth together, and made vast gains by this farming of the taxes; and he made use of what estate he had thus gotten, in order to support his authority, as thinking it a piece of prudence to keep what had been the occasion and foundation of his present good fortune; and this he did by the assistance of what he was already possessed of,	¹⁸⁴ By this means he amassed great wealth and made huge profit by this farming of the taxes, and he used the property he had so gained to support his authority, thinking it prudent to maintain what had caused his present good fortune by means of what he owned already.
¹⁸⁴ Barach

¹⁸⁵ πολλὰ γὰρ ὑπὸ χεῖρα τῷ βασιλεῖ καὶ τῇ ΚλεοπάτρᾳCleopatra δῶρα ἔπεμπεν καὶ τοῖς φίλοις αὐτῶν καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς περὶ τὴν‎ αὐλὴν δυνατοῖς ὠνούμενος διὰ τούτων τὴν‎ εὔνοιαν τὴν‎ παρ᾽ αὐτῶν .
¹⁸⁵ for he privately sent many presents to the king, and to Cleopatra, and to their friends, and to all that were powerful about the court, and thereby purchased their good-will to himself.	¹⁸⁵ For he secretly sent many gifts to the king and Cleopatra and to their friends and to all those in power at the court and thereby purchased their goodwill.
¹⁸⁵ Barach

¹⁸⁶ Ἀπέλαυσε δὲ ταύτης τῆς εὐτυχίας ἐπὶ ἔτη εἴκοσι καὶ δύο , πατὴρ μὲν γενόμενος ἐκ μιᾶς γυναικὸς παίδων ἑπτά , ποιησάμενος δὲ καὶ ἐκ τῆς τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ ΣολυμίουSollymius θυγατρὸς ἕνα ὙρκανὸνHyrcanus ὄνομα .
¹⁸⁶ This good fortune he enjoyed for twenty-two years, and was become the father of seven sons by one wife; he had also another son, whose name was Hyrcanus, by his brother Solymius’s daughter,	¹⁸⁶ He enjoyed this good fortune for twenty-two years and had fathered seven sons by one wife, as well as another son named Hyrcanus, by the daughter of his brother Solymius, whom he married as follows.
¹⁸⁶ Barach

¹⁸⁷ γαμεῖ δὲ ταύτην ἐξ αἰτίας τοιαύτης · τἀδελφῷ ποτε συνελθὼν εἰς ἈλεξάνδρειανAlexandria ἄγοντι καὶ τὴν‎ θυγατέρα γάμων ὥραν ἔχουσανto have, hold , ὅπως αὐτὴν συνοικίσῃ τινὶ τῶν ἐπ᾽ ἀξιώματος ἸουδαίωνJews , καὶ δειπνῶν παρὰ τῷ βασιλεῖ , ὀρχηστρίδος εἰσελθούσης εἰς τὸ συμπόσιον εὐπρεποῦς ἐρασθεὶς τῷ ἀδελφῷ τοῦτο μηνύει παρακαλῶν αὐτόν , ἐπεὶ καὶ νόμῳ κεκώλυται παρὰ ἸουδαίοιςJews ἀλλοφύλῳ πλησιάζειν γυναικί , συγκρύψαντα τὸ ἁμάρτημα καὶ διάκονον ἀγαθὸν γενόμενον παρασχεῖν αὐτῷ ὥστ᾽ ἐκπλῆσαι τὴν‎ ἐπιθυμίαν .
¹⁸⁷ whom he married on the following occasion. He once came to Alexandria with his brother, who had along with him a daughter already marriageable, in order to give her in wedlock to some of the Jews of chief dignity there. He then supped with the king, and falling in love with an actress that was of great beauty, and came into the room where they feasted, he told his brother of it, and entreated him, because a Jew is forbidden by their law to come near to a foreigner, to conceal his offense; and to be kind and subservient to him, and to give him an opportunity of fulfilling his desires.	¹⁸⁷ He once came to Alexandria with his brother, who had brought along a marriageable daughter, intending to give her in wedlock to some of the leading Jews there. He had supper with the king and falling in love with an actress that was of great beauty and came into the room where they feasted, he told his brother of it and implored him to conceal his offence, since a Jew is forbidden by their law to make love to a non-Jewish woman, and to be kind and help him to achieve his desires.
¹⁸⁷ Barach

¹⁸⁸ ὁ δὲ ἀδελφὸς ἀσμένως δεξάμενος τὴν‎ διακονίαν , κοσμήσας τὴν‎ αὐτοῦ‎ θυγατέρα νυκτὸς ἤγαγε πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ συγκατεκοίμισεν . ὁ δ᾽ ὑπὸ μέθης ἀγνοήσας τἀληθὲς συνέρχεται τῇ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ θυγατρί , καὶ τούτου γενομένου πολλάκις ἤρα σφοδρότερον . ἔφη δὲ καὶ πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφόν , ὡς κινδυνεύει τῷ ζῆν ἐρῶν ὀρχηστρίδος , ἧς ἴσως οὐκ ἂν αὐτῷ παραχωρήσειν τὸν βασιλέα .
¹⁸⁸ Upon which his brother willingly entertained the proposal of serving him, and adorned his own daughter, and brought her to him by night, and put her into his bed. And Joseph, being disordered with drink, knew not who she was, and so lay with his brother’s daughter; and this did he many times, and loved her exceedingly; and said to his brother, that he loved this actress so well, that he should run the hazard of his life [if he must part with her], and yet probably the king would not give him leave [to take her with him].	¹⁸⁸ The brother willingly undertook this service but then adorned his own daughter and brought her to him by night and placed her in his bed. And Joseph, being disordered with drink, did not recognize her and so had intercourse with his brother's daughter, which he did many times and loved her very well. He told his brother that he was risking his life for the sake of a singer whom the king probably would not allow him to wed.
¹⁸⁸ Barach

¹⁸⁹ τοῦ δὲ ἀδελφοῦ μηδὲν ἀγωνιᾶν παρακαλοῦντος , ἀπολαύειν δ᾽ ἧς ἐρᾷ μετ᾽ ἀδείας καὶ γυναῖκα ἔχειν αὐτὴν φήσαντος καὶ τἀληθὲς αὐτῷ φανερὸν ποιήσαντος , ὡς ἕλοιτο μᾶλλον τὴν‎ ἰδίαν ὑβρίσαι θυγατέρα ἢ περιιδεῖν ἐκεῖνον ἐν αἰσχύνῃ γενόμενον , ἐπαινέσας αὐτὸν ἸώσηποςJoseph, Josephus τῆς φιλαδελφίας συνῴκησεν αὐτοῦ‎ τῇ θυγατρὶ καὶ παῖδα ἐξ αὐτῆς ἐγέννησεν ὙρκανόνHyrcanus , ὡς προειρήκαμεν .
¹⁸⁹ But his brother bid him be in no concern about that matter, and told him he might enjoy her whom he loved without any danger, and might have her for his wife; and opened the truth of the matter to him, and assured him that he chose rather to have his own daughter abused, than to overlook him, and see him come to [public] disgrace. So Joseph commended him for this his brotherly love, and married his daughter; and by her begat a son, whose name was Hyrcanus, as we said before.	¹⁸⁹ But the brother told him not to worry about it and that he could enjoy his lover without any danger and even have her as his wife, and revealed to him the truth of the matter, assuring him that he would rather see his own daughter abused than neglect him and see him disgraced. Joseph praised him for this brotherly love of his and married his daughter, and by her begot his son Hyrcanus, as we have said.
¹⁸⁹ Barach

¹⁹⁰ ἔτι δὲ ὢν τρισκαίδεκα ἐτῶν οὗτος ὁ παῖς νεώτερος ἐπεδείκνυτο τὴν‎ φυσικὴν ἀνδρείαν καὶ σύνεσιν , ὡς ζηλοτυπηθῆναι δεινῶς αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὄντα πολὺ κρείττονα καὶ φθονηθῆναι δυνάμενον .
¹⁹⁰ And when this his youngest son showed, at thirteen years old, a mind that was both courageous and wise, and was greatly envied by his brethren, as being of a genius much above them, and such a one as they might well envy,	¹⁹⁰ When his youngest son, at the age of thirteen showed a mind that was courageous and wise and was greatly envied by his brothers, being very enviable and much more gifted than they.
¹⁹⁰ Barach

¹⁹¹ τοῦ δὲ ἸωσήπουJoseph γνῶναι θελήσαντος , τίς αὐτῷ τῶν υἱῶν πρὸς ἀρετὴν εὖ πέφυκεν καὶ καθ᾽ ἕνα πέμψαντος πρὸς τοὺς παιδεύειν τότε δόξαν ἔχοντας , οἱ λοιποὶ μὲν ὑπὸ ῥᾳθυμίας καὶ τῆς πρὸς τὸ φιλεργεῖν μαλακίας ἀνόητοι καὶ ἀμαθεῖς ἐπανῆκον αὐτῷ , μετὰ δ᾽ ἐκείνους τὸν νεώτατον ὙρκανόνHyrcanus ,
¹⁹¹ Joseph had once a mind to know which of his sons had the best disposition to virtue; and when he sent them severally to those that had then the best reputation for instructing youth, the rest of his children, by reason of their sloth and unwillingness to take pains, returned to him foolish and unlearned.	¹⁹¹ Joseph once wished to know which of his sons was the most virtuous and when he sent each of them to men of the best reputation as teachers, the rest of his children, because of their sloth and unwillingness to take trouble, returned to him foolish and unlearned.
¹⁹¹ Barach

¹⁹² δοὺς αὐτῷ τριακόσια ζεύγη βοῶν , ἐξέπεμψεν ὁδὸν ἡμερῶν δύο εἰς τὴν‎ ἐρημίαν σπεροῦντα τὴν‎ γῆν ἀποκρύψας τοὺς ζευκτῆρας ἱμάντας .
¹⁹² After them he sent out the youngest, Hyrcanus, and gave him three hundred yoke of oxen, and bid him go two days’ journey into the wilderness, and sow the land there, and yet kept back privately the yokes of the oxen that coupled them together.	¹⁹² Then he sent Hyrcanus, the youngest, with three hundred yoke of oxen and told him go two days' journey into the wilderness and sow the land there, but secretly kept back the yokes of the oxen that held them together.
¹⁹² Barach

¹⁹³ ὁ δὲ γενόμενος ἐν τῷ τόπῳ καὶ τοὺς ἱμάντας οὐκ ἔχων , τῆς μὲν τῶν βοηλατῶν γνώμης κατηλόγησεν συμβουλευόντων πέμπειν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα κομιοῦντάς τινας τοὺς ἱμάντας , τὸν δὲ καιρὸν ἡγησάμενος μὴ δεῖν ἀπολλύναι περιμένοντα τοὺς ἀποσταλησομένους ἐπενόησέν τι στρατηγικὸν καὶ τῆς ἡλικίας πρεσβύτερον .
¹⁹³ When Hyrcanus came to the place, and found he had no yokes with him, he condemned the drivers of the oxen, who advised him to send some to his father, to bring them some yokes; but he thinking that he ought not to lose his time while they should be sent to bring him the yokes, he invented a kind of stratagem, and what suited an age older than his own;	¹⁹³ When he came to the place and found he had no yokes with him, he ignored the drivers of the oxen, who advised him to send back to his father to bring them some yokes. Instead, thinking that he should not waste his time by sending for the yokes, he invented a plan worthy of a more mature mind than his own,
¹⁹³ Barach

¹⁹⁴ κατασφάξας γὰρ δέκα ζεύγη τὰ μὲν κρέα τοῖς ἐργάταις διένειμεν , τεμὼν δὲ τὰς δορὰς αὐτῶν καὶ ποιήσας ἱμάντας ἐνέδησεν τούτοις τὰ ζυγά , καὶ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον σπείρας ἣν ὁ πατὴρ αὐτῷ προσέταξε γῆν ὑπέστρεψε πρὸς αὐτόν .
¹⁹⁴ for he slew ten yoke of the oxen, and distributed their flesh among the laborers, and cut their hides into several pieces, and made him yokes, and yoked the oxen together with them; by which means he sowed as much land as his father had appointed him to sow, and returned to him.	¹⁹⁴ for he killed ten yoke of the oxen and distributed the meat among the workers and cut the hides into pieces to make himself yokes, with which he yoked the oxen so that he sowed the land his father had sent him to sow and returned to him.
¹⁹⁴ Barach

¹⁹⁵ ἐλθόντα δ᾽ ὁ πατὴρ ὑπερηγάπησεν τοῦ φρονήματος , καὶ τὴν‎ ὀξύτητα τῆς διανοίας καὶ τὸ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῇ τολμηρὸν ἐπαινέσας ὡς μόνον ὄντα γνήσιον ἔτι μᾶλλον ἔστεργεν ἀχθομένων ἐπὶ τούτῳ τῶν ἀδελφῶν .
¹⁹⁵ And when he was come back, his father was mightily pleased with his sagacity, and commended the sharpness of his understanding, and his boldness in what he did. And he still loved him the more, as if he were his only genuine son, while his brethren were much troubled at it.	¹⁹⁵ When he arrived, his father was very delighted with his prudence, praising his sharp understanding and the audacity of what he did. And he loved him even more, as if he alone were his genuine son, to the annoyance of his brothers.
¹⁹⁵ Barach

¹⁹⁶ ὡς δ᾽ ἀπήγγειλέ τις αὐτῷ κατὰ τοῦτον τὸν καιρὸν υἱὸν τῷ βασιλεῖ ΠτολεμαίῳPtolemy γεγενῆσθαι , καὶ πάντες οἱ πρῶτοι τῆς ΣυρίαςSyria καὶ τῆς ὑπηκόουsubject, ovedient χώρας ἑορτάζοντες τὴν‎ γενέσιον ἡμέραν τοῦ παιδίου μετὰ μεγάλης παρασκευῆς εἰς τὴν‎ ἈλεξάνδρειανAlexandria ἐξώρμων , αὐτὸς μὲν ὑπὸ γήρως κατείχετο , τῶν δὲ υἱῶν ἀπεπειρᾶτο εἴ τις αὐτῶν ἀπελθεῖν βούλεται πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα .
¹⁹⁶ But when one told him that Ptolemy had a son just born, and that all the principal men of Syria, and the other countries subject to him, were to keep a festival, on account of the child’s birthday, and went away in haste with great retinues to Alexandria, he was himself indeed hindered from going by old age; but he made trial of his sons, whether any of them would be willing to go to the king.	¹⁹⁶ When someone told him that a son had just been born to Ptolemy and that all the leaders of Syria and the other countries under him were to hold a festival for the child's birthday and were speeding to Alexandria with great retinues, he was hindered himself by old age from going but asked his sons if any of them were willing to go to the king.
¹⁹⁶ Barach

¹⁹⁷ τῶν δὲ πρεσβυτέρων παραιτησαμένων καὶ πρὸς τὰς τοιαύτας συνουσίας ἀγροικότερον ἔχειν φησάντων , τὸν δ᾽ ἀδελφὸν ὙρκανὸνHyrcanus πέμπειν συμβουλευσάντων , ἡδέως ἀκούσας καλεῖ τὸν ὙρκανὸνHyrcanus καὶ εἰ δύναται πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα βαδίσαι καὶ πρόθυμός ἐστιν ἀνέκρινεν .
¹⁹⁷ And when the elder sons excused themselves from going, and said they were not courtiers good enough for such conversation, and advised him to send their brother Hyrcanus, he gladly hearkened to that advice, and called Hyrcanus, and asked him whether he would go to the king, and whether it was agreeable to him to go or not.	¹⁹⁷ When the elder sons excused themselves saying that they were not good enough courtiers for such an occasion and advised him to send their brother Hyrcanus, he gladly agreed and called Hyrcanus to ask if he could and would go to the king.
¹⁹⁷ Barach

¹⁹⁸ ἐπαγγειλαμένου δὲ πορεύσεσθαι καὶ δεῖσθαι χρημάτων οὐ πολλῶν φήσαντος εἰς τὴν‎ ὁδόν , ζήσεσθαι γὰρ ἐπιεικῶς ὥστε ἀρκέσειν αὐτῷ δραχμὰς μυρίας , ἥσθη τοῦ παιδὸς τῇ σωφροσύνῃ .
¹⁹⁸ And upon his promise that he would go, and his saying that he should not want much money for his journey, because he would live moderately, and that ten thousand drachmas would be sufficient, he was pleased with his son’s prudence.	¹⁹⁸ He was pleased with his son's prudence when he promised to go, saying that he would not want much money for his journey, as he would live modestly and that ten thousand drachmas would suffice.
¹⁹⁸ Barach

¹⁹⁹ διαλιπὼν δὲ ὀλίγον ὁ παῖς συνεβούλευε τῷ πατρὶ δῶρα μὲν αὐτόθεν μὴ πέμπειν τῷ βασιλεῖ , δοῦναι δὲ ἐπιστολὴν πρὸς τὸν ἐν ἈλεξανδρείᾳAlexandria οἰκονόμον , ὅπως αὐτῷ παρέχῃ πρὸς ὠνὴν ὧν ἂν εὕρῃ καλλίστων καὶ πολυτελῶν χρήματα .
¹⁹⁹ After a little while, the son advised his father not to send his presents to the king from thence, but to give him a letter to his steward at Alexandria, that he might furnish him with money, for purchasing what should be most excellent and most precious.	¹⁹⁹ A little later the son advised his father not to send his gifts to the king from there, but to give him a letter to his steward in Alexandria, to furnish him with money to buy something excellent and precious.
¹⁹⁹ Barach

²⁰⁰ ὁ δὲ νομίζων δέκα ταλάντων ἔσεσθαι τὴν‎ εἰς τὰς δωρεὰς τῷ βασιλεῖ δαπάνην καὶ τὸν υἱὸν ἐπαινέσας ὡς παραινοῦντα καλῶς , γράφει τῷ οἰκονόμῳ ἈρίονιArion , ὃς ἅπαντα τὰ ἐν ἈλεξανδρείᾳAlexandria χρήματα αὐτοῦ‎ διῴκει οὐκ ὄντα ἐλάσσω τρισχιλίων ταλάντων ·
²⁰⁰ So he thinking that the expense of ten talents would be enough for presents to be made to the king, and commending his son, as giving him good advice, wrote to Arion his steward, that managed all his money matters at Alexandria; which money was not less than three thousand talents on his account,	²⁰⁰ Thinking that ten talents would be enough for gifts to make to the king and commending his son for his good advice, he wrote to Arion his steward, who managed all his money matters in Alexandria, amounting to no less than three thousand talents.
²⁰⁰ Barach

²⁰¹ ὁ γὰρ ἸώσηποςJoseph, Josephus τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς ΣυρίαςSyria χρήματα ἔπεμπεν εἰς ἈλεξάνδρειανAlexandria καὶ τῆς προθεσμίας ἐνισταμένης , καθ᾽ ἣν ἔδει τῷ βασιλεῖ τοὺς φόρους ἀπαριθμεῖν , ἔγραφεν τῷ ἈρίονιArion τοῦτο ποιεῖν .
²⁰¹ for Joseph sent the money he received in Syria to Alexandria. And when the day appointed for the payment of the taxes to the king came, he wrote to Arion to pay them.	²⁰¹ In fact, Joseph used to send to Alexandria the money he collected in Syria and on the appointed day for the payment of the taxes to the king he would write to Arion to pay them.
²⁰¹ Barach

²⁰² πρὸς οὖν τοῦτον ἀπαιτήσας τὸν πατέρα ἐπιστολήν , λαβὼν εἰς τὴν‎ ἈλεξάνδρειανAlexandria ὥρμησεν . ἐξελθόντος δ᾽ αὐτοῦ‎ γράφουσιν οἱ ἀδελφοὶ πᾶσι τοῖς τοῦ βασιλέως φίλοις , ἵν᾽ αὐτὸν διαφθείρωσιν .
²⁰² So when the son had asked his father for a letter to the steward, and had received it, he made haste to Alexandria. And when he was gone, his brethren wrote to all the king’s friends, that they should destroy him.	²⁰² After asking and receiving from his father a letter of credit to the steward, the son hurried to Alexandria, and when he was gone his brothers wrote to all the king's friends, to do away with him.
²⁰² Barach

²⁰³ ὡς δὲ παραγενόμενος εἰς τὴν‎ ἈλεξάνδρειανAlexandria ἀπέδωκε τῷ ἈρίονιArion τὴν‎ ἐπιστολήν , ἐπερωτήσαντος αὐτοῦ‎ , πόσα βούλεται τάλαντα λαβεῖν , ἤλπισε δ᾽ αὐτὸν αἰτήσειν δέκα ἢ βραχεῖ τούτων πλέον , εἰπόντος χιλίων χρῄζειν ὀργισθεὶς ἐπέπληττεν αὐτῷ ὡς ἀσώτως ζῆν διεγνωκότι , καὶ πῶς ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ‎ συναγάγοι τὴν‎ οὐσίαν [ὡς ] πονῶν καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις ἀντέχων ἐδήλου καὶ μιμητὴν αὐτὸν ἠξίου γενέσθαι τοῦ γεγεννηκότος · δώσειν δ᾽ οὐδὲν πλέον ταλάντων δέκα καὶ ταῦτα εἰς δωρεὰς τῷ βασιλεῖ .
²⁰³ But when he was come to Alexandria, he delivered his letter to Arion, who asked him how many talents he would have (hoping he would ask for no more than ten, or a little more); he said he wanted a thousand talents. At which the steward was angry, and rebuked him, as one that intended to live extravagantly; and he let him know how his father had gathered together his estate by painstaking, and resisting his inclinations, and wished him to imitate the example of his father: he assured him withal, that he would give him but ten talents, and that for a present to the king also.	²⁰³ When he reached Alexandria, he delivered his letter to Arion, who asked him how many talents he wanted, hoping that he would ask for no more than ten, or a little more. He said he wanted a thousand talents. The steward was angered by this and rebuked him for wanting to live extravagantly, and said how his father had earned his property by hard work and by resisting his inclinations, and told him he should imitate his father's example. He said he would give him no more than ten talents, and only for a gift to the king.
²⁰³ Barach

²⁰⁴ παροξυνθεὶς δ᾽ ὁ παῖς εἰς δεσμὰ τὸν ἈρίοναArion ἐνέβαλεν . τῆς δὲ τοῦ ἈρίονοςArion γυναικὸς τοῦτο δηλωσάσης τῇ ΚλεοπάτρᾳCleopatra καὶ δεηθείσης , ὅπως ἐπιπλήξῃ τῷ παιδί , σφόδρα γὰρ ἦν ὁ ἈρίωνArion ἐν τιμῇ παρ᾽ αὐτῇ , φανερὸν τῷ βασιλεῖ τοῦτο ἐποίησεν ἡ ΚλεοπάτραCleopatra .
²⁰⁴ The son was irritated at this, and threw Arion into prison. But when Arion’s wife had informed Cleopatra of this, with her entreaty, that she would rebuke the child for what he had done, (for Arion was in great esteem with her,) Cleopatra informed the king of it.	²⁰⁴ The son was furious and had Arion thrown into prison. Then Arion's wife told this to Cleopatra, who had a high regard for Arion, asking her to reprimand the lad, and Cleopatra told it to the king.
²⁰⁴ Barach

²⁰⁵ ὁ δὲ ΠτολεμαῖοςPtolemy πέμψας πρὸς τὸν ὙρκανὸνHyrcanus θαυμάζειν ἔλεγεν , πῶς ἀποσταλεὶς πρὸς αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς οὔτε ὀφθείη αὐτῷ καὶ προσέτι δήσειεν τὸν οἰκονόμον ·
²⁰⁵ And Ptolemy sent for Hyrcanus, and told him that he wondered, when he was sent to him by his father, that he had not yet come into his presence, but had laid the steward in prison. And he gave order, therefore, that he should come to him, and give an account of the reason of what he had done.	²⁰⁵ Ptolemy sent for Hyrcanus, expressing surprise that he had not yet presented himself, though sent to him by his father, and had put the steward in prison, and bade him come to him and explain his actions.
²⁰⁵ Barach

²⁰⁶ ἐλθόντα οὖν τὴν‎ αἰτίαν αὐτῷ μηνύειν ἐκέλευσεν . τὸν δέ φασιν ἀποκρίνασθαι τῷ παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως λέγειν αὐτῷ , ὅτι νόμος ἐστὶ παρ᾽ αὐτῷ κωλύων τὸν γεννηθέντα γεύσασθαι θυσιῶν , πρὶν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν ἔλθῃ καὶ θύσῃ τῷ θεῷ · κατὰ δὴ τοῦτον τὸν λογισμὸν οὐδ᾽ αὐτὸς ἐλθεῖν πρὸς αὐτὸν περιμένων τὰ δῶρα κομίσαι τοῦ πατρὸς εὐεργέτῃ γεγενημένῳ .
²⁰⁶ And they report that the answer he made to the king’s messenger was this: That “there was a law of his that forbade a child that was born to taste of the sacrifice, before he had been at the temple and sacrificed to God. According to which way of reasoning he did not himself come to him in expectation of the present he was to make to him, as to one who had been his father’s benefactor;	²⁰⁶ They say he answered the king that according to law no creature could taste of a sacrifice until he had been to the temple and sacrificed to God. By this reasoning he had not yet come to him in person with the gift he was to make to him, as his father's benefactor.
²⁰⁶ Barach

²⁰⁷ τὸν δὲ δοῦλον κολάσαι παρακούσαντα ὧν προσέταξεν · διαφέρειν γὰρ οὐδὲν ἢ μικρὸν εἶναί τινα δεσπότην ἢ μέγαν · ἂν οὖν μὴ κολάζωμεν τοὺς τοιούτους , καὶ σὺ προσδόκα ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχομένων καταφρονηθήσεσθαι . ταῦτ᾽ ἀκούσας ὁ ΠτολεμαῖοςPtolemy εἰς γέλωτα ἐτράπη καὶ τὴν‎ μεγαλοφροσύνην τοῦ παιδὸς ἐθαύμασεν .
²⁰⁷ and that he had punished the slave for disobeying his commands, for that it mattered not Whether a master was little or great: so that unless we punish such as these, thou thyself mayst also expect to be despised by thy subjects.” Upon hearing this his answer he fell alaughing, and wondered at the great soul of the child.	²⁰⁷ He had punished the slave for disobeying his orders; for it did not matter whether a master be young or old, and "unless we punish faults such as these, even you yourself may expect to be scorned by your subjects." On hearing this, Ptolemy burst out laughing, amazed at the child's magnanimity.
²⁰⁷ Barach

²⁰⁸ Μαθὼν δὲ ὁ ἈρίωνArion , ὅτι τοῦτον ὁ βασιλεὺς διετέθη τὸν τρόπον καὶ μηδεμία βοήθειά ἐστιν αὐτῷ , δοὺς τὰ χίλια τάλαντα τῷ παιδὶ τῶν δεσμῶν ἀπελύθη . Καὶ τρεῖς διαλιπὼν ἡμέρας ὁ ὙρκανὸςHyrcanus ἠσπάσατο τοὺς βασιλέας .
²⁰⁸ When Arion was apprised that this was the king’s disposition, and that he had no way to help himself, he gave the child a thousand talents, and was let out of prison. So after three days were over, Hyrcanus came and saluted the king and queen.	²⁰⁸ When Arion was notified about the king's attitude and that he had no alternative he gave the child a thousand talents and was set free from prison, and three days later, Hyrcanus came to greet the king and queen.
²⁰⁸ Barach

²⁰⁹ οἱ δὲ ἀσμένως αὐτὸν εἶδον καὶ φιλοφρόνως εἱστίασαν διὰ τὴν‎ πρὸς τὸν πατέρα τιμήν . λάθρα δὲ πρὸς τοὺς ἐμπόρους ἀπελθὼν ὠνεῖται παρ᾽ αὐτῶν παῖδας μὲν ἑκατὸν γράμματα ἐπισταμένους καὶ ἀκμαιοτάτους , ἑνὸς ἕκαστον ταλάντου , ἑκατὸν δὲ παρθένους τῆς αὐτῆς τιμῆς ἑκάστην .
²⁰⁹ They saw him with pleasure, and feasted him in an obliging manner, out of the respect they bare to his father. So he came to the merchants privately, and bought a hundred boys, that had learning, and were in the flower of their ages, each at a talent apiece; as also he bought a hundred maidens, each at the same price as the other.	²⁰⁹ They saw him with pleasure and cordially made a feast for him because of their respect for his father. Then he went secretly to the merchants and bought, at a talent apiece, a hundred boys who had acquired learning and were in the bloom of their youth, and he bought a hundred girls, at the same price.
²⁰⁹ Barach

²¹⁰ κληθεὶς δ᾽ ἐφ᾽ ἑστίασιν πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα μετὰ τῶν πρώτων τῆς χώρας ὑποκατακλίνεται πάντων , καταφρονηθεὶς ὡς παῖς ἔτι τὴν‎ ἡλικίαν ὑπὸ τῶν τοὺς τόπους κατὰ τὴν‎ ἀξίαν διανεμόντων .
²¹⁰ And when he was invited to feast with the king among the principal men in the country, he sat down the lowest of them all, because he was little regarded, as a child in age still; and this by those who placed every one according to their dignity.	²¹⁰ When he was invited to a feast with the king with the aristocrats of the country, he sat down as lowest of them all, because, being a child in age, he was little regarded by those who assigned places according to dignity.
²¹⁰ Barach

²¹¹ τῶν δὲ συγκατακειμένων πάντων τῶν μερῶν τὰ ὀστᾶ , ἀφῄρουν γὰρ αὐτοὶ τὰς σάρκας , σωρευόντων ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ ὙρκανοῦHyrcanus , ὡς πληρῶσαι τὴν‎ παρακειμένην αὐτῷ τράπεζαν ,
²¹¹ Now when all those that sat with him had laid the bones Of the several parts on a heap before Hyrcanus, (for they had themselves taken away the flesh belonging to them,) till the table where he sat was filled full with them,	²¹¹ When all who sat along with him had put the bones of the various joints in a heap before Hyrcanus, after removing the flesh from them, until the table where he sat was filled with them,
²¹¹ Barach

²¹² ΤρύφωνTryphon ὃς ἦν τοῦ βασιλέως ἄθυρμα καὶ πρὸς τὰ σκώμματα καὶ τοὺς ἐν τοῖς πότοις γέλωτας ἀπεδέδεικτο , παρακαλεσάντων αὐτὸν τῶν κατακειμένων τῇ τραπέζῃ παρεστὼς τῷ βασιλεῖ , " ὁρᾷς , εἶπεν , ὦ δέσποτα , τὰ παρακείμενα ὙρκανῷHyrcanus ὀστᾶ ; ἐκ τούτου στόχασαι , ὅτι καὶ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ‎ τὴν‎ ΣυρίανSyria ἅπασαν
²¹² Trypho, who was the king’s jester, and was appointed for jokes and laughter at festivals, was now asked by the guests that sat at the table [to expose him to laughter]. So he stood by the king, and said, “Dost thou not see, my lord, the bones that lie by Hyrcanus? by this similitude thou mayst conjecture that his father made all Syria as bare as he hath made these bones.”	²¹² Tryphon, the king's jester whose job was joking and laughing during the drinking, was called on by those sitting at table; and standing beside the king he said, "Do you not see, my lord, the bones beside Hyrcanus? By this parable you may see how his father stripped all Syria as bare as he has made these bones."
²¹² Barach

²¹³ περιέδυσεν ὡς οὗτος ταῦτα τῶν σαρκῶν ἐγύμνωσεν . γελάσαντος δὲ πρὸς τὸν τοῦ ΤρύφωνοςTryphon λόγον τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ ἐρομένου τὸν ὙρκανόνHyrcanus , ὅτι τοσαῦτ᾽ αὐτῷ παράκειται ὀστᾶ , " εἰκότως , εἶπεν , ὦ δέσποτα · τοὺς μὲν γὰρ κύνας τὰ ὀστᾶ σὺν τοῖς κρέασιν κατεσθίειν , ὥσπερ οὗτοι " πρὸς τοὺς κατακειμένους ἐπιβλέπων , ὅτι μηθὲν ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν ἔκειτο , " οἱ δὲ ἄνθρωποι τὸ κρέας ἐσθίουσιν , τὰ δ᾽ ὀστᾶ ῥίπτουσιν ,
²¹³ And the king laughing at what Trypho said, and asking of Hyrcanus, How he came to have so many bones before him? he replied, “Very rightfully, my lord; for they are dogs that eat the flesh and the bones together, as these thy guests have done, (looking in the mean time at those guests,) for there is nothing before them; but they are men that eat the flesh, and cast away the bones, as I, who am also a man, have now done.”	²¹³ Laughing at what Tryphon said, the king asked Hyrcanus how he came to have so many bones before him. He answered, "Very properly, my lord, for it is the dogs that eat both flesh and bones together, as these have done," meanwhile looking at the guests, "for there is nothing in front of them, but human beings eat the flesh and throw away the bones, as I, a human being, have now done."
²¹³ Barach

²¹⁴ ὅπερ ἄνθρωπος ὢν κἀγὼ νῦν πεποίηκα . ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς θαυμάζει τὴν‎ ἀπόκρισιν αὐτοῦ‎ σοφὴν οὕτως γενομένην καὶ πάντας ἐκέλευσεν ἀνακροτῆσαι τῆς εὐτραπελίας ἀποδεχόμενος αὐτόν .
²¹⁴ Upon which the king admired at his answer, which was so wisely made; and bid them all make an acclamation, as a mark of their approbation of his jest, which was truly a facetious one.	²¹⁴ The king admired his answer, so wisely made, and bade them all applaud him, as a mark of their approval of his facetious jest.
²¹⁴ Barach

²¹⁵ τῇ δ᾽ ἐπιούσῃ πρὸς ἕκαστον τῶν τοῦ βασιλέως φίλων πορευόμενος καὶ τῶν περὶ τὴν‎ αὐλὴν δυνατῶν τοὺς μὲν ἠσπάζετο , παρὰ δὲ τῶν οἰκετῶν ἀπεπυνθάνετο , τί μέλλουσιν διδόναι τῷ βασιλεῖ δῶρον ἐν τῇ τοῦ παιδὸς αὐτοῦ‎ γενεσίῳ .
²¹⁵ On the next day Hyrcanus went to every one of the king’s friends, and of the men powerful at court, and saluted them; but still inquired of the servants what present they would make the king on his son’s birthday;	²¹⁵ Next day he went around to greet all the king's friends and the powerful people at court and asked their servants what gift they intended giving the king on his son's birthday.
²¹⁵ Barach

²¹⁶ τῶν δὲ ἀνὰ δέκα τάλαντα μέλλειν διδόναι φησάντων τοὺς μέν , τοὺς δὲ ἐν ἀξίᾳ κατὰ τὸ μέγεθος τῆς οὐσίας ἕκαστον αὐτῶν , ὑπεκρίνετο λυπεῖσθαι διὰ τὸ μὴ δύνασθαι τοιαύτην προσενεγκεῖν δωρεάν · πλέον γὰρ πέντε ταλάντων οὐκ ἔχειν . οἱ δὲ θεράποντες ταῦτ᾽ ἀκούσαντες ἀπήγγελλον τοῖς δεσπόταις .
²¹⁶ and when some said that they would give twelve talents, and that others of greater dignity would every one give according to the quantity of their riches, he pretended to every one of them to be grieved that he was not able to bring so large a present; for that he had no more than five talents. And when the servants heard what he said, they told their masters;	²¹⁶ When some said that they would give above ten talents and others that all the people of greater dignity would give according to the extent of their riches, he pretended to each of them to be grieved that he could not bring so large a gift, since he had no more than five talents, and the servants, hearing what he said, told it to their masters,
²¹⁶ Barach

²¹⁷ χαιρόντων δ᾽ αὐτῶν ὡς καταγνωσθησομένου τοῦ ἸωσήπουJoseph καὶ προσκρούσοντος τῷ βασιλεῖ διὰ τὴν‎ βραχύτητα τῆς δωρεᾶς , Ἐνστάσης τῆς ἡμέρας οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι προσέφερον τῷ βασιλεῖ ταλάντων οἱ λίαν μεγαλοδωρεῖσθαι νομίζοντες οὐ πλεῖον εἴκοσι , ὁ δ᾽ ὙρκανὸςHyrcanus οὓς ὠνήσατο παῖδας ἑκατὸν καὶ παρθένους τοσαύτας ἀνὰ τάλαντον ἑκάστῳ φέρειν δοὺς προσήγαγεν τοὺς μὲν τῷ βασιλεῖ , τὰς δὲ τῇ ΚλεοπάτρᾳCleopatra .
²¹⁷ and they rejoiced in the prospect that Joseph would be disapproved, and would make the king angry, by the smallness of his present. When the day came, the others, even those that brought the most, offered the king not above twenty talents; but Hyrcanus gave to every one of the hundred boys and hundred maidens that he had bought a talent apiece, for them to carry, and introduced them, the boys to the king, and the maidens to Cleopatra;	²¹⁷ These were glad at the prospect that Joseph would be scorned and would anger the king by the smallness of his gift. When the day came, none of the others, even those who brought the most, offered the king more than twenty talents, but Hyrcanus gave to each of the hundred boys and hundred maidens that he had bought a talent apiece to carry, and led the boys to the king and the girls to Cleopatra.
²¹⁷ Barach

²¹⁸ πάντων δὲ θαυμασάντων τὴν‎ παρ᾽ ἐλπίδα τῶν δώρων πολυτέλειαν καὶ τῶν βασιλέων αὐτῶν , καὶ τοῖς φίλοις ἔτι καὶ τοῖς περὶ τὴν‎ θεραπείαν τοῦ βασιλέως οὖσιν πολλῶν ἄξια ταλάντων δῶρα ἔδωκεν , ὡς διαφυγεῖν τὸν ἐξ αὐτῶν κίνδυνον · τούτοις γὰρ ἐγεγράφεισαν αὐτοῦ‎ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ διαχρήσασθαι τὸν ὙρκανόνHyrcanus .
²¹⁸ every body wondering at the unexpected richness of the presents, even the king and queen themselves. He also presented those that attended about the king with gifts to the value of a great number of talents, that he might escape the danger he was in from them; for to these it was that Hyrcanus’s brethren had written to destroy him.	²¹⁸ All, including the royal couple, were amazed at the unexpected magnificence of his gifts, and he gave gifts to the king's friends and attendants to the value of many talents, to avert any danger from them, for it was to them that Hyrcanus' brothers had written to destroy him.
²¹⁸ Barach

²¹⁹ ΠτολεμαῖοςPtolemy δὲ τὴν‎ μεγαλοψυχίαν ἀγασάμενος τοῦ μειρακίου προσέταξεν αὐτῷ δωρεὰν ἣν βούλεται λαμβάνειν . ὁ δ᾽ οὐδὲν πλέον ἠξίωσεν αὐτῷ γενέσθαι παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ‎ ἢ γράψαι τῷ πατρὶ καὶ τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς περὶ αὐτοῦ‎ .
²¹⁹ Now Ptolemy admired at the young man’s magnanimity, and commanded him to ask what gift he pleased. But he desired nothing else to be done for him by the king than to write to his father and brethren about him.	²¹⁹ Admiring the young man's magnanimity, Ptolemy assigned him any gift he wished, but he asked the king to do no more for him than to write to his father and brothers about him.
²¹⁹ Barach

²²⁰ τιμήσας οὖν αὐτὸν φιλοτιμότατα καὶ δωρεὰς δοὺς λαμπρὰς καὶ τῷ τε πατρὶ γράψας καὶ τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν αὐτοῦ‎ καὶ ἐπιτρόποιςmanager ἐξέπεμψεν .
²²⁰ So when the king had paid him very great respects, and had given him very large gifts, and had written to his father and his brethren, and all his commanders and officers, about him, he sent him away.	²²⁰ After showing him great respect and giving him large gifts and writing to his father and brothers and all his leaders and officers about him, he sent him off.
²²⁰ Barach

²²¹ ἀκούσαντες δὲ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τούτων τετυχηκότα τὸν ὙρκανὸνHyrcanus παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ μετὰ μεγάλης ἐπανερχόμενον τιμῆς , ἐξῆλθον ὑπαντησόμενοι καὶ διαφθεροῦντες αὐτὸν καὶ τοῦ πατρὸς εἰδότος · ὀργιζόμενος γὰρ αὐτῷ ἕνεκεν τῶν εἰς τὰς δωρεὰς χρημάτων οὐκ ἐφρόντιζεν τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτοῦ‎ . τὴν‎ ὀργὴν μέντοι τὴν‎ πρὸς τὸν υἱὸν ὁ ἸώσηποςJoseph, Josephus ἀπεκρύπτετο φοβούμενος τὸν βασιλέα .
²²¹ But when his brethren heard that Hyrcanus had received such favors from the king, and was returning home with great honor, they went out to meet him, and to destroy him, and that with the privity of their father; for he was angry at him for the [large] sum of money that he bestowed for presents, and so had no concern for his preservation. However, Joseph concealed the anger he had at his son, out of fear of the king.	²²¹ When his brothers heard that Hyrcanus had received such favours from the king and was returning home in great honour, they went out to meet and kill him, even with their father's knowledge, who was angry with him for the amount he had spent on gifts and was unconcerned for his safety. But for fear of the king Joseph concealed his anger against his son.
²²¹ Barach

²²² συμβαλόντων δ᾽ αὐτῷ τῶν ἀδελφῶν εἰς μάχην ἄλλους τε τῶν σὺν αὐτοῖς πολλοὺς ἀπέκτεινεν καὶ δύο τῶν ἀδελφῶν , οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ διεσώθησαν εἰς ἹεροσόλυμαJerusalem πρὸς τὸν πατέρα . παραγενόμενον δ᾽ αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν‎ πόλιν ἐπεὶ μηδεὶς ἐδέχετο , δείσας ἀνεχώρησεν εἰς τὴν‎ πέραν τοῦ ἸορδάνουJordan ποταμοῦ κἀκεῖ διέτριβεν φορολογῶν τοὺς βαρβάρους .
²²² And when Hyrcanus’s brethren came to fight him, he slew many others of those that were with them, as also two of his brethren themselves; but the rest of them escaped to Jerusalem to their father. But when Hyrcanus came to the city, where nobody would receive him, he was afraid for himself, and retired beyond the river Jordan, and there abode, but obliging the barbarians to pay their taxes.	²²² When the brothers came to fight him, he killed many of those who accompanied them, and two of his brothers themselves, but the rest escaped to their father in Jerusalem. On reaching the city, where no one would receive him, he was afraid for his life and retreated across the river Jordan and lived there, still taking taxes from the barbarians.
²²² Barach

²²³ Ἐβασίλευσεν δὲ κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ἈσίαςAsia ΣέλευκοςSeleucus ὁ ΣωτὴρSoter ἐπικαλούμενος υἱὸς ὢν ἈντιόχουAntiochus τοῦ μεγάλου .
²²³ At this time Seleucus, who was called Soter, reigned over Asia, being the son of Antiochus the Great.	²²³ Meanwhile Seleucus, who was surnamed Soter, the son of Antiochus the Great, ruled over Asia.
²²³ Barach

²²⁴ τελευτᾷ δὲ καὶ ὁ τοῦ ὙρκανοῦHyrcanus πατὴρ ἸώσηποςJoseph, Josephus ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς γενόμενος καὶ μεγαλόφρων , καὶ τὸν τῶν ἸουδαίωνJews λαὸν ἐκ πτωχείας καὶ πραγμάτων ἀσθενῶν εἰς λαμπροτέρας ἀφορμὰς τοῦ βίου καταστήσας , εἴκοσι ἔτη καὶ δύο τὰ τέλη τῆς ΣυρίαςSyria καὶ τῆς ΦοινίκηςPhoenicia καὶ ΣαμαρείαςSamaria κατασχών . ἀπέθανεν δὲ καὶ ὁ θεῖος αὐτοῦ‎ ὈνίαςOnias τὴν‎ ἀρχιερωσύνην ΣίμωνιSimon τῷ παιδὶ καταλιπών .
²²⁴ And [now] Hyrcanus’s father, Joseph, died. He was a good man, and of great magnanimity; and brought the Jews out of a state of poverty and meanness, to one that was more splendid. He retained the farm of the taxes of Syria, and Phoenicia, and Samaria twenty-two years. His uncle also, Onias, died [about this time], and left the high priesthood to his son Simeon.	²²⁴ Then Hyrcanus' father, Joseph, died, a good man of great spirit who brought the Jews from a state of poverty and material squalor to one that was more splendid. He held the farming of taxes in Syria and Phoenicia and Samaria for twenty-two years. His uncle Onias also died and left the high priesthood to his son Simon.
²²⁴ Barach

²²⁵ τελευτήσαντος δὲ καὶ τούτου ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ‎ διάδοχος τῆς τιμῆς ὈνίαςOnias γίνεται , πρὸς ὃν ὁ ΛακεδαιμονίωνSpartans βασιλεὺς ἌρειοςAreus πρεσβείαν τε ἔπεμψεν καὶ ἐπιστολάς , ὧν τὸ ἀντίγραφόν ἐστι τοιοῦτο · " βασιλεὺς ΛακεδαιμονίωνSpartans ἌρειοςAreus ὈνίᾳOnias χαίρειν .
²²⁵ And when he was dead, Onias his son succeeded him in that dignity. To him it was that Areus, king of the Lacedemonians, sent an embassage, with an epistle; the copy whereof here follows:	²²⁵ After the latter's death that dignity passed to his son Onias, to whom Areus, king of the Spartans, sent a delegation, with a letter; the copy whereof here follows:
²²⁵ Barach

²²⁶ ἐντυχόντες γραφῇ τινι εὕρομεν , ὡς ἐξ ἑνὸς εἶεν γένους ἸουδαῖοιJews καὶ ΛακεδαιμόνιοιSpartans καὶ ἐκ τῆς πρὸς ἌβραμονAbraham οἰκειότητος . δίκαιον οὖν ἐστιν ἀδελφοὺς ὑμᾶς ὄντας διαπέμπεσθαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς περὶ ὧν ἂν βούλησθε .
²²⁶ “Areus, King Of The Lacedemonians, To Onias, Sendeth Greeting. “We have met with a certain writing, whereby we have discovered that both the Jews and the Lacedemonians are of one stock, and are derived from the kindred of Abraham It is but just therefore that you, who are our brethren, should send to us about any of your concerns as you please.	²²⁶ "Areus, king of the Apartans, to Onias, greetings. We have found a document which says that the Jews and the Spartans come from a single stock and are derived from the clan of Abraham. It is only right that you, our brothers, should send to us as you please about any of your concerns.
²²⁶ Barach

²²⁷ ποιήσομεν δὲ καὶ ἡμεῖς τοῦτο , καὶ τά τε ὑμέτερα ἴδια νομιοῦμεν καὶ τὰ αὑτῶν κοινὰ πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἕξομεν . ΔημοτέληςDemoteles ὁ φέρων τὰ γράμματα διαπέμπει τὰς ἐπιστολάς . τὰ γεγραμμένα ἐστὶν τετράγωνα · ἡ σφραγίς ἐστιν ἀετὸς δράκοντος ἐπειλημμένος ."
²²⁷ We will also do the same thing, and esteem your concerns as our own, and will look upon our concerns as in common with yours. Demoteles, who brings you this letter, will bring your answer back to us. This letter is four-square; and the seal is an eagle, with a dragon in his claws.”	²²⁷ We will also do the same and take your concerns as our own and will look upon our concerns as shared with you. Demoteles, who brings you this letter, will bring your answer back to us. This letter is four-square, and the seal is an eagle, with a dragon in his claws."
²²⁷ Barach

²²⁸ ἡ μὲν οὖν ἐπιστολὴepistle ἡ πεμφθεῖσα ὑπὸ τοῦ ΛακεδαιμονίωνSpartans βασιλέως τοῦτον περιεῖχε τὸν τρόπον . ἀποθανόντος δὲ ἸωσήπουJoseph τὸν λαὸν συνέβη στασιάσαι διὰ τοὺς παῖδας αὐτοῦ‎ . τῶν γὰρ πρεσβυτέρων πόλεμον ἐξενεγκαμένων πρὸς ὙρκανόνHyrcanus , ὃς ἦν νεώτατος τῶν ἸωσήπουJoseph τέκνων , διέστη τὸ πλῆθος .
²²⁸ And these were the contents of the epistle which was sent from the king of the Lacedemonians. But, upon the death of Joseph, the people grew seditious, on account of his sons.	²²⁸ These were the contents of the letter sent by the king of the Spartans. But the people grew rebellious after the death of Joseph, on account of his sons, for whereas the elders were hostile to Hyrcanus, the youngest of Joseph's sons, the people were divided.
²²⁸ Barach

²²⁹ καὶ οἱ μὲν πλείους τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις συνεμάχουν καὶ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς ΣίμωνSimon διὰ τὴν‎ συγγένειαν · ὁ δὲ ὙρκανὸςHyrcanus ἐπανελθεῖν μὲν οὐκέτι ἔγνω εἰς ἹεροσόλυμαJerusalem , προσκαθίσας δὲ τοῖς πέραν τοῦ ἸορδάνουJordan συνεχῶς ἐπολέμει τοὺς ἌραβαςArabs , ὡς πολλοὺς αὐτῶν καὶ ἀποκτεῖναι καὶ λαβεῖν αἰχμαλώτους .
²²⁹ For whereas the elders made war against Hyrcanus, who was the youngest of Joseph’s sons, the multitude was divided, but the greater part joined with the elders in this war; as did Simon the high priest, by reason he was of kin to them. However, Hyrcanus determined not to return to Jerusalem any more, but seated himself beyond Jordan, and was at perpetual war with the Arabians, and slew many of them, and took many of them captives.	²²⁹ The majority sided with the elders in this war; as did Simon the high priest for the sake of kinship. But Hyrcanus decided to return to Jerusalem no more, and based himself beyond the Jordan and was at perpetual war with the Arabs and killed many of them and took many as prisoners.
²²⁹ Barach

²³⁰ ᾠκοδόμησεν δὲ βᾶριν ἰσχυρὰν ἐκ λίθου λευκοῦ κατασκευάσας πᾶσαν μέχρι καὶ τῆς στέγης ἐγγλύψας ζῷα παμμεγεθέστατα , περιήγαγεν δ᾽ αὐτῇ εὔριπον μέγαν καὶ βαθύν .
²³⁰ He also erected a strong castle, and built it entirely of white stone to the very roof, and had animals of a prodigious magnitude engraven upon it. He also drew round it a great and deep canal of water.	²³⁰ He also built a strong fortress, formed entirely of white stone to the very roof with animals of a mighty size engraved upon it and drew around it a large, deep channel of water.
²³⁰ Barach

²³¹ ἐκ δὲ τῆς καταντικρὺ τοῦ ὄρους πέτρας διατεμὼν αὐτῆς τὸ προέχον σπήλαια πολλῶν σταδίων τὸ μῆκος κατεσκεύασεν . ἔπειτα οἴκους ἐν αὐτῇ τοὺς μὲν εἰς συμπόσια τοὺς δ᾽ εἰς ὕπνον καὶ δίαιταν ἐποίησεν , ὑδάτων δὲ διαθεόντων πλῆθος , ἃ καὶ τέρψις ἦν καὶ κόσμος τῆς αὐλῆς , εἰσήγαγεν .
²³¹ He also made caves of many furlongs in length, by hollowing a rock that was over against him; and then he made large rooms in it, some for feasting, and some for sleeping and living in. He introduced also a vast quantity of waters which ran along it, and which were very delightful and ornamental in the court.	²³¹ Then he made caves, many furlongs in length, by hollowing the rock across from him, and made large rooms in it, some for feasting and some as sleeping and living quarters. He also brought in a great supply of water to run through it and which was pleasing and ornamental in the court.
²³¹ Barach

²³² τὰ μέντοι στόμια τῶν σπηλαίων ὥστε ἕνα δι᾽ αὐτῶν εἰσδῦναι καὶ μὴ πλείους βραχύτερα ἤνοιξεν · καὶ ταῦτ᾽ ἐπίτηδεςdesignedly, deceitfully ἀσφαλείας ἕνεκα τοῦ μὴ πολιορκηθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν καὶ κινδυνεῦσαι ληφθεὶς κατεσκεύασεν .
²³² But still he made the entrances at the mouth of the caves so narrow, that no more than one person could enter by them at once. And the reason why he built them after that manner was a good one; it was for his own preservation, lest he should be besieged by his brethren, and run the hazard of being caught by them.	²³² The entrances at the mouth of the caves he made so narrow that no more than one person could enter by them at once. There was a good reason for building them in that way: it was for his own safety, against the danger of being besieged and captured by his brothers.
²³² Barach

²³³ προσῳκοδόμησε δὲ καὶ αὐλὰς τῷ μεγέθει διαφερούσας καὶ παραδείσοις ἐκόσμησε παμμήκεσι . Καὶ τοιοῦτον ἀπεργασάμενος τὸν τόπον ΤύρονTyre ὠνόμασεν . Οὗτος ὁ τόπος ἐστὶ μεταξὺ τῆς ἈραβίαςArabia καὶ τῆς ἸουδαίαςJudea πέραν τοῦ ἸορδάνουJordan οὐ πόρρω τῆς ἘσσεβωνίτιδοςHessebon .
²³³ Moreover, he built courts of greater magnitude than ordinary, which he adorned with vastly large gardens. And when he had brought the place to this state, he named it Tyre. This place is between Arabia and Judea, beyond Jordan, not far from the country of Heshbon.	²³³ He went on to build courts of extraordinary size, adorned with vast gardens, and when he had brought the place to this state, he named it Tyre, located between Arabia and Judea, beyond the Jordan, not far from the district of Hessebon.
²³³ Barach

²³⁴ ἦρξε δ᾽ ἐκείνων τῶν μερῶν ἐπὶ ἔτη ἑπτά , πάντα τὸν χρόνον ὃν ΣέλευκοςSeleucus τῆς ΣυρίαςSyria ἐβασίλευσεν . ἀποθανόντος δὲ τούτου μετ᾽ αὐτὸν ὁ ἀδελφὸς ἈντίοχοςAntiochus ὁ κληθεὶς ἘπιφανὴςEpiphanes τὴν‎ βασιλείαν κατέσχεν .
²³⁴ And he ruled over those parts for seven years, even all the time that Seleucus was king of Syria. But when he was dead, his brother Antiochus, who was called Epiphanes, took the kingdom.	²³⁴ He ruled over those parts for seven years, even all the time that Seleucus was king of Syria. When he died his brother Antiochus, surnamed Epiphanes, took over the kingdom.
²³⁴ Barach

²³⁵ τελευτᾷ δὲ καὶ ΠτολεμαῖοςPtolemy ὁ τῆς ΑἰγύπτουEgypt βασιλεὺς καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπικαλούμενος ἘπιφανήςEpiphanes , καταλιπὼν δύο παῖδας ἔτι βραχεῖς τὴν‎ ἡλικίαν , ὧν ὁ μὲν πρεσβύτερος ΦιλομήτωρPhilometer ἐκαλεῖτο , ΦύσκωνPhyscon δὲ ὁ νεώτερος .
²³⁵ Ptolemy also, the king of Egypt, died, who was besides called Epiphanes. He left two sons, and both young in age; the elder of which was called Philometer, and the youngest Physcon.	²³⁵ Ptolemy the king of Egypt, surnamed Epiphanes, also died, leaving two young sons, the elder called Philometer and the younger Physcon.
²³⁵ Barach

²³⁶ ὙρκανὸςHyrcanus δὲ ὁρῶν μεγάλην δύναμιν ἔχοντα τὸν ἈντίοχονAntiochus καὶ δείσας , μὴ συλληφθεὶςto seize, arrest, collect ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ‎ κολασθῇ διὰ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς ἌραβαςArabs αὐτῷ πεπραγμένα , τελευτᾷ τὸν βίον αὐτόχειρ αὐτοῦ‎ γενόμενος . τὴν‎ δ᾽ οὐσίαν αὐτοῦ‎ πᾶσαν ἈντίοχοςAntiochus λαμβάνει .
²³⁶ As for Hyrcanus, when he saw that Antiochus had a great army, and feared lest he should be caught by him, and brought to punishment for what he had done to the Arabians, he ended his life, and slew himself with his own hand; while Antiochus seized upon all his substance.	²³⁶ Seeing the large army of Antiochus and fearful of being captured by him and punished for what he had done to the Arabs, Hyrcanus took his own life, and Antiochus seized all his property
²³⁶ Barach

Chapter 5
[237-264]
Antiochus Epiphanes forces the Jews to adopt Greek ways.
Samaritan Temple is dedicated to Zeus

☜ ☞

²³⁷ Ὑπὸ δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν ἀποθανόντος καὶ ὈνίουOnias τοῦ ἀρχιερέως τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ‎ [ ἸησοῦJesus, Joshua ] τὴν‎ ἀρχιερωσύνην ἈντίοχοςAntiochus δίδωσιν · ὁ γὰρ παῖς , ὃν ὈνίαςOnias καταλελοίπει , ἔτι νήπιος ἦν . δηλώσομεν δὲ τὰ περὶ τοῦ παιδὸς τούτου κατὰ χώραν ἕκαστα .
²³⁷ About this time, upon the death of Onias the high priest, they gave the high priesthood to Jesus his brother; for that son which Onias left [or Onias IV.] was yet but an infant; and, in its proper place, we will inform the reader of all the circumstances that befell this child.	²³⁷ About this time, when the high priest Onias died they gave the high priesthood to Joshua his brother, because the son Onias left behind him was only an infant, and we will in due time report what happened to this child.
²³⁷ Barach

²³⁸ ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua δέ , οὗτος γὰρ ἦν ὁ τοῦ ὈνίουOnias ἀδελφός , τὴν‎ ἀρχιερωσύνην ἀφῃρέθη προσοργισθέντος αὐτῷ τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ δόντος αὐτὴν τῷ νεωτάτῳ αὐτοῦ‎ ἀδελφῷ ὈνίᾳOnias τοὔνομα . ΣίμωνιSimon γὰρ οὗτοι τρεῖς ἐγένοντο παῖδες , καὶ εἰς τοὺς τρεῖς ἧκεν ἡ ἀρχιερωσύνη , καθὼς δεδηλώκαμεν .
²³⁸ But this Jesus, who was the brother of Onias, was deprived of the high priesthood by the king, who was angry with him, and gave it to his younger brother, whose name also was Onias; for Simon had these three sons, to each of which the priesthood came, as we have already informed the reader.	²³⁸ But the king, who was angry with Joshua, the brother of Onias, for taking the high priesthood, and gave it to his younger brother, whose name was also Onias; for Simon had these three sons, each of whom gained the high priesthood, as we have said.
²³⁸ Barach

²³⁹ ὁ μὲν οὖν ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua ἸάσοναJason αὑτὸν μετωνόμασεν , ὁ δὲ ὈνίαςOnias ἐκλήθη ΜενέλαοςMenelaus . στασιάσαντος οὖν τοῦ προτέρου ἀρχιερέως ἸησοῦJesus, Joshua πρὸς τὸν μετὰ ταῦτα κατασταθέντα ΜενέλαονMenelaus καὶ τοῦ πλήθους διανεμηθέντος εἰς ἑκατέρους , ἐκ τῆς ΜενελάουMenelaus μοίρας οἱ ΤωβίουTobias παῖδες ἐγένοντο ,
²³⁹ This Jesus changed his name to Jason, but Onias was called Menelaus. Now as the former high priest, Jesus, raised a sedition against Menelaus, who was ordained after him, the multitude were divided between them both. And the sons of Tobias took the part of Menelaus,	²³⁹ This Joshua changed his name to Jason, while Onias took the name Menelaus. When the former high priest, Joshua, rebelled against Menelaus, who was appointed after him, the people were divided between them.
²³⁹ Barach

²⁴⁰ τὸ δὲ πλέον τοῦ λαοῦ τῷ ἸάσονιJason συνελάμβανεν , ὑφ᾽ οὗ καὶ πονούμενοι ὅ τε ΜενέλαοςMenelaus καὶ οἱ παῖδες οἱ τοῦ ΤωβίουTobias πρὸς ἈντίοχονAntiochus ἀνεχώρησαν δηλοῦντες αὐτῷ , ὅτι βούλονται τοὺς πατρίους νόμους καταλιπόντες καὶ τὴν‎ κατ᾽ αὐτοὺς πολιτείαν ἕπεσθαι τοῖς βασιλικοῖς καὶ τὴν‎ ἙλληνικὴνGreek πολιτείαν ἔχειν .
²⁴⁰ but the greater part of the people assisted Jason; and by that means Menelaus and the sons of Tobias were distressed, and retired to Antiochus, and informed him that they were desirous to leave the laws of their country, and the Jewish way of living according to them, and to follow the king’s laws, and the Grecian way of living.	²⁴⁰ The sons of Tobias took the side of Menelaus, while the majority of the people sided with Jason, and so Menelaus and the sons of Tobias came under pressure and went to Antiochus to say that they wanted to abandon their ancestral laws and the lifestyle that went with them, in order to follow the king's laws and the Greek lifestyle.
²⁴⁰ Barach

²⁴¹ παρεκάλεσαν οὖν αὐτὸν ἐπιτρέψαι αὐτοῖς οἰκοδομῆσαι γυμνάσιον ἐν ἹεροσολύμοιςJerusalem . συγχωρήσαντος δὲ καὶ τὴν‎ τῶν αἰδοίων περιτομὴν ἐπεκάλυψαν , ὡς ἂν εἶεν καὶ τὰ περὶ τὴν‎ ἀπόδυσιν ἝλληνεςGreeks , τά τε ἄλλα πάνθ᾽ ὅσα ἦν αὐτοῖς πάτρια παρέντες ἐμιμοῦντο τὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἐθνῶν ἔργα .
²⁴¹ Wherefore they desired his permission to build them a Gymnasium at Jerusalem. And when he had given them leave, they also hid the circumcision of their genitals, that even when they were naked they might appear to be Greeks. Accordingly, they left off all the customs that belonged to their own country, and imitated the practices of the other nations.	²⁴¹ They asked his permission to build a gymnasium in Jerusalem. When he allowed it, they also hid the circumcision of their genitals, so that even when naked they might appear to be Greeks. They abandoned all their ancestral customs and imitated the practices of the other nations.
²⁴¹ Barach

²⁴² ἈντίοχοςAntiochus δὲ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτῷ χωρούσης κατὰ τρόπον ἐπὶ τὴν‎ ΑἴγυπτονEgypt διέγνω στρατεύσασθαι , πόθον αὐτῆς λαβὼν καὶ διὰ τὸ τῶν ΠτολεμαίουPtolemy παίδων καταφρονεῖν ἀσθενῶν ἔτι τυγχανόντων καὶ μηδέπω πράγματα τηλικαῦτα διέπειν δυναμένων .
²⁴² Now Antiochus, upon the agreeable situation of the affairs of his kingdom, resolved to make an expedition against Egypt, both because he had a desire to gain it, and because he condemned the son of Ptolemy, as now weak, and not yet of abilities to manage affairs of such consequence;	²⁴² When his kingdom was in good order, Antiochus resolved to invade Egypt, because he wanted to take it and scorned the son of Ptolemy as a weakling still unable to manage such great affairs.
²⁴² Barach

²⁴³ γενόμενος οὖν μετὰ πολλῆς δυνάμεως κατὰ τὸ ΠηλούσιονPelusium καὶ δόλῳ τὸν ΦιλομήτοραPhilometor ΠτολεμαῖονPtolemy ἐκπεριελθὼν καταλαμβάνει τὴν‎ ΑἴγυπτονEgypt , καὶ γενόμενος ἐν τοῖς περὶ ΜέμφινMemphis τόποις καὶ κατασχὼν ταύτην ὥρμησεν ἐπὶ τὴν‎ ἈλεξάνδρειανAlexandria , ὡς πολιορκίᾳ παραστησόμενος αὐτὴν καὶ τὸν ἐκεῖ βασιλεύοντα χειρωσόμενος ΠτολεμαῖονPtolemy .
²⁴³ so he came with great forces to Pelusium, and circumvented Ptolemy Philometor by treachery, and seized upon Egypt. He then came to the places about Memphis; and when he had taken them, he made haste to Alexandria, in hopes of taking it by siege, and of subduing Ptolemy, who reigned there.	²⁴³ So he came with a great force to Pelusium and tricked Ptolemy Philometor and captured Egypt. He came to the places around Memphis, and after taking them, hurried to Alexandria, hoping to take it by siege and to subdue Ptolemy, who ruled there.
²⁴³ Barach

²⁴⁴ ἀπεκρούσθη δ᾽ οὐ τῆς ἈλεξανδρείαςAlexandria μόνον , ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ὅλης ΑἰγύπτουEgypt , ῬωμαίωνRoman, Latin αὐτῷ παραγγειλάντων ἀπέχεσθαι τῆς χώρας , καθὼς ἤδη που καὶ πρότερον ἐν ἄλλοις δεδηλώκαμεν .
²⁴⁴ But he was driven not only from Alexandria, but out of all Egypt, by the declaration of the Romans, who charged him to let that country alone; according as I have elsewhere formerly declared.	²⁴⁴ But he was driven not only from Alexandria, but also from the whole of Egypt, when the Romans ordered him to leave that country alone; as I have said elsewhere.
²⁴⁴ Barach

²⁴⁵ διηγήσομαι δὲ κατὰ μέρος τὰ περὶ τοῦτον τὸν βασιλέα , ὡς τήν τε ἸουδαίανJudea ἐχειρώσατο καὶ τὸν ναόν · ἐν γὰρ τῇ πρώτῃ μου πραγματείᾳ κεφαλαιωδῶς αὐτῶν ἐπιμνησθεὶς ἀναγκαῖον νῦν εἰς τὴν‎ ἐπ᾽ ἀκριβὲς αὐτῶν ἐπανελθεῖν ὑφήγησιν .
²⁴⁵ I will now give a particular account of what concerns this king, how he subdued Judea and the temple; for in my former work I mentioned those things very briefly, and have therefore now thought it necessary to go over that history again, and that with great accuracy.	²⁴⁵ I will now give a detailed account of this king, how he subdued Judea and the temple, for in my former work I mentioned those things very briefly and I now think it necessary to go over that history again, more fully.
²⁴⁵ Barach

²⁴⁶ Ὑποστρέψας ἀπὸ τῆς ΑἰγύπτουEgypt διὰ τὸ παρὰ ῬωμαίωνRoman, Latin δέος ὁ βασιλεὺς ἈντίοχοςAntiochus ἐπὶ τὴν‎ ἹεροσολυμιτῶνJerusalem πόλιν ἐξεστράτευσεν , καὶ γενόμενος ἐν αὐτῇ ἔτει ἑκατοστῷ καὶ τεσσαρακοστῷ καὶ τρίτῳ μετὰ τοὺς ἀπὸ ΣελεύκουSeleucus βασιλεῖς ἀμαχητὶ λαμβάνει τὴν‎ πόλιν ἀνοιξάντων αὐτῷ τὰς πύλας ὅσοι τῆς ἐκείνου προαιρέσεως ἦσαν .
²⁴⁶ King Antiochus returning out of Egypt for fear of the Romans, made an expedition against the city Jerusalem; and when he was there, in the hundred and forty-third year of the kingdom of the Seleucidse, he took the city without fighting, those of his own party opening the gates to him.	²⁴⁶ King Antiochus returning from Egypt for fear of the Romans, marched against the city of Jerusalem, and when he was there, in the hundred and forty-third year of the kingdom of the Seleucids, he took the city without a fight, when those of his own party opened the gates to him.
²⁴⁶ Barach

²⁴⁷ ἐγκρατὴς δ᾽ οὕτως τῶν ἹεροσολύμωνJerusalem γενόμενος πολλοὺς ἀπέκτεινεν τῶν τἀναντία φρονούντων καὶ χρήματα πολλὰ συλήσας ὑπέστρεψεν εἰς ἈντιόχειανAntioch .
²⁴⁷ And when he had gotten possession of Jerusalem, he slew many of the opposite party; and when he had plundered it of a great deal of money, he returned to Antioch.	²⁴⁷ After taking Jerusalem, he killed many of those who opposed him and looted it of a large amount of money, before returning to Antioch.
²⁴⁷ Barach

²⁴⁸ Συνέβη δὲ μετὰ ἔτη δύο τῷ ἑκατοστῷ καὶ τεσσαρακοστῷ καὶ πέμπτῳ ἔτει μηνὸς πέμπτῃ καὶ εἰκάδι , ὃς καλεῖται κατὰ μὲν ἡμᾶς ἘξελέουςChasleu , κατὰ δὲ ΜακεδόναςMacedonians ἈπελλαῖοςApellaeus , ὀλυμπιάδι ἑκατοστῇ καὶ πεντηκοστῇ καὶ τρίτῃ μετὰ πολλῆς δυνάμεως ἀναβῆναι τὸν βασιλέα εἰς ἹεροσόλυμαJerusalem καὶ προσποιησάμενον εἰρήνην ἀπάτῃ περιγενέσθαι τῆς πόλεως .
²⁴⁸ Now it came to pass, after two years, in the hundred forty and fifth year, on the twenty-fifth day of that month which is by us called Chasleu, and by the Macedonians Apelleus, in the hundred and fifty-third olympiad, that the king came up to Jerusalem, and, pretending peace, he got possession of the city by treachery;	²⁴⁸ Two years later, in the hundred and forty-fifth year, on the twenty-fifth day of the month we call Chasleu and the Macedonians call Apellaeus, in the hundred and fifty-third Olympiad, the king came up to Jerusalem, and by pretending peace, gained possession of the city by treachery.
²⁴⁸ Barach

²⁴⁹ ἐφείσατο δὲ τότε οὐδὲ τῶν εἰσδεξαμένων αὐτὸν διὰ τὸν ἐν τῷ ναῷ πλοῦτον , ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὸ πλεονεξίας , χρυσὸν γὰρ ἑώρα πολὺν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ καὶ τὸν ἄλλον τῶν ἀναθημάτων κόσμον πολυτελέστατον , ἵνα συλήσῃ τοῦτον , ὑπέμεινε τὰς πρὸς ἐκείνους αὐτῷ σπονδὰς παραβῆναι .
²⁴⁹ at which time he spared not so much as those that admitted him into it, on account of the riches that lay in the temple; but, led by his covetous inclination, (for he saw there was in it a great deal of gold, and many ornaments that had been dedicated to it of very great value,) and in order to plunder its wealth, he ventured to break the league he had made.	²⁴⁹ On this occasion on account of the riches in the temple he spared not even those who let him in, but in his greed, as he saw there a large amount of gold and many valuable ornaments that had been dedicated to it, he dared to break his pact in order to plunder its wealth.
²⁴⁹ Barach

²⁵⁰ περιδύσας οὖν τὸν ναόν , ὡς καὶ τὰ σκεύη τοῦ θεοῦ βαστάσαι λυχνίας χρυσᾶς καὶ βωμὸν χρύσεον καὶ τράπεζαν καὶ τὰ θυσιαστήρια , καὶ μηδὲ τῶν καταπετασμάτων ἀποσχόμενος , ἅπερ ἦν ἐκ βύσσου καὶ κόκκου πεποιημένα , κενώσας δὲ καὶ τοὺς θησαυροὺς τοὺς ἀποκρύφους καὶ μηδὲν ὅλως ὑπολιπών , εἰς μέγα τοὺς ἸουδαίουςJews ἐπὶ τούτοις πένθος ἐνέβαλεν .
²⁵⁰ So he left the temple bare, and took away the golden candlesticks, and the golden altar [of incense], and table [of shew-bread], and the altar [of burnt-offering]; and did not abstain from even the veils, which were made of fine linen and scarlet. He also emptied it of its secret treasures, and left nothing at all remaining; and by this means cast the Jews into great lamentation,	²⁵⁰ So he stripped the temple bare and took away the golden candlesticks and the golden altar and the table and the censers and did not even spare the veils, made of fine linen and scarlet, and emptied its hidden treasures, leaving nothing at all behind, which threw the Jews into deep mourning.
²⁵⁰ Barach

²⁵¹ καὶ γὰρ τὰς καθημερινὰς θυσίας , ἃς προσέφερον τῷ θεῷ κατὰ τὸν νόμον , ἐκώλυσεν αὐτοὺς προσφέρειν , καὶ διαρπάσας πᾶσαν τὴν‎ πόλιν τοὺς μὲν ἀπέκτεινεν τοὺς δ᾽ αἰχμαλώτους γυναιξὶν ἅμα καὶ τέκνοις ἔλαβεν , ὡς τῶν ζωγρηθέντων περὶ μυρίους γενέσθαι τὸ πλῆθος .
²⁵¹ for he forbade them to offer those daily sacrifices which they used to offer to God, according to the law. And when he had pillaged the whole city, some of the inhabitants he slew, and some he carried captive, together with their wives and children, so that the multitude of those captives that were taken alive amounted to about ten thousand.	²⁵¹ He also forbade them to offer the customary daily sacrifices to God required by the law, and after ransacking the whole city, he killed some people and took others prisoner, with their wives and children, and the number of prisoners taken alive was about ten thousand.
²⁵¹ Barach

²⁵² ἐνέπρησε δ᾽ αὐτῆς τὰ κάλλιστα καὶ καταβαλὼν τὰ τείχη τὴν‎ ἐν τῇ κάτω πόλει ᾠκοδόμησεν ἄκραν · ἦν γὰρ ὑψηλὴ καὶ ὑπερκειμένη τὸ ἱερόν · καὶ διὰ τοῦτο αὐτὴν ὀχυρώσας τείχεσιν ὑψηλοῖς καὶ πύργοις φρουρὰν ΜακεδονικὴνMacedonians ἐγκατέστησεν . ἔμενον δ᾽ οὐδὲν ἧττον ἐν τῇ ἄκρᾳ καὶ τοῦ πλήθους οἱ ἀσεβεῖς καὶ πονηροὶ τὸν τρόπον , ὑφ᾽ ὧν πολλὰ καὶ δεινὰ τοὺς πολίτας συνέβη παθεῖν .
²⁵² He also burnt down the finest buildings; and when he had overthrown the city walls, he built a citadel in the lower part of the city, for the place was high, and overlooked the temple; on which account he fortified it with high walls and towers, and put into it a garrison of Macedonians. However, in that citadel dwelt the impious and wicked part of the [Jewish] multitude, from whom it proved that the citizens suffered many and sore calamities.	²⁵² He also burned down the finest buildings, and destroyed the city walls and built a citadel in the lower part of the city, making it high, to overlook the temple, and fortified it with high walls and towers and put into it a garrison of Macedonians. And so, within the citadel lived this impious and wicked faction from whom the citizens suffered many severe troubles.
²⁵² Barach

²⁵³ ἐποικοδομήσας δὲ καὶ τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ βωμὸν ὁ βασιλεὺς σύας ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῦ‎ κατέσφαξε , θυσίαν οὐ νόμιμον οὐδὲ πάτριον τῇ ἸουδαίωνJews θρησκείᾳ ταύτην ἐπιτελῶν . ἠνάγκασε δ᾽ αὐτοὺς ἀφεμένους τὴν‎ περὶ τὸν αὐτῶν θεὸν θρησκείαν τοὺς ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ‎ νομιζομένους σέβεσθαι , οἰκοδομήσαντας δὲ ἐν ἑκάστῃ πόλει καὶ κώμῃ τεμένη αὐτῶν καὶ βωμοὺς καθιδρύσαντας θύειν ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς σῦς καθ᾽ ἡμέραν .
²⁵³ And when the king had built an idol altar upon God’s altar, he slew swine upon it, and so offered a sacrifice neither according to the law, nor the Jewish religious worship in that country. He also compelled them to forsake the worship which they paid their own God, and to adore those whom he took to be gods; and made them build temples, and raise idol altars in every city and village, and offer swine upon them every day.	²⁵³ When the king had built an altar above the real altar, he killed swine upon it and so offered a sacrifice neither according to the law, nor the ancestral worship of the Jews. He also made them turn aside from worshipping their own God and adore those he thought to be gods, and had them build temples and raise altars in every city and village and offer swine upon them every day.
²⁵³ Barach

²⁵⁴ ἐκέλευσε δὲ καὶ μὴ περιτέμνειν αὐτοὺς τὰ τέκνα , κολάσειν ἀπειλήσας εἴ τις παρὰ ταῦτα ποιῶν εὑρεθείη . κατέστησε δὲ καὶ ἐπισκόπουςbishop , οἳ προσαναγκάσουσιν αὐτοὺς τὰ ἐπεσταλμένα ποιεῖν .
²⁵⁴ He also commanded them not to circumcise their sons, and threatened to punish any that should be found to have transgressed his injunction. He also appointed overseers, who should compel them to do what he commanded.	²⁵⁴ He directed them not to circumcise their sons and threatened to punish any that were found transgressing his instruction, and appointed overseers to compel them to carry out what he ordered.
²⁵⁴ Barach

²⁵⁵ καὶ πολλοὶ μὲν τῶν ἸουδαίωνJews οἱ μὲν ἑκοντὶ οἱ δὲ καὶ δι᾽ εὐλάβειαν τῆς ἐπηγγελμένης τιμωρίας κατηκολούθουν οἷς ὁ βασιλεὺς διετέτακτο , οἱ δὲ δοκιμώτατοι καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς εὐγενεῖς οὐκ ἐφρόντισαν αὐτοῦ‎ , τῶν δὲ πατρίων ἐθῶν πλείονα λόγον ἔσχον ἢ τῆς τιμωρίας , ἣν οὐ πειθομένοις ἠπείλησεν αὐτοῖς , καὶ διὰ τοῦτο κατὰ πᾶσαν ἡμέραν αἰκιζόμενοι καὶ πικρὰς βασάνους ὑπομένοντες ἀπέθνησκον .
²⁵⁵ And indeed many Jews there were who complied with the king’s commands, either voluntarily, or out of fear of the penalty that was denounced. But the best men, and those of the noblest souls, did not regard him, but did pay a greater respect to the customs of their country than concern as to the punishment which he threatened to the disobedient; on which account they every day underwent great miseries and bitter torments;	²⁵⁵ In fact, many Jews obeyed the king's commands, either freely, or from fear of the penalty that was announced. But the best and noblest souls did not heed him, but showed more respect for the customs of their country than fear of the punishment he threatened on the disobedient, and for this they were continually subjected to bitter woes and torments.
²⁵⁵ Barach

²⁵⁶ καὶ γὰρ μαστιγούμενοι καὶ τὰ σώματα λυμαινόμενοι ζῶντες ἔτι καὶ ἐμπνέοντες ἀνεσταυροῦντο , τὰς δὲ γυναῖκας καὶ τοὺς παῖδας αὐτῶν , οὓς περιέτεμνον παρὰ τὴν‎ τοῦ βασιλέως προαίρεσιν , ἀπῆγχον ἐκ τῶν τραχήλων αὐτοὺς τῶν ἀνεσταυρωμένων γονέων ἀπαρτῶντες . ἠφανίζετο δ᾽ εἴ που βίβλος εὑρεθείη ἱερὰ καὶ νόμος , καὶ παρ᾽ οἷς εὑρέθη καὶ αὐτοὶ κακοὶ κακῶς ἀπώλλυντο .
²⁵⁶ for they were whipped with rods, and their bodies were torn to pieces, and were crucified, while they were still alive, and breathed. They also strangled those women and their sons whom they had circumcised, as the king had appointed, hanging their sons about their necks as they were upon the crosses. And if there were any sacred book of the law found, it was destroyed, and those with whom they were found miserably perished also.	²⁵⁶ They were whipped with rods and their bodies torn to pieces and crucified while they were still alive and breathing, along with their wives. Parents had their sons, whom they had circumcised against the king's decree, hung around their necks as they hung upon the cross. He destroyed any sacred book of the law that was found, and those with whom it was found died cruelly too.
²⁵⁶ Barach

²⁵⁷ Ταῦτα βλέποντες οἱ ΣαμαρεῖταιSamaritans πάσχοντας τοὺς ἸουδαίουςJews οὐκέθ᾽ ὡμολόγουν αὑτοὺς εἶναι συγγενεῖς αὐτῶν οὐδὲ τὸν ἐν ΓαριζεὶνGarizim ναὸν τοῦ μεγίστου θεοῦ , τῇ φύσει ποιοῦντες ἀκόλουθα , ἣν δεδηλώκαμεν , καὶ λέγοντες αὑτοὺς ΜήδωνMedes ἀποίκους καὶ ΠερσῶνPersians · καὶ γάρ εἰσιν τούτων ἄποικοι .
²⁵⁷ When the Samaritans saw the Jews under these sufferings, they no longer confessed that they were of their kindred, nor that the temple on Mount Gerizzim belonged to Almighty God. This was according to their nature, as we have already shown. And they now said that they were a colony of Medes and Persians; and indeed they were a colony of theirs.	²⁵⁷ Seeing the Jews suffering like this, the Samaritans no longer professed themselves their relatives, nor said that their temple on Mount Garizim belonged to Almighty God. This was according to their nature, as we have already shown. They now claimed to be a colony of the Medes and Persians, and were indeed a colony of theirs.
²⁵⁷ Barach

²⁵⁸ πέμψαντες οὖν πρὸς τὸν ἈντίοχονAntiochus πρέσβεις καὶ ἐπιστολὴν ἐδήλουν τὰ ὑπογεγραμμένα · " βασιλεῖ ἈντιόχῳAntiochus θεῷ ἐπιφανεῖ ὑπόμνημα παρὰ τῶν ἐν ΣικίμοιςSikima ΣιδωνίωνSidonians .
²⁵⁸ So they sent ambassadors to Antiochus, and an epistle, whose contents are these: “To king Antiochus the god, Epiphanes, a memorial from the Sidonians, who live at Shechem.	²⁵⁸ They sent envoys to Antiochus with a letter which said, "To king Antiochus the god Epiphanes, a message from the Sidonians living in Sikima.
²⁵⁸ Barach

²⁵⁹ οἱ ἡμέτεροι πρόγονοι διά τινας αὐχμοὺς τῆς χώρας παρακολουθήσαντες ἀρχαίᾳ τινὶ δεισιδαιμονίᾳ ἔθος ἐποίησαν σέβειν τὴν‎ παρὰ τοῖς ἸουδαίοιςJews λεγομένην σαββάτων ἡμέραν , ἱδρυσάμενοι δὲ ἀνώνυμον ἐν τῷ ΓαριζεὶνGarizim λεγομένῳ ὄρει ἱερὸν ἔθυον ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῦ‎ τὰς καθηκούσας θυσίας .
²⁵⁹ Our forefathers, upon certain frequent plagues, and as following a certain ancient superstition, had a custom of observing that day which by the Jews is called the Sabbath. And when they had erected a temple at the mountain called Gerrizzim, though without a name, they offered upon it the proper sacrifices.	²⁵⁹ Our ancestors, when some plagues came on the land, followed an ancient superstition and observed the day the Jews call the Sabbath. When they had built a temple without a name on the mountain called Garizim, they offered the customary sacrifices upon it.
²⁵⁹ Barach

²⁶⁰ σοῦ δὲ τοῖς ἸουδαίοιςJews τῆς πονηρίας αὐτῶν ἀξίως χρησαμένου , οἱ τὰ βασιλικὰ διοικοῦντες οἰόμενοι κατὰ συγγένειαν ἡμᾶς ταὐτὰ ποιεῖν ἐκείνοις ταῖς ὁμοίαις αἰτίαις περιάπτουσιν , ὄντων ἡμῶν τὸ ἀνέκαθεν ΣιδωνίωνSidonians , καὶ τοῦτο φανερόν ἐστιν ἐκ τῶν πολιτικῶν ἀναγραφῶν .
²⁶⁰ Now, upon the just treatment of these wicked Jews, those that manage their affairs, supposing that we were of kin to them, and practiced as they do, make us liable to the same accusations, although we be originally Sidonians, as is evident from the public records.	²⁶⁰ Now that you have justly punished the wicked Jews, those who manage your royal affairs think that we are their relatives, and practice as they do, making us liable to the same accusations, though we are originally Sidonians, as is evident from the public records.
²⁶⁰ Barach

²⁶¹ ἀξιοῦμεν οὖν σε τὸν ΕὐεργέτηνEuergetes καὶ σωτῆρα προστάξαι ἈπολλωνίῳApollonius τῷ μεριδάρχῃ καὶ ΝικάνοριNicanor τῷ τὰ βασιλικὰ πράττοντι μηδὲν ἡμῖν ἐνοχλεῖν προσάπτουσι τὰς τῶν ἸουδαίωνJews αἰτίας , ἡμῶν καὶ τῷ γένει καὶ τοῖς ἔθεσιν ἀλλοτρίων ὑπαρχόντων , προσαγορευθῆναι δὲ τὸ ἀνώνυμον ἱερὸν ΔιὸςZeus ἙλληνίουGreek · γενομένου γὰρ τούτου παυσόμεθα μὲν ἐνοχλούμενοι , τοῖς δ᾽ ἔργοις μετὰ ἀδείας
²⁶¹ We therefore beseech thee, our benefactor and Savior, to give order to Apollonius, the governor of this part of the country, and to Nicanor, the procurator of thy affairs, to give us no disturbance, nor to lay to our charge what the Jews are accused for, since we are aliens from their nation, and from their customs; but let our temple, which at present hath no name at all be named the Temple of Jupiter Hellenius. If this were once done, we should be no longer disturbed, but should be more intent on our own occupation with quietness, and so bring in a greater revenue to thee.”	²⁶¹ We therefore beg you, our benefactor and saviour, to order Apollonius, the ruler of this area and Nicanor, your agent, not to disturb us, nor to accuse us along with the Jews since we are alien to their nation and their customs. Let our temple, which at present has no name at all be named the Temple of Greek Zeus, so that we may no longer be troubled, but may calmly focus on our own work and so bring more revenue to you."
²⁶¹ Barach

²⁶² προσανέχοντες μείζονάς σοι ποιήσομεν τὰς προσόδους . ταῦτα τῶν ΣαμαρέωνSamaritans δεηθέντων ἀντέγραψεν αὐτοῖς ὁ βασιλεὺς τάδε · " βασιλεὺς ἈντίοχοςAntiochus ΝικάνοριNicanor . οἱ ἐν ΣικίμοιςSikima ΣιδώνιοιSidonians ἐπέδωκαν τὸ κατακεχωρισμένον ὑπόμνημα .
²⁶² When the Samaritans had petitioned for this, the king sent them back the following answer, in an epistle: “King Antiochus to Nicanor. The Sidonians, who live at Shechem, have sent me the memorial enclosed.	²⁶² When the Samaritans made this petition, the king replied with the following letter: "King Antiochus to Nicanor. The Sidonians, who live at Sikima, have sent me the enclosed petition.
²⁶² Barach

²⁶³ ἐπεὶ οὖν συμβουλευομένοις ἡμῖν μετὰ τῶν φίλων παρέστησαν οἱ πεμφθέντες ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν , ὅτι μηδὲν τοῖς τῶν ἸουδαίωνJews ἐγκλήμασι προσήκουσιν , ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἙλληνικοῖςGreek ἔθεσιν αἱροῦνται χρώμενοι ζῆν , ἀπολύομέν τε αὐτοὺς τῶν αἰτιῶν , καὶ τὸ παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἱερόν , καθάπερ ἠξιώκασι , προσαγορευθήτω ΔιὸςZeus ἙλGreek
²⁶³ When therefore we were advising with our friends about it, the messengers sent by them represented to us that they are no way concerned with accusations which belong to the Jews, but choose to live after the customs of the Greeks. Accordingly, we declare them free from such accusations, and order that, agreeable to their petition, their temple be named the Temple of Jupiter Hellenius.”	²⁶³ When we were consulting our friends about it, their messengers told us that they are no way involved with the accusations against the Jews, but choose to live according to Greek ways. So we declare them free from such accusations and order that, as they have petitioned, their temple be named after Greek Zeus."
²⁶³ Barach

²⁶⁴ ληνίου . ταῦτα δὲ καὶ ἈπολλωνίῳApollonius τῷ μεριδάρχῃ ἐπέστειλεν ἕκτῳ ἔτει καὶ τεσσαρακοστῷ μηνὸς ἙκατομβαιῶνοςHecatombaium ὙρκανίουHyrkanios ὀκτωκαιδεκάτῃ .
²⁶⁴ He also sent the like epistle to Apollonius, the governor of that part of the country, in the forty-sixth year, and the eighteenth day of the month Hecatorabeom.	²⁶⁴ He sent a similar letter to Apollonius, the ruler of that part of the country, in the forty-sixth year, on the eighteenth day of the month Hecatombaium Hyrkanios.
²⁶⁴ Barach

Chapter 6
[265-286]
Mattathias leads the Maccabean revolt against Antiochus

☜ ☞

²⁶⁵ Κατὰ δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν ἦν τις οἰκῶν ἐν ΜωδαὶModin κώμῃ τῆς ἸουδαίαςJudea , ὄνομα ΜατταθίαςMattathias , υἱὸς ἸωάννουJohn τοῦ ΣυμεῶνοςSimon τοῦ ἈσαμωναίουHasmoneus , ἱερεὺς ἐξ ἐφημερίδος ἸώαβοςJoarib , ἹεροσολυμίτηςJerusalem .
²⁶⁵ Now at this time there was one whose name was Mattathias, who dwelt at Modin, the son of John, the son of Simeon, the son of Asamoneus, a priest of the order of Joarib, and a citizen of Jerusalem.	²⁶⁵ At that time there was in the village of Modin a man named Mattathias, the son of John, son of Simon, son of Hasmoneus, a priest of the order of Joarib and a citizen of Jerusalem.
²⁶⁵ Barach

²⁶⁶ ἦσαν δ᾽ αὐτῷ υἱοὶ πέντε , ἸωάννηςJohn ὁ καλούμενος ΓάδδηςGaddis καὶ ΣίμωνSimon ὁ κληθεὶς ΘάτιςThattes καὶ ἸούδαςJudas ὁ καλούμενος ΜακαβαῖοςMaccabeus καὶ ἘλεάζαροςEleazar ὁ κληθεὶς ΑὐρὰνAuran καὶ ἸωνάθηςJonathan ὁ κληθεὶς ἈφφοῦςApphus .
²⁶⁶ He had five sons; John, who was called Gaddis, and Simon, who was called Matthes, and Judas, who was called Maccabeus, and Eleazar, who was called Auran, and Jonathan, who was called Apphus.	²⁶⁶ He had five sons; John, surnamed Gaddis and Simon, surnamed Thattes and Judas, surnamed Maccabeus, and Eleazar, surnamed Auran and Jonathan, surnamed Apphus.
²⁶⁶ Barach

²⁶⁷ οὗτος οὖν ὁ ΜατταθίαςMattathias ἀπωδύρετο τοῖς τέκνοις τὴν‎ κατάστασιν τῶν πραγμάτων καὶ τήν τε τῆς πόλεως διαρπαγὴν καὶ τοῦ ναοῦ τὴν‎ σύλησιν καὶ τοῦ πλήθους τὰς συμφοράς , ἔλεγέν τε κρεῖττον αὐτοῖς εἶναι ὑπὲρ τῶν πατρίων νόμων ἀποθανεῖν ἢ ζῆν οὕτως ἀσεβῶς .
²⁶⁷ Now this Mattathias lamented to his children the sad state of their affairs, and the ravage made in the city, and the plundering of the temple, and the calamities the multitude were under; and he told them that it was better for them to die for the laws of their country, than to live so ingloriously as they then did.	²⁶⁷ This Mattathias lamented to his children the sad state of their affairs and the ravaging of the city and the looting of the temple and the plight of the people, and he said that it was better for them to die for their ancestral laws than to live so ignobly.
²⁶⁷ Barach

²⁶⁸ Ἐλθόντων δὲ εἰς τὴν‎ ΜωδαὶνModin κώμην τῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως καθεσταμένων ἐπὶ τῷ ποιεῖν ἀναγκάζειν τοὺς ἸουδαίουςJews ἃ διετέτακτο καὶ θύειν τοὺς ἐκεῖ κελευόντων , ὡς ὁ βασιλεὺς κελεύσειεν , διά τε τὴν‎ δόξαν τήν τε διὰ τὰ ἄλλα καὶ διὰ τὴν‎ εὐπαιδίαν ἀξιούντωνto think worthy τὸν ΜατταθίανMattathias προκατάρχειν τῶν θυσιῶν ,
²⁶⁸ But when those that were appointed by the king were come to Modin, that they might compel the Jews to do what they were commanded, and to enjoin those that were there to offer sacrifice, as the king had commanded, they desired that Mattathias, a person of the greatest character among them, both on other accounts, and particularly on account of such a numerous and so deserving a family of children, would begin the sacrifice,	²⁶⁸ When those appointed by the king came to Modin, to compel the Jews to do what was ordered and to force the inhabitants to offer sacrifice, as the king had commanded, they wanted Mattathias, as a person of dignity, among other things, for having such a fine family, to sacrifice first,
²⁶⁸ Barach

²⁶⁹ κατακολουθήσειν γὰρ αὐτῷ καὶ τοὺς πολίτας , καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τιμηθήσεσθαι πρὸς τοῦ βασιλέως , ὁ ΜατταθίαςMattathias οὐκ ἔφασκεν ποιήσειν , οὐδ᾽ εἰ τὰ πάντα ἔθνη τοῖς ἈντιόχουAntiochus προστάγμασιν ἢ διὰ φόβον ἢ δι᾽ εὐαρέστησιν ὑπακούει , πεισθήσεσθαί ποτ᾽ αὐτὸς μετὰ τῶν τέκνων τὴν‎ πάτριον θρησκείαν ἐγκαταλιπεῖν .
²⁶⁹ because his fellow citizens would follow his example, and because such a procedure would make him honored by the king. But Mattathias said he would not do it; and that if all the other nations would obey the commands of Antiochus, either out of fear, or to please him, yet would not he nor his sons leave the religious worship of their country.	²⁶⁹ saying that others would follow his example and that such a procedure would make him honoured by the king. But Mattathias said he would not do it, and that even if all other nations obeyed the commands of Antiochus, whether from fear or to please him, neither he nor his sons would abandon their ancestral form of worship.
²⁶⁹ Barach

²⁷⁰ ὡς δὲ σιωπήσαντος αὐτοῦ‎ προσελθών τις τῶν ἸουδαίωνJews ἔθυσεν εἰς μέσον καθ᾽ ἃ προσέταξεν ἈντίοχοςAntiochus , θυμωθεὶς ὁ ΜατταθίαςMattathias ὥρμησεν ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν μετὰ τῶν παίδων δυσμενῶς κοπίδας καὶ αὐτόν τε ἐκεῖνον διέφθειρεν καὶ τὸν στρατηγὸν τοῦ βασιλέως ἈπελλῆνApelles , ὃς ἐπηνάγκαζεν , διεχρήσατο μετ᾽ ὀλίγων στρατιωτῶν ,
²⁷⁰ But as soon as he had ended his speech, there came one of the Jews into the midst of them, and sacrificed, as Antiochus had commanded. At which Mattathias had great indignation, and ran upon him violently, with his sons, who had swords with them, and slew both the man himself that sacrificed, and Apelles the king’s general, who compelled them to sacrifice, with a few of his soldiers. He also overthrew the idol altar, and cried out,	²⁷⁰ As soon as he fell silent, one of the Jews came into the middle of them and sacrificed as Antiochus had ordered, and Mattathias was enraged and attacked him violently, along with his sons who had their swords, and killed both the man who was sacrificing and Apelles the king's general, who compelled them to sacrifice, and a few of the soldiers.
²⁷⁰ Barach

²⁷¹ καὶ τὸν βωμὸν καθελὼν ἀνέκραγεν , " εἴ τις ζηλωτής ἐστιν τῶν πατρίων ἐθῶν καὶ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ θρησκείας , ἑπέσθω , φησίν , ἐμοί ," καὶ ταῦτ᾽ εἰπὼν μετὰ τῶν τέκνων εἰς τὴν‎ ἔρημον ἐξώρμησεν καταλιπὼν ἅπασαν τὴν‎ αὐτοῦ‎ κτῆσιν ἐν τῇ κώμῃ .
²⁷¹ “If,” said he, “any one be zealous for the laws of his country, and for the worship of God, let him follow me.” And when he had said this, he made haste into the desert with his sons, and left all his substance in the village.	²⁷¹ He also destroyed the altar and called out, "Whoever is devoted to the laws of his country and the worship of God, let him follow me." With this, he made off into the desert with his sons and left all his property in the village.
²⁷¹ Barach

²⁷² τὸ δ᾽ αὐτὸ καὶ ἄλλοι ποιήσαντες μετὰ τέκνων καὶ γυναικῶν ἔφυγον εἰς τὴν‎ ἔρημον καὶ ἐν τοῖς σπηλαίοις διῆγον . ἀκούσαντες δὲ ταῦθ᾽ οἱ τοῦ βασιλέως στρατηγοὶ καὶ τὴν‎ δύναμιν ὅσην εἶναι συνέβαινεν ἐν τῇ ἀκροπόλει τῶν ἹεροσολύμωνJerusalem ἀναλαβόντες ἐδίωξαν εἰς τὴν‎ ἔρημον τοὺς ἸουδαίουςJews .
²⁷² Many others did the same also, and fled with their children and wives into the desert, and dwelt in caves. But when the king’s generals heard this, they took all the forces they then had in the citadel at Jerusalem, and pursued the Jews into the desert;	²⁷² Many others did the same and fled with their children and wives into the desert and lived in caves. When the king's generals heard this, they took all the forces they had in the citadel in Jerusalem and pursued the Jews into the desert.
²⁷² Barach

²⁷³ καὶ καταλαβόντες τὸ μὲν πρῶτον αὐτοὺς ἐπεχείρουν πείθειν μετανοήσαντας αἱρεῖσθαι τὰ συμφέροντα καὶ μὴ προσάγειν αὐτοῖς ἀνάγκην , ὥστ᾽ αὐτοῖς χρήσασθαι πολέμου νόμῳ ·
²⁷³ and when they had overtaken them, they in the first place endeavored to persuade them to repent, and to choose what was most for their advantage, and not put them to the necessity of using them according to the law of war.	²⁷³ When they overtook them, they first tried to persuade them to repent and to choose their own safety and not make them treat them by the law of war.
²⁷³ Barach

²⁷⁴ μὴ προσδεχομένων δὲ τοὺς λόγους , ἀλλὰ τἀναντία φρονούντων , συμβάλλουσιν αὐτοῖς εἰς μάχην σαββάτων ἡμέρᾳ , καὶ ὡς εἶχον οὕτως ἐν τοῖς σπηλαίοις αὐτοὺς κατέφλεξαν οὐδὲ ἀμυνομένους ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ τὰς εἰσόδους ἐμφράξαντας · τοῦ δὲ ἀμύνασθαι διὰ τὴν‎ ἡμέραν ἀπέσχοντοto keep off, keep away, abstain μηδ᾽ ἐν κακοῖς παραβῆναι τὴν‎ τοῦ σαββάτου τιμὴν θελήσαντες · ἀργεῖν γὰρ ἡμῖν ἐν αὐτῇ νόμιμόν ἐστιν .
²⁷⁴ But when they would not comply with their persuasions, but continued to be of a different mind, they fought against them on the Sabbath day, and they burnt them as they were in the caves, without resistance, and without so much as stopping up the entrances of the caves. And they avoided to defend themselves on that day, because they were not willing to break in upon the honor they owed the Sabbath, even in such distresses; for our law requires that we rest upon that day.	²⁷⁴ But when they would not accept this, and continued to oppose them, they fought them on the sabbath day and burned them in the caves, just as they were, without resistance and without so much as blocking the mouths of the caves. They refrained from defending themselves on that day, unwilling to lessen the honour due to the sabbath, even in such a plight, for our law tells us to rest on that day.
²⁷⁴ Barach

²⁷⁵ ἀπέθανον μὲν οὖν σὺν γυναιξὶ καὶ τέκνοις ἐμπνιγέντες τοῖς σπηλαίοις ὡσεὶ χίλιοι , πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ διασωθέντες τῷ ΜατταθίᾳMattathias προσέθεντο κἀκεῖνον ἄρχοντα ἀπέδειξαν .
²⁷⁵ There were about a thousand, with their wives and children, who were smothered and died in these caves; but many of those that escaped joined themselves to Mattathias, and appointed him to be their ruler,	²⁷⁵ About a thousand, along with wives and children, were smothered and died in those caves, but many of those who escaped joined Mattathias and appointed him as their leader.
²⁷⁵ Barach

²⁷⁶ ὁ δὲ καὶ σαββάτοις αὐτοὺς ἐδίδαξε μάχεσθαι λέγων , ὡς εἰ μὴ ποιήσουσι τοῦτο φυλαττόμενοι τὸ νόμιμον , αὐτοῖς ἔσονται πολέμιοι , τῶν μὲν ἐχθρῶν κατ᾽ ἐκείνην τὴν‎ ἡμέραν αὐτοῖς προσβαλλόντων , αὐτῶν δ᾽ οὐκ ἀμυνομένων , κωλύσειν τε μηδὲν οὕτως ἀμαχητὶ πάντας ἀπολέσθαι .
²⁷⁶ who taught them to fight, even on the Sabbath day; and told them that unless they would do so, they would become their own enemies, by observing the law [so rigorously], while their adversaries would still assault them on this day, and they would not then defend themselves, and that nothing could then hinder but they must all perish without fighting.	²⁷⁶ He taught them to fight, even on the sabbath day, for unless they did so, they would be fighting themselves, by keeping the law and not defending themselves, with their enemies still attacking them on that day; for then nothing would save them from all dying without a fight.
²⁷⁶ Barach

²⁷⁷ ταῦτ᾽ εἰπὼν ἔπεισεν αὐτούς , καὶ ἄχρι δεῦρο μένει παρ᾽ ἡμῖν τὸ καὶ σαββάτοις , εἴ ποτε δεήσειεν , μάχεσθαι .
²⁷⁷ This speech persuaded them. And this rule continues among us to this day, that if there be a necessity, we may fight on Sabbath days.	²⁷⁷ His speech persuaded them and this rule continues among us to this day, that in case of necessity, we may fight even on sabbath days.
²⁷⁷ Barach

²⁷⁸ ποιήσας οὖν δύναμιν πολλὴν περὶ αὐτὸν ΜατταθίαςMattathias τούς τε βωμοὺς καθεῖλεν καὶ τοὺς ἐξαμαρτάνοντας ἀπέκτεινεν , ὅσους λαβεῖν ὑποχειρίους ἠδυνήθη · πολλοὶ γὰρ δι᾽ εὐλάβειαν διεσπάρησαν εἰς τὰ περὶ ἔθνη · τῶν τε παίδων τοὺς οὐ περιτετμημένους ἐκέλευσε περιτέμνεσθαι τοὺς ἐπὶ τῷ κωλύειν καθεσταμένους ἐκβαλών .
²⁷⁸ So Mattathias got a great army about him, and overthrew their idol altars, and slew those that broke the laws, even all that he could get under his power; for many of them were dispersed among the nations round about them for fear of him. He also commanded that those boys which were not yet circumcised should be circumcised now; and he drove those away that were appointed to hinder such their circumcision.	²⁷⁸ So Mattathias gathered a large army and destroyed their altars and killed any law-breakers he got into his power, and many of them scattered among the nations around for fear of him. He ordered that those boys who were not yet circumcised be so now, and drove out any who sought to prevent this from happening.
²⁷⁸ Barach

²⁷⁹ ἄρξας δ᾽ ἐνιαυτὸν καὶ καταπεσὼν εἰς νόσον προσκαλεῖται τοὺς παῖδας , καὶ περιστησάμενος αὐτοὺς " ἐγὼ μέν , εἶπεν , ὦ παῖδες , ἄπειμι τὴν‎ εἱμαρμένην πορείαν , παρατίθεμαι δ᾽ ὑμῖν τοὐμὸν φρόνημα καὶ παρακαλῶ μὴ γενέσθαι κακοὺς αὐτοῦ‎ φύλακας ,
²⁷⁹ But when he had ruled one year, and was fallen into a distemper, he called for his sons, and set them round about him, and said, “O my sons, I am going the way of all the earth; and I recommend to you my resolution, and beseech you not to be negligent in keeping it,	²⁷⁹ After ruling for a year he fell ill, so he called for his sons and set them around him and said, "My sons, I am going the way of all the earth, and I hand over my resolve to you and beg you not to fail to keep it,
²⁷⁹ Barach

²⁸⁰ ἀλλὰ μεμνημένους τῆς τοῦ φύσαντος ὑμᾶς καὶ θρεψαμένου προαιρέσεως ἔθη τε σώζειν τὰ πάτρια καὶ κινδυνεύουσαν οἴχεσθαι τὴν‎ ἀρχαίαν πολιτείαν ἀνακτᾶσθαι μὴ συμφερομένους τοῖς ἢ διὰ βούλησιν ἢ δι᾽ ἀνάγκην προδιδοῦσιν αὐτήν ,
²⁸⁰ but to be mindful of the desires of him who begat you, and brought you up, and to preserve the customs of your country, and to recover your ancient form of government, which is in danger of being overturned, and not to be carried away with those that, either by their own inclination, or out of necessity, betray it,	²⁸⁰ but remember the purpose of the one who begot and reared you and keep the customs of your country and recover our ancient ways, now in danger of being set aside and do not be swayed by those who betray it, whether from inclination or need.
²⁸⁰ Barach

²⁸¹ ἀλλ᾽ ἀξιῶ παῖδας ὄντας ἐμοὺς ἐμμεῖναι καὶ βίας ἁπάσης καὶ ἀνάγκης ἐπάνω γενέσθαι , τὰς ψυχὰς οὕτω παρασκευασαμένους , ὥστ᾽ ἀποθανεῖν ὑπὲρ τῶν νόμων , ἂν δέῃ , λογιζομένους τοῦθ᾽ , ὅτι τὸ θεῖον τοιούτους ὑμᾶς ὁρῶν οὐχ ὑπερόψεται , τῆς δ᾽ ἀρετῆς ἀγασάμενον ἀποδώσει πάλιν ὑμῖν αὐτοὺς καὶ τὴν‎ ἐλευθερίαν , ἐν ᾗ ζήσεσθε μετ᾽ ἀδείας τῶν ἰδίων ἀπολαύοντεςto take, receive ἐθῶν , ἀποκαταστήσει ·
²⁸¹ but to become such sons as are worthy of me; to be above all force and necessity, and so to dispose your souls, as to be ready, when it shall be necessary, to die for your laws; as sensible of this, by just reasoning, that if God see that you are so disposed he will not overlook you, but will have a great value for your virtue, and will restore to you again what you have lost, and will return to you that freedom in which you shall live quietly, and enjoy your own customs.	²⁸¹ Be sons worthy of me, unfazed by force or danger, and keep your souls ready, if need be, to die for your laws. You should reckon that if the divinity sees you so disposed he will not abandon you, but will reward your virtue and restore to you again what you have lost and give you again the freedom to live in peace, by our own customs.
²⁸¹ Barach

²⁸² θνητὰ μὲν γὰρ τὰ σώματα ἡμῶν καὶ ἐπίκηρα , τῇ δὲ τῶν ἔργων μνήμῃ τάξιν ἀθανασίας λαμβάνομεν , ἧς ἐρασθέντας ὑμᾶς βούλομαι διώκειν τὴν‎ εὔκλειαν καὶ τὰ μέγιστα ὑφισταμένους μὴ ὀκνεῖν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἀπολιπεῖν τὸν βίον .
²⁸² Your bodies are mortal, and subject to fate; but they receive a sort of immortality, by the remembrance of what actions they have done. And I would have you so in love with this immortality, that you may pursue after glory, and that, when you have undergone the greatest difficulties, you may not scruple, for such things, to lose your lives.	²⁸² Your bodies are mortal and vulnerable, but the memory of your deeds will bring them a sort of immortality, which I want you to love so that you may pursue glory and endure greatest hardships and not refuse to pay the price with your lives.
²⁸² Barach

²⁸³ μάλιστα δ᾽ ὑμῖν ὁμονοεῖν παραινῶ καὶ πρὸς ὅ τις ὑμῶν πέφυκεν ἀμείνων θατέρου πρὸς τοῦτ᾽ εἴκοντας ἀλλήλοις οἰκείαις χρῆσθαι ταῖς ἀρεταῖς . Καὶ ΣίμωναSimon μὲν τὸν ἀδελφὸν συνέσει προύχοντα πατέρα ἡγεῖσθε καὶ οἷς ἂν οὗτος συμβουλεύσῃ πείθεσθε ,
²⁸³ I exhort you, especially, to agree one with another; and in what excellency any one of you exceeds another, to yield to him so far, and by that means to reap the advantage of every one’s own virtues. Do you then esteem Simon as your father, because he is a man of extraordinary prudence, and be governed by him in what counsels he gives you.	²⁸³ I urge you especially to agree with each other, and wherever any of you excels another, yield to him in it, so as to reap the benefit of each one’s virtues. So take Simon as your father, for he has great prudence, and be ruled by his advice;
²⁸³ Barach

²⁸⁴ ΜακαβαῖονMaccabeus δὲ τῆς στρατιᾶς δι᾽ ἀνδρείαν καὶ ἰσχὺν στρατηγὸν ἕξετε · τὸ γὰρ ἔθνος οὗτος ἐκδικήσει καὶ ἀμυνεῖται τοὺς πολεμίους . προσίεσθε δὲ καὶ τοὺς δικαίους καὶ θεοσεβεῖς καὶ τὴν‎ δύναμιν αὐτῶν αὔξετε ."
²⁸⁴ Take Maccabeus for the general of your army, because of his courage and strength, for he will avenge your nation, and will bring vengeance on your enemies. Admit among you the righteous and religious, and augment their power.”	²⁸⁴ and take Maccabeus as general of your army, because of his courage and strength, for he will avenge the nation and bring vengeance on our enemies. Accept the righteous and religious among you and increase their power."
²⁸⁴ Barach

²⁸⁵ Ταῦτα διαλεχθεὶς τοῖς παισὶν καὶ τὸν θεὸν εὐξάμενος σύμμαχον αὐτοῖς γενέσθαι καὶ τῷ λαῷ τὴν‎ ἰδίαν ἀνασῶσαι πάλιν τοῦ βίου συνήθειαν , μετ᾽ οὐ πολὺ τελευτᾷ , καὶ θάπτεται μὲν ἐν ΜωδαὶModin πένθος ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ μέγα παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ ποιησαμένου , διεδέξατο δὲ τὴν‎ προστασίαν τῶν πραγμάτων ὁ παῖς αὐτοῦ‎ ἸούδαςJudas ὁ καὶ ΜακκαβαῖοςMaccabeus ἑκατοστῷ ἔτει καὶ τεσσαρακοστῷ καὶ ἕκτῳ .
²⁸⁵ When Mattathias had thus discoursed to his sons, and had prayed to God to be their assistant, and to recover to the people their former constitution, he died a little afterward, and was buried at Modin; all the people making great lamentation for him. Whereupon his son Judas took upon him the administration of public affairs, in the hundred forty and sixth year;	²⁸⁵ Soon after he had said this to his sons and prayed to God to help them and return the people to their former way of life, he died and was buried at Modin, greatly lamented by all the people; and his son Judas Maccabeus took over the state in the hundred forty-sixth year.
²⁸⁵ Barach

²⁸⁶ συναραμένων δ᾽ αὐτῷ προθύμως τῶν ἀδελφῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τούς τε πολεμίους ἐξέβαλεν ἐκ τῆς χώρας καὶ τοὺς παρανομήσαντας τῶν ὁμοφύλωνof the same race εἰς τὰ πάτρια διεχρήσατο καὶ ἐκαθάρισεν ἀπὸ παντὸς μιάσματος τὴν‎ γῆν .
²⁸⁶ and thus, by the ready assistance of his brethren, and of others, Judas cast their enemies out of the country, and put those of their own country to death who had transgressed its laws, and purified the land of all the pollutions that were in it.	²⁸⁶ With the full cooperation of his brothers and others, he drove out their enemies from the land and put to death any of their own countrymen who had transgressed its laws, so that he purified the land of every pollution.
²⁸⁶ Barach

Chapter 7
[287-326]
Victories of Judas Maccabeus.
Re-dedication of the Jerusalem Temple

☜ ☞

²⁸⁷ Ταῦτ᾽ ἀκούσας ἈπολλώνιοςApollonius ὁ τῆς ΣαμαρείαςSamaria στρατηγὸς ἀναλαβὼν τὴν‎ δύναμιν ὥρμησεν ἐπὶ τὸν ἸούδανJudas . ὁ δὲ ἀπήντησεν αὐτῷ καὶ συμβαλὼν κρατεῖ τῇ μάχῃ καὶ πολλοὺς μὲν αὐτῶν ἀπέκτεινεν , ἐν οἷς καὶ τὸν στρατηγὸν ἈπολλώνιονApollonius , οὗ καὶ τὴν‎ μάχαιραν , ᾗ χρῆσθαι συνέβαινεν ἐκεῖνον , σκυλεύσας αὐτὸς εἶχεν , πλείους δὲ τραυματίας ἐποίησεν καὶ πολλὴν λείαν ἐκ τοῦ στρατοπέδου λαβὼν τῶν πολεμίων ἀνεχώρησεν .
²⁸⁷ When Apollonius, the general of the Samaritan forces, heard this, he took his army, and made haste to go against Judas, who met him, and joined battle with him, and beat him, and slew many of his men, and among them Apollonius himself, their general, whose sword being that which he happened then to wear, he seized upon, and kept for himself; but he wounded more than he slew, and took a great deal of prey from the enemy’s camp, and went his way.	²⁸⁷ Hearing this, the Samaritan general Apollonius set out with his forces against Judas, who met him and fought and defeated him and killed many of his men, among them the general, Apollonius, whose sword he took away and kept for himself. Having wounded even more than he killed and having taken a large amount of booty from the enemy's camp, he went off.
²⁸⁷ Barach

²⁸⁸ ΣήρωνSeron δ᾽ ὁ τῆς κοίλης ΣυρίαςSyria στρατηγός , ἀκούσας ὅτι πολλοὶ προσκεχωρήκασιν τῷ ἸούδᾳJudas καὶ δύναμιν ἤδη περιβέβληται πρὸς ἀγῶνας καὶ πολέμους ἀξιόλογον , ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν ἔγνω στρατεύσασθαι προσήκειν ὑπολαμβάνων τοὺς εἰς τὰ τοῦ βασιλέως προστάγματα παρανομοῦντας πειρᾶσθαι κολάζειν .
²⁸⁸ But when Seron, who was general of the army of Celesyria, heard that many had joined themselves to Judas, and that he had about him an army sufficient for fighting, and for making war, he determined to make an expedition against him, as thinking it became him to endeavor to punish those that transgressed the king’s injunctions.	²⁸⁸ Then Seron, the general of Coele-Syria, on hearing how many had joined with Judas who now had with him a fighting army ready for war, decided to go against him, and attempt to punish those who had disobeyed the king's instructions.
²⁸⁸ Barach

²⁸⁹ συναγαγὼν οὖν δύναμιν ὅση παρῆν αὐτῷ , προσκαταλέξας δὲ καὶ τῶν ἸουδαίωνJews τοὺς φυγάδας καὶ ἀσεβεῖς ἐπὶ τὸν ἸούδανJudas παρεγίγνετο · προελθὼν δὲ ἄχρι ΒαιθώρωνBethoron κώμης τῆς ἸουδαίαςJudea αὐτόθι στρατοπεδεύεται .
²⁸⁹ He then got together an army, as large as he was able, and joined to it the runagate and wicked Jews, and came against Judas. He came as far as Bethhoron, a village of Judea, and there pitched his camp;	²⁸⁹ Gathering as large a force as he could, with the addition of renegade and wicked Jews, he went against Judas, getting as far as Bethhoron, a village of Judea, before pitching camp.
²⁸⁹ Barach

²⁹⁰ ὁ δὲ ἸούδαςJudas ἀπαντήσας αὐτῷ καὶ συμβαλεῖν προαιρούμενος , ἐπεὶ τοὺς στρατιώτας ἑώρα πρὸς τὴν‎ μάχην διά τε τὴν‎ ὀλιγότητα καὶ δι᾽ ἀσιτίαν , νενηστεύκεσαν γάρ , ὀκνοῦντας , παρεθάρσυνεν λέγων οὐκ ἐν τῷ πλήθει τὸ νικᾶν εἶναι καὶ κρατεῖν τῶν πολεμίων , ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τῷ πρὸς τὸ θεῖον εὐσεβεῖν .
²⁹⁰ upon which Judas met him; and when he intended to give him battle, he saw that his soldiers were backward to fight, because their number was small, and because they wanted food, for they were fasting, he encouraged them, and said to them, that victory and conquest of enemies are not derived from the multitude in armies, but in the exercise of piety towards God;	²⁹⁰ Then Judas met him, and before the battle he saw his soldiers reluctant to fight, because they were few in number and had no food and were hungry, he roused them by saying that victory and conquest come not from the size of armies, but from piety toward God.
²⁹⁰ Barach

²⁹¹ καὶ τούτου σαφέστατον ἔχειν παράδειγμα τοὺς προγόνους , οἳ διὰ δικαιοσύνην καὶ τὸ περὶ τῶν ἰδίων νόμων καὶ τέκνων ἀγωνίζεσθαι πολλὰς πολλάκις ἥττησαν μυριάδας · τὸ γὰρ μηδὲν ἀδικεῖν ἰσχυρὰ δύναμις .
²⁹¹ and that they had the plainest instances in their forefathers, who, by their righteousness, exerting themselves on behalf of their own laws, and their own children, had frequently conquered many ten thousands,—for innocence is the strongest army.	²⁹¹ Of this they had the best example in their ancestors, who, in a righteous effort on behalf of their laws and their children, had often conquered thousands, since innocence is a strong force.
²⁹¹ Barach

²⁹² ταῦτ᾽ εἰπὼν πείθει τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ καταφρονήσαντας τοῦ πλήθους τῶν ἐναντίων ὁμόσε χωρῆσαι τῷ Σήρωνι , καὶ συμβαλὼν τρέπει τοὺς ΣύρουςSyrians · πεσόντος γὰρ τοῦ στρατηγοῦ πάντες φεύγειν ὥρμησαν , ὡς ἐν τούτῳ τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτοῖς ἀποκειμένης . ἐπιδιώκων δ᾽ ἄχρι τοῦ πεδίου κτείνει τῶν πολεμίων ὡσεὶ ὀκτακοσίους · οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ διεσώθησαν εἰς τὴν‎ παραλίαν .
²⁹² By this speech he induced his men to condemn the multitude of the enemy, and to fall upon Seron. And upon joining battle with him, he beat the Syrians; and when their general fell among the rest, they all ran away with speed, as thinking that to be their best way of escaping. So he pursued them unto the plain, and slew about eight hundred of the enemy; but the rest escaped to the region which lay near to the sea.	²⁹² By this speech he got his men to ignore the numbers of the enemy and to attack Seron and beat the Syrians in the battle, who all ran away when their general fell, as their best way of escape. He pursued them to the plain and killed about eight hundred of the enemy, while the rest fled to the region near the coast.
²⁹² Barach

²⁹³ Ταῦτα ἀκούσας ὁ βασιλεὺς ἈντίοχοςAntiochus μεγάλως ὠργίσθη τοῖς γεγενημένοις , καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν‎ οἰκείαν δύναμιν ἀθροίσας καὶ πολλοὺς ἐκ τῶν νήσων μισθοφόρους παραλαβὼν ἡτοιμάζετο περὶ τὴν‎ ἀρχὴν τοῦ ἔαρος εἰς τὴν‎ ἸουδαίανJudea ἐμβαλεῖν .
²⁹³ When king Antiochus heard of these things, he was very angry at what had happened; so he got together all his own army, with many mercenaries, whom he had hired from the islands, and took them with him, and prepared to break into Judea about the beginning of the spring.	²⁹³ When king Antiochus heard of this, he was enraged by the turn of events, and gathered all his army, along with many mercenaries whom he had hired from the islands, and took them with him to prepare to go to Judea early in the spring.
²⁹³ Barach

²⁹⁴ ἐπεὶ δὲ τὸ στρατιωτικὸν διανείμας ἑώρα τοὺς θησαυροὺς ἐπιλείποντας καὶ χρημάτων ἔνδειαν οὖσαν , οὔτε γὰρ οἱ φόροι πάντες ἐτελοῦντο διὰ τὰς τῶν ἐθνῶν στάσεις μεγαλόψυχός τε ὢν καὶ φιλόδωρος οὐκ ἠρκεῖτοto ward off, keep off τοῖς οὖσιν , ἔγνω πρῶτον εἰς τὴν‎ ΠερσίδαPersia πορευθεὶς τοὺς φόρους τῆς χώρας συναγαγεῖν .
²⁹⁴ But when, upon his mustering his soldiers, he perceived that his treasures were deficient, and there was a want of money in them, for all the taxes were not paid, by reason of the seditions there had been among the nations he having been so magnanimous and so liberal, that what he had was not sufficient for him, he therefore resolved first to go into Persia, and collect the taxes of that country.	²⁹⁴ As he mustered his soldiers, he saw that his treasury was depleted and he was short of money, for not all the taxes had been paid on account of revolts among the nations, and he had been so generous and spendthrift that he had not enough left; so he resolved to go first into Persia and collect the taxes of that land.
²⁹⁴ Barach

²⁹⁵ καταλιπὼν οὖν ἐπὶ τῶν πραγμάτων ΛυσίανLysias τινὰ δόξαν ἔχοντα παρ᾽ αὐτῷ , Καὶ τὰ μέχρι τῶν ΑἰγύπτουEgypt ὅρωνto see καὶ τῆς κάτωθεν ἈσίαςAsia ἀπ᾽ ΕὐφράτουEuphrates διήκοντα ποταμοῦ καὶ μέρος τι τῆς δυνάμεως καὶ τῶν ἐλεφάντων ,
²⁹⁵ Hereupon he left one whose name was Lysias, who was in great repute with him governor of the kingdom, as far as the bounds of Egypt, and of the Lower Asia, and reaching from the river Euphrates, and committed to him a certain part of his forces, and of his elephants,	²⁹⁵ He left behind a man named Lysias, whom he highly esteemed, to rule the kingdom, from the river Euphrates as far as the borders of Egypt and Lower Asia, and entrusted to him part of his forces and of the elephants,
²⁹⁵ Barach

²⁹⁶ τρέφειν μὲν ἈντίοχονAntiochus τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ‎ μετὰ πάσης φροντίδος ἐνετείλατο ἕως ἂν οὗ παραγένηται , καταστρεψάμενον δὲ τὴν‎ ἸουδαίανJudea καὶ τοὺς οἰκοῦντας αὐτὴν ἐξανδραποδισάμενον ἀφανίσαι τὰ ἹεροσόλυμαJerusalem καὶ τὸ γένος αὐτῶν ἀπολέσαι .
²⁹⁶ and charged him to bring up his son Antiochus with all possible care, until he came back; and that he should conquer Judea, and take its inhabitants for slaves, and utterly destroy Jerusalem, and abolish the whole nation.	²⁹⁶ telling him to rear his son Antiochus with great care until he returned, and to conquer Judea and take its inhabitants as slaves and utterly destroy Jerusalem and abolish the whole nation.
²⁹⁶ Barach

²⁹⁷ καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ἐπιστείλας τῷ ΛυσίᾳLysias ὁ βασιλεὺς ἈντίοχοςAntiochus ἐξήλασενto drive out εἰς τὴν‎ ΠερσίδαPersia τῷ ἑκατοστῷ καὶ τεσσαρακοστῷ καὶ ἑβδόμῳ ἔτει , καὶ περαιωσάμενος τὸν ΕὐφράτηνEuphrates ἀνέβαινεν πρὸς τοὺς ἄνω σατράπας .
²⁹⁷ And when king Antiochus had given these things in charge to Lysias, he went into Persia; and in the hundred and forty-seventh year he passed over Euphrates, and went to the superior provinces.	²⁹⁷ After entrusting these things to Lysias, king Antiochus went into Persia, and in the hundred and forty-seventh year crossed the Euphrates and went to the upper provinces.
²⁹⁷ Barach

²⁹⁸ Ὁ δὲ ΛυσίαςLysias ἐπιλεξάμενος ΠτολεμαῖονPtolemy τὸν ΔορυμένουςDorymenes καὶ ΝικάνοραNicanor καὶ ΓοργίανGorgias , ἄνδρας δυνατοὺς τῶν φίλων τῶν τοῦ βασιλέως , καὶ παραδοὺς αὐτοῖς πεζῆς μὲν δυνάμεως μυριάδας τέσσαρας , ἱππεῖς δὲ ἑπτακισχιλίους , ἐξέπεμψεν ἐπὶ τὴν‎ ἸουδαίανJudea . οἱ δὲ ἄχρις ἘμμαοῦEmmaus πόλεως ἐλθόντες ἐπὶ τῇ πεδινῇ καταστρατοπεδεύονται .
²⁹⁸ Upon this Lysias chose Ptolemy, the son of Dorymenes, and Nicanor, and Gorgias, very potent men among the king’s friends, and delivered to them forty thousand foot soldiers, and seven thousand horsemen, and sent them against Judea, who came as far as the city Emmaus, and pitched their camp in the plain country.	²⁹⁸ Lysias chose Ptolemy, son of Dorymenes and Nicanor and Gorgias, very powerful men among the king's friends and surrendered to them forty thousand foot soldiers and seven thousand cavalry and sent them against Judea. They came as far as the city of Emmaus and encamped in the plain country.
²⁹⁸ Barach

²⁹⁹ προσγίγνονται δ᾽ αὐτοῖς σύμμαχοι ἀπό τε τῆς ΣυρίαςSyria καὶ τῆς περὶ χώρας καὶ πολλοὶ τῶν πεφευγότων ἸουδαίωνJews , ἔτι γε μὴν καὶ τῶν ἐμπόρων τινὲς ὡς ὠνησόμενοι τοὺς αἰχμαλωτισθησομένους , πέδας μὲν κομίζοντες αἷς δήσουσιν τοὺς ληφθησομένους , ἄργυρον δὲ καὶ χρυσὸν τιμὴν αὐτῶν καταθησόμενοι .
²⁹⁹ Whiston	²⁹⁹ Auxiliaries from Syria and the country around also came to them, with many of the Jews who had fled, along with merchants to buy the captives, bringing chains to bind those who would be taken, and the silver and gold to pay for them.
²⁹⁹ Barach

³⁰⁰ τὸ δὲ στρατόπεδον καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἐναντίων ἸούδαςJudas κατανοήσας ἔπειθεto persuade τοὺς οἰκείους στρατιώτας θαρρεῖν καὶ παρεκελεύετο τὰς ἐλπίδας τῆς νίκης ἔχοντας ἐν τῷ θεῷ τοῦτον ἱκετεύειν τῷ πατρίῳ νόμῳ σάκκους περιθεμένους , καὶ τὸ σύνηθες αὐτῷ σχῆμα τῆς ἱκεσίας παρὰ τοὺς μεγάλους κινδύνους ἐπιδείξαντας τούτῳ δυσωπῆσαι παρασχεῖν αὐτοῖς τὸ κατὰ τῶν ἐχθρῶν κράτος .
³⁰⁰ And when Judas saw their camp, and how numerous their enemies were, he persuaded his own soldiers to be of good courage, and exhorted them to place their hopes of victory in God, and to make supplication to him, according to the custom of their country, clothed in sackcloth; and to show what was their usual habit of supplication in the greatest dangers, and thereby to prevail with God to grant you the victory over your enemies.	³⁰⁰ When Judas saw their camp and the size of the enemy, he urged his soldiers to take heart and to put their hopes of victory in God and pray to Him, according to the custom of their country, clothed in sackcloth, and to show their usual spirit of prayer amid the greatest dangers and thereby get Him to grant them victory over their enemies.
³⁰⁰ Barach

³⁰¹ διατάξας δὲ τὸν ἀρχαῖον αὐτοὺς τρόπον καὶ πάτριον κατὰ χιλιάρχους καὶ ταξιάρχους καὶ τοὺς νεογάμους ἀπολύσας καὶ τοὺς τὰς κτήσεις νεωστὶ πεποιημένους , ὅπως μὴ διὰ τὴν‎ τούτων ἀπόλαυσιν φιλοζωοῦντες ἀτολμότερον μάχωνται , καταστὰς τοιούτοις παρώρμα λόγοις πρὸς τὸν ἀγῶνα τοὺς αὐτοῦ‎ στρατιώτας ·
³⁰¹ So he set them in their ancient order of battle used by their forefathers, under their captains of thousands, and other officers, and dismissed such as were newly married, as well as those that had newly gained possessions, that they might not fight in a cowardly manner, out of an inordinate love of life, in order to enjoy those blessings.	³⁰¹ So he set them in the ancient battle-order of their ancestors, under officers of thousands and other officers. He dismissed those who were newly married, as well as those who had newly acquired property, who might fight without courage, being too much in love with life. When he had so arranged his soldiers, he encouraged them to fight by the following speech:
³⁰¹ Barach

³⁰² " καιρὸς μὲν [οὖν ] ὑμῖν οὐκ ἄλλος ἀναγκαιότερος τοῦ παρόντος , ὦ ἑταῖροι , εἰς εὐψυχίαν καὶ κινδύνων καταφρόνησιν καταλείπεται · νῦν γὰρ ἔστιν ἀνδρείως ἀγωνισαμένοις τὴν‎ ἐλευθερίαν ἀπολαβεῖν , ἣν καὶ δι᾽ αὐτὴν ἅπασιν ἀγαπητὴν οὖσαν ὑμῖν ὑπὲρ ἐξουσίας τοῦ θρησκεύειν τὸ θεῖον ποθεινοτέραν εἶναι συμβέβηκεν .
³⁰² When he had thus disposed his soldiers, he encouraged them to fight by the following speech, which he made to them: “O my fellowsoldiers, no other time remains more opportune than the present for courage and contempt of dangers; for if you now fight manfully, you may recover your liberty, which, as it is a thing of itself agreeable to all men,	³⁰² "There is no time so opportune for you as now, my friends, for courage in the face of danger. If you now fight manfully you may regain your freedom, which, though it is loved by all for its own sake, is still more desirable to us, as it leaves us free to worship the Divinity.
³⁰² Barach

³⁰³ ὡς οὖν ἐν τῷ παρόντι κειμένων ὑμῖν ταύτην τε ἀπολαβεῖν καὶ τὸν εὐδαίμονα καὶ μακάριον βίον ἀνακτήσασθαι , οὗτος δ᾽ ἦν ὁ κατὰ τοὺς νόμους καὶ τὴν‎ πάτριον συνήθειαν , ἢ τὰ αἴσχιστα παθεῖν καὶ μηδὲ σπέρμα τοῦ γένους ὑμῶν ὑπολειφθῆναι κακῶν ἐν τῇ μάχῃ γενομένων ,
³⁰³ so it proves to be to us much more desirable, by its affording us the liberty of worshipping God. Since therefore you are in such circumstances at present, you must either recover that liberty, and so regain a happy and blessed way of living, which is that according to our laws, and the customs of our country, or to submit to the most opprobrious sufferings;	³⁰³ Since therefore it now lies within your grasp, you must either recover that freedom and so regain a happy and blessed lifestyle according to our laws and ancestral custom, or suffer the most ignoble sufferings, for no offspring of your nation will survive if you are beaten in this battle.
³⁰³ Barach

³⁰⁴ οὕτως ἀγωνίζεσθε , τὸ μὲν ἀποθανεῖν καὶ μὴ πολεμοῦσιν ὑπάρξον ἡγούμενοι , τὸ δ᾽ ὑπὲρ τηλικούτων ἐπάθλων , ἐλευθερίας πατρίδος νόμων εὐσεβείας , αἰώνιον τὴν‎ εὔκλειαν κατασκευάσειν πεπιστευκότες · ἑτοιμάζεσθε τοιγαροῦν οὕτως τὰς ψυχὰς ὡς αὔριον ἅμ᾽ ἡμέρᾳ συμβαλοῦντες τοῖς πολεμίοις ."
³⁰⁴ nor will any seed of your nation remain if you be beat in this battle. Fight therefore manfully; and suppose that you must die, though you do not fight; but believe, that besides such glorious rewards as those of the liberty of your country, of your laws, of your religion, you shall then obtain everlasting glory. Prepare yourselves, therefore, and put yourselves into such an agreeable posture, that you may be ready to fight with the enemy as soon as it is day tomorrow morning.”	³⁰⁴ Fight manfully therefore, knowing that even if you do not fight you will die, but if you die for such glorious aims as your country's freedom, laws and religion, you will enjoy everlasting renown. Prepare your souls and be ready to meet the enemy tomorrow at daybreak."
³⁰⁴ Barach

³⁰⁵ Καὶ ὁ μὲν ἸούδαςJudas ταῦτα παραθαρσύνων τὴν‎ στρατιὰν ἔλεξεν . τῶν δὲ πολεμίων πεμψάντων ΓοργίανGorgias μετὰ πεντακισχιλίων πεζῶν καὶ χιλίων ἱππέων , ὅπως διὰ τῆς νυκτὸς ἐπιπέσῃ τῷ ἸούδᾳJudas , καὶ πρὸς τοῦτο ὁδηγοὺς ἔχοντος αὐτοῦ‎ τινας τῶν πεφευγότων ἸουδαίωνJews , αἰσθόμενος ὁ τοῦ ΜατταθίουMattathias παῖς ἔγνω καὶ αὐτὸς τοῖς ἐν τῇ παρεμβολῇ τῶν πολεμίων ἐπιπεσεῖν καὶ ταῦτα διῃρημένης αὐτῶν τῆς δυνάμεως .
³⁰⁵ And this was the speech which Judas made to encourage them. But when the enemy sent Gorgias, with five thousand foot and one thousand horse, that he might fall upon Judas by night, and had for that purpose certain of the runagate Jews as guides, the son of Mattathias perceived it, and resolved to fall upon those enemies that were in their camp, now their forces were divided.	³⁰⁵ With these words Judas encouraged them. When the enemy sent Gorgias with five thousand foot and a thousand horse, to attack Judas by night guided by some of the renegade Jews, the son of Mattathias noted it and resolved to attack the enemies who were in camp, now their forces were divided.
³⁰⁵ Barach

³⁰⁶ καθ᾽ ὥραν οὖν δειπνοποιησάμενος καὶ πολλὰ πυρὰ καταλιπὼν ἐπὶ τοῦ στρατοπέδου δι᾽ ὅλης ὥδευε τῆς νυκτὸς ἐπὶ τοὺς ἐν ἘμμαοῖEmmaus τῶν πολεμίων . οὐχ εὑρὼν δ᾽ ἐν τῷ στρατοπέδῳ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ὁ ΓοργίαςGorgias , ἀλλ᾽ ὑπομνήματα ἀναχωρήσανταςto go back αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι κεκρύφθαι , πορευθεὶς ἔγνω ζητεῖν , ὅπου ποτ᾽ εἶεν .
³⁰⁶ When they had therefore supped in good time, and had left many fires in their camp, he marched all night to those enemies that were at Emmaus. So that when Gorgias found no enemy in their camp, but suspected that they were retired, and had hidden themselves among the mountains, he resolved to go and seek them wheresoever they were.	³⁰⁶ After an early supper and leaving many fires burning in their camp, he marched all night upon the enemies at Emmaus. When Gorgias did not find the enemy in their camp, he thought they had retreated and hidden themselves in the mountains, and decided to go and seek them wherever they might be.
³⁰⁶ Barach

³⁰⁷ περὶ δὲ τὸν ὄρθρον ἐπιφαίνεται τοῖς ἐν ἘμμαοῖEmmaus πολεμίοις ὁ ἸούδαςJudas μετὰ τρισχιλίων φαύλως ὡπλισμένων διὰ πενίαν , καὶ θεασάμενος τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἄρισταbest πεφραγμένους καὶ μετ᾽ ἐμπειρίας πολλῆς ἐστρατοπεδευμένους , προτρεψάμενος τοὺς ἰδίους , ὡς καὶ γυμνοῖς τοῖς σώμασιν μάχεσθαι δεῖ καὶ τὸ θεῖον ἤδη που καὶ τοῖς οὕτως ἔχουσιν τὸ κατὰ τῶν πλειόνων καὶ ὡπλισμένων κράτος ἔδωκεν ἀγασάμενον αὐτοὺς τῆς εὐψυχίας , ἐκέλευσε σημῆναι τοὺς σαλπιγκτάς .
³⁰⁷ But about break of day Judas appeared to those enemies that were at Emmaus, with only three thousand men, and those ill armed, by reason of their poverty; and when he saw the enemy very well and skillfully fortified in their camp, he encouraged the Jews, and told them that they ought to fight, though it were with their naked bodies, for that God had sometimes of old given such men strength, and that against such as were more in number, and were armed also, out of regard to their great courage. So he commanded the trumpeters to sound for the battle;	³⁰⁷ But about daybreak Judas appeared among the enemy at Emmaus, with only three thousand men, badly armed and poor, and when he saw the enemy so well and skilfully fortified in their camp, he roused his Jews, telling them that they should fight, even if only with unarmed bodies, since of old God had sometimes given men strength due to their great courage, even against those who were more numerous and better armed; so he ordered the trumpets blown for the battle.
³⁰⁷ Barach

³⁰⁸ ἔπειτ᾽ ἐμπεσὼν ἀπροσδοκήτοις τοῖς πολεμίοις καὶ ἐκπλήξας αὐτῶν τὴν‎ διάνοιαν καὶ ταράξας πολλοὺς μὲν ἀπέκτεινεν ἀνθισταμένους , τοὺς δὲ λοιποὺς διώκων ἦλθεν ἄχρι ΓαζάρωνGadara καὶ τῶν πεδίων τῆς ἸδουμαίαςIdumaea καὶ ἈζώτουAzotus καὶ ἸαμνείαςJamneia · ἔπεσόν τε αὐτῶν ὡς περὶ τρισχιλίους .
³⁰⁸ and by thus falling upon the enemies when they did not expect it, and thereby astonishing and disturbing their minds, he slew many of those that resisted him, and went on pursuing the rest as far as Gadara, and the plains of Idumea, and Ashdod, and Jamnia; and of these there fell about three thousand.	³⁰⁸ By so unexpectedly attacking the enemy and astounding and shaking their minds, he killed many who resisted him and pursued the rest as far as Gadara and the plains of Idumaea and Azotus and Jamneia, and about three thousand of them fell.
³⁰⁸ Barach

³⁰⁹ ἸούδαςJudas δὲ τῶν μὲν σκύλων παρεκελεύετο μὴ ἐπιθυμεῖν τοὺς αὐτοῦ‎ στρατιώτας · ἔτι γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἀγῶνά τινα καὶ μάχην [εἶναι ] πρὸς ΓοργίανGorgias καὶ τὴν‎ σὺν αὐτῷ δύναμιν · κρατήσαντας δὲ καὶ τούτων τότε σκυλεύσειν ἐπ᾽ ἀδείας ἔλεγεν τοῦτο μόνον ἔχοντας καὶ μηδὲν ἕτερον ἐκδεχομένους .
³⁰⁹ Yet did Judas exhort his soldiers not to be too desirous of the spoils, for that still they must have a contest and battle with Gorgias, and the forces that were with him; but that when they had once overcome them, then they might securely plunder the camp, because they were the only enemies remaining, and they expected no others.	³⁰⁹ Judas urged his soldiers however, not to be too eager for the spoils, as they still must do battle with Gorgias and his forces; only when they had overcome them could they securely plunder the camp, as these were the only enemies remaining and they were expecting no others.
³⁰⁹ Barach

³¹⁰ ἔτι δὲ αὐτοῦ‎ διαλεγομένου ταῦτα πρὸς τοὺς στρατιώτας ὑπερκύψαντες οἱ τοῦ ΓοργίουGorgias τὴν‎ μὲν στρατιὰν ἣν ἐν τῇ παρεμβολῇ κατέλιπον ὁρῶσιν τετραμμένην , τὸ δὲ στρατόπεδον ἐμπεπρησμένον · ὁ γὰρ καπνὸς αὐτοῖς πόρρωθεν οὖσιν τοῦ συμβεβηκότος δήλωσιν ἔφερεν .
³¹⁰ And just as he was speaking to his soldiers, Gorgias’s men looked down into that army which they left in their camp, and saw that it was overthrown, and the camp burnt; for the smoke that arose from it showed them, even when they were a great way off, what had happened.	³¹⁰ But just as he was saying this to his soldiers, Gorgias' men looked down at the force they left in their camp and saw it was destroyed and that the camp burned, for the rising smoke showed them, even from a long distance, what had happened.
³¹⁰ Barach

³¹¹ ὡς οὖν ταῦθ᾽ οὕτως ἔχοντα ἔμαθον οἱ σὺν ΓοργίᾳGorgias καὶ τοὺς μετὰ ἸούδουJudas πρὸς παράταξιν ἑτοίμους κατενόησαν , καὶ αὐτοὶ δείσαντες εἰς φυγὴν ἐτράπησαν .
³¹¹ When therefore those that were with Gorgias understood that things were in this posture, and perceived that those that were with Judas were ready to fight them, they also were affrighted, and put to flight;	³¹¹ So when the men with Gorgias saw how things were and that Judas' forces were ready to fight them, they too were frightened and fled.
³¹¹ Barach

³¹² ὁ δὲ ἸούδαςJudas ὡς ἀμαχητὶ τῶν μετὰ ΓοργίουGorgias στρατιωτῶν ἡττημένων ὑποστρέψας ἀνῃρεῖτο τὰ σκῦλα , πολὺν δὲ χρυσὸν καὶ ἄργυρον καὶ πορφύραν καὶ ὑάκινθον λαβὼν εἰς τὴν‎ οἰκείαν ὑπέστρεψε χαίρων καὶ ὑμνῶν τὸν θεὸν ἐπὶ τοῖς κατωρθωμένοις · οὐ μικρὰ γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἡ νίκη πρὸς τὴν‎ ἐλευθερίαν συνεβάλλετο .
³¹² but then Judas, as though he had already beaten Gorgias’s soldiers without fighting, returned and seized on the spoils. He took a great quantity of gold, and silver, and purple, and blue, and then returned home with joy, and singing hymns to God for their good success; for this victory greatly contributed to the recovery of their liberty.	³¹² Then Judas, as though he had defeated Gorgias' soldiers without fighting, returned and captured the spoils. He took a large extent of gold and silver and purple and blue material, and returned home with joy, singing hymns to God for their success, for this victory contributed greatly to their freedom.
³¹² Barach

³¹³ ΛυσίαςLysias δὲ συγχυθεὶς ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν ἐκπεμφθέντων ἥττῃ τῷ ἐχομένῳ ἔτει μυριάδας ἀνδρῶν ἐπιλέκτων ἀθροίσας ἓξ καὶ πεντακισχιλίους λαβὼν ἱππεῖς ἐνέβαλεν εἰς τὴν‎ ἸουδαίανJudea , καὶ ἀναβὰς εἰς τὴν‎ ὀρεινὴν ἐν ΒεθσούροιςBethsur κώμῃ τῆς ἸουδαίαςJudea ἐστρατοπεδεύσατο .
³¹³ Hereupon Lysias was confounded at the defeat of the army which he had sent, and the next year he got together sixty thousand chosen men. He also took five thousand horsemen, and fell upon Judea; and he went up to the hill country of Bethsur, a village of Judea, and pitched his camp there,	³¹³ Lysias was dejected at the defeat of the force he had sent and the next year he gathered sixty thousand chosen men and five thousand cavalry and attacked Judea, and he went up to the hill country of Bethsur, a village of Judea and encamped there.
³¹³ Barach

³¹⁴ ἀπήντησε δὲ μετὰ μυρίων ἸούδαςJudas , καὶ τὸ πλῆθος ἰδὼν τῶν πολεμίων σύμμαχον ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ γενέσθαι τὸν θεὸν εὐξάμενος , συμβαλὼν τοῖς προδρόμοις τῶν πολεμίων νικᾷ τούτους καὶ φονεύσας αὐτῶν ὡς πεντακισχιλίους τοῖς λοιποῖς ἦν ἐπίφοβος .
³¹⁴ where Judas met him with ten thousand men; and when he saw the great number of his enemies, he prayed to God that he would assist him, and joined battle with the first of the enemy that appeared, and beat them, and slew about five thousand of them, and thereby became terrible to the rest of them.	³¹⁴ Judas met him there with ten thousand men, and when he saw the large number of his enemies, he prayed to God to help him and fought the first of the enemy to appear and defeated them and killed about five thousand, becoming feared by the rest of them.
³¹⁴ Barach

³¹⁵ ἀμέλει κατανοήσας ὁ ΛυσίαςLysias τὸ φρόνημα τῶν ἸουδαίωνJews , ὡς ἕτοιμοι τελευτᾶν εἰσιν , εἰ μὴ ζήσουσιν ἐλεύθεροι , καὶ δείσας αὐτῶν τὴν‎ ἀπόγνωσιν ὡς ἰσχύν , ἀναλαβὼν τὴν‎ λοιπὴν δύναμιν ὑπέστρεψεν εἰς ἈντιόχειανAntioch καὶ διέτριβεν ἐκεῖ ξενολογῶν καὶ παρασκευαζόμενος μετὰ μείζονος στρατιᾶς εἰς τὴν‎ ἸουδαίανJudea ἐμβαλεῖν .
³¹⁵ Nay, indeed, Lysias observing the great spirit of the Jews, how they were prepared to die rather than lose their liberty, and being afraid of their desperate way of fighting, as if it were real strength, he took the rest of the army back with him, and returned to Antioch, where he listed foreigners into the service, and prepared to fall upon Judea with a greater army.	³¹⁵ Observing the spirit of the Jews, how they were prepared to die rather than lose their freedom and fearing their desperation in battle as a real strength, Lysias took the rest of his army and returned to Antioch, where he enlisted foreigners and prepared to attack Judea with a larger army.
³¹⁵ Barach

³¹⁶ τοσαυτάκιςso great, so large, so many οὖν ἡττημένων ἤδη τῶν ἈντιόχουAntiochus τοῦ βασιλέως στρατηγῶν ὁ ἸούδαςJudas ἐκκλησιάσας ἔλεγεν μετὰ πολλὰς νίκας , ἃς ὁ θεὸς αὐτοῖς ἔδωκεν , ἀναβῆναι δεῖν εἰς ἹεροσόλυμαJerusalem καὶ τὸν ναὸν καθαρίσαι καὶ τὰς νενομισμένας θυσίας προσφέρειν .
³¹⁶ When therefore the generals of Antiochus’s armies had been beaten so often, Judas assembled the people together, and told them, that after these many victories which God had given them, they ought to go up to Jerusalem, and purify the temple, and offer the appointed sacrifices.	³¹⁶ After so often defeating the generals of King Antiochus, Judas assembled the people and told them that after these many victories which God had given them, they should go up to Jerusalem and purify the temple and offer the appointed sacrifices.
³¹⁶ Barach

³¹⁷ ὡς δὲ παραγενόμενος μετὰ παντὸς τοῦ πλήθους εἰς ἹεροσόλυμαJerusalem τὸν ναὸν ἔρημον εὗρεν καὶ καταπεπρησμένας τὰς πύλας καὶ φυτὰ διὰ τὴν‎ ἐρημίαν αὐτόματα ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ ἀναβεβλαστηκότα , θρηνεῖν ἤρξατο μετὰ τῶν ἰδίων ἐπὶ τῇ ὄψει τοῦ ναοῦ συγχυθείς .
³¹⁷ But as soon as he, with the whole multitude, was come to Jerusalem, and found the temple deserted, and its gates burnt down, and plants growing in the temple of their own accord, on account of its desertion, he and those that were with him began to lament, and were quite confounded at the sight of the temple;	³¹⁷ But when he reached Jerusalem along with the crowd, and found the temple deserted and its gates burned down and weeds growing in the abandoned temple, he and his companions began to weep and were quite dismayed at the sight of the temple.
³¹⁷ Barach

³¹⁸ ἐπιλεξάμενος δέ τινας τῶν αὐτοῦ‎ στρατιωτῶν προσέταξε τούτοις ἐκπολεμῆσαι τοὺς τὴν‎ ἄκραν φυλάττοντας , ἄχρι τὸν ναὸν αὐτὸς ἁγνίσειεν . Καὶ καθάρας ἐπιμελῶς αὐτὸν εἰσεκόμισε καινὰ σκεύη , λυχνίαν τράπεζαν βωμόν , ἐκ χρυσοῦ πεποιημένα , ἀπήρτησεν δὲ καὶ τὰ ἐμπετάσματα τῶν θυρῶν καὶ τὰς θύρας αὐτὰς ἐπέθηκεν , καθελὼν δὲ καὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον καινὸν ἐκ λίθων συμμίκτων ᾠκοδόμησεν οὐ λελαξευμένων ὑπὸ σιδήρου .
³¹⁸ so he chose out some of his soldiers, and gave them order to fight against those guards that were in the citadel, until he should have purified the temple. When therefore he had carefully purged it, and had brought in new vessels, the candlestick, the table [of shew-bread], and the altar [of incense], which were made of gold, he hung up the veils at the gates, and added doors to them. He also took down the altar [of burnt-offering], and built a new one of stones that he gathered together, and not of such as were hewn with iron tools.	³¹⁸ He chose some of his soldiers whom he ordered to fight the guards of the citadel, while he himself purified the temple. After purging it with care and bringing in new vessels, the candlestick, the table and the altar, all made of gold, he hung up the veils at the gates and put doors in them. He also took down the altar and built a new one of stones gathered together and not hewn with iron tools.
³¹⁸ Barach

³¹⁹ πέμπτῃ δὲ καὶ εἰκάδι τοῦ ἘξελέουCasleu μηνός , ὃν οἱ ΜακεδόνεςMacedonians ἈπελλαῖονApelieus καλοῦσιν , ἧψάν τε φῶτα ἐπὶ τῆς λυχνίας καὶ ἐθυμίασαν ἐπὶ τοῦ βωμοῦ καὶ ἄρτους ἐπὶ τὴν‎ τράπεζαν ἐπέθεσαν καὶ ὡλοκαύτησαν ἐπὶ τοῦ καινοῦ θυσιαστηρίου .
³¹⁹ So on the five and twentieth day of the month Casleu, which the Macedonians call Apelleus, they lighted the lamps that were on the candlestick, and offered incense upon the altar [of incense], and laid the loaves upon the table [of shew-bread], and offered burnt-offerings upon the new altar [of burnt-offering].	³¹⁹ So on the twenty-fifth day of the month Casleu, which the Macedonians call Apelieus, they lit the lamps on the candlestick and offered incense on the altar and laid the loaves on the table and offered holocausts on the new altar.
³¹⁹ Barach

³²⁰ ἔτυχεν δὲ ταῦτα κατὰ τὴν‎ αὐτὴν ἡμέραν γίνεσθαι , καθ᾽ ἣν καὶ μετέπεσεν αὐτῶν ἡ ἅγιος θρησκεία εἰς βέβηλον καὶ κοινὴν συνήθειαν μετὰ ἔτη τρία · τὸν γὰρ ναὸν ἐρημωθέντα ὑπὸ ἈντιόχουAntiochus διαμεῖναι τοιοῦτον ἔτεσι συνέβη τρισίν ·
³²⁰ Now it so fell out, that these things were done on the very same day on which their divine worship had fallen off, and was reduced to a profane and common use, after three years’ time; for so it was, that the temple was made desolate by Antiochus, and so continued for three years.	³²⁰ It so happened that these things were done on the very same day when three years before their divine worship had ended and was reduced to a profane and vulgar use, for when the temple was made desolate by Antiochus it continued so for three years.
³²⁰ Barach

³²¹ ἔτει γὰρ πέμπτῳ καὶ τεσσαρακοστῷ καὶ ἑκατοστῷ ταῦτα περὶ τὸν ναὸν ἐγένετο , πέμπτῃ δὲ καὶ εἰκάδι τοῦ ἈπελλαίουApelieus μηνὸς ὀλυμπιάδι ἑκατοστῇ καὶ πεντηκοστῇ καὶ τρίτῃ , ἀνενεώθη δὲ κατὰ τὴν‎ αὐτὴν ἡμέραν πέμπτῃ καὶ εἰκοστῇ τοῦ ἈπελλαίουApelieus μηνὸς ὀγδόῳ καὶ τεσσαρακοστῷ καὶ ἑκατοστῷ ἔτει ὀλυμπιάδι ἑκατοστῇ καὶ πεντηκοστῇ καὶ τετάρτῃ .
³²¹ This desolation happened to the temple in the hundred forty and fifth year, on the twenty-fifth day of the month Apelleus, and on the hundred fifty and third olympiad: but it was dedicated anew, on the same day, the twenty-fifth of the month Apelleus, on the hundred and forty-eighth year, and on the hundred and fifty-fourth olympiad.	³²¹ This happened to the temple on the hundred forty-fifth year, the twenty-fifth day of the month Apelieus, in the hundred and fifty-third Olympiad. It was re-dedicated on the same day, the twenty-fifth of the month Apelieus, on the hundred and forty-eighth year, in the hundred and fifty-fourth Olympiad.
³²¹ Barach

³²² τὴν‎ δ᾽ ἐρήμωσιν τοῦ ναοῦ συνέβη γενέσθαι κατὰ τὴν‎ ΔανιήλουDaniel προφητείαν πρὸ τετρακοσίων καὶ ὀκτὼ γενομένην ἐτῶν · ἐδήλωσεν γάρ , ὅτι ΜακεδόνεςMacedonians καταλύσουσιν αὐτόν .
³²² And this desolation came to pass according to the prophecy of Daniel, which was given four hundred and eight years before; for he declared that the Macedonians would dissolve that worship [for some time].	³²² The desolation of the temple happened according to the prophecy of Daniel, made four hundred and eight years earlier, when he declared that the Macedonians would put an end to it.
³²² Barach

³²³ Ἑώρταζε δὲ ὁ ἸούδαςJudas μετὰ τῶν πολιτῶν τὴν‎ ἀνάκτησιν τῆς περὶ τὸν ναὸν θυσίας ἐφ᾽ ἡμέρας ὀκτὼ μηδὲν ἀπολιπὼν ἡδονῆς εἶδος , ἀλλὰ πολυτελέσι μὲν καὶ λαμπραῖς ταῖς θυσίαις κατευωχῶν αὐτούς , ὕμνοις δὲ καὶ ψαλμοῖς τὸν μὲν θεὸν τιμῶν αὐτοὺς δὲ τέρπων .
³²³ Now Judas celebrated the festival of the restoration of the sacrifices of the temple for eight days, and omitted no sort of pleasures thereon; but he feasted them upon very rich and splendid sacrifices; and he honored God, and delighted them by hymns and psalms.	³²³ For eight days Judas celebrated the festival of the restoration of the temple sacrifices and neglected no sort of pleasures, but feasted them on rich and splendid sacrifices, honouring God and delighting them by hymns and psalms.
³²³ Barach

³²⁴ τοσαύτῃ δ᾽ ἐχρήσαντο τῇ περὶ τὴν‎ ἀνανέωσιν τῶν ἐθῶν ἡδονῇ μετὰ χρόνον πολὺν ἀπροσδοκήτως ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ γενόμενοι τῆς θρησκείας , ὡς νόμον θεῖναι τοῖς μετ᾽ αὐτοὺς ἑορτάζειν τὴν‎ ἀνάκτησιν τῶν περὶ τὸν ναὸν ἐφ᾽ ἡμέρας ὀκτώ .
³²⁴ Nay, they were so very glad at the revival of their customs, when, after a long time of intermission, they unexpectedly had regained the freedom of their worship, that they made it a law for their posterity, that they should keep a festival, on account of the restoration of their temple worship, for eight days.	³²⁴ Such was their joy at the revival of their customs, when, after so long a time they unexpectedly regained their freedom to worship, that they made a law for their offspring to keep an eight-day festival for the restoration of their temple.
³²⁴ Barach

³²⁵ καὶ ἐξ ἐκείνου μέχρι τοῦ δεῦρο τὴν‎ ἑορτὴν ἄγομεν καλοῦντες αὐτὴν φῶτα ἐκ τοῦ παρ᾽ ἐλπίδας οἶμαι ταύτην ἡμῖν φανῆναι τὴν‎ ἐξουσίαν τὴν‎ προσηγορίαν θέμενοι τῇ ἑορτῇ .
³²⁵ And from that time to this we celebrate this festival, and call it Lights. I suppose the reason was, because this liberty beyond our hopes appeared to us; and that thence was the name given to that festival.	³²⁵ From that time to this we celebrate and call it the festival of Lights, I suppose because this liberty seemed to us beyond all hope, and so was this name given to the festival.
³²⁵ Barach

³²⁶ τειχίσας δ᾽ ἐν κύκλῳ τὴν‎ πόλιν καὶ πρὸς τὰς ἐπιδρομὰς τῶν πολεμίων πύργους οἰκοδομησάμενος ὑψηλοὺς φύλακας ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐγκατέστησεν , καὶ τὴν‎ ΒεθσούρανBethsura δὲ πόλιν ὠχύρωσεν , ὅπως ἀντὶ φρουρίου αὐτῇ πρὸς τὰς ἀπὸ τῶν πολεμίων ἀνάγκας ἔχῃ χρῆσθαι .
³²⁶ Judas also rebuilt the walls round about the city, and reared towers of great height against the incursions of enemies, and set guards therein. He also fortified the city Bethsura, that it might serve as a citadel against any distresses that might come from our enemies.	³²⁶ Judas also rebuilt the walls around the city and raised high towers against enemy attack and set guards in them. He also fortified the city of Bethsura, to serve as a citadel against any danger from our enemies.
³²⁶ Barach

Chapter 8
[327-353]
Maccabee Victories,
under Judas and his brother Simon

☜ ☞

³²⁷ Τούτων οὕτως γενομένων τὰ περὶ ἔθνη πρὸς τὴν‎ ἀναζωπύρησινto rekindle καὶ τὴν‎ ἰσχὺν τῶν ἸουδαίωνJews χαλεπῶς διακείμενα πολλοὺς ἐπισυνιστάμενα διέφθειρεν ἐνέδραις καὶ ἐπιβουλαῖς αὐτῶν ἐγκρατῆ γιγνόμενα . πρὸς τούτους πολέμους συνεχεῖς ἐκφέρων ὁ ἸούδαςJudas ἐπέχειν αὐτοὺς τῆς καταδρομῆς καὶ ὧν ἐποίουν κακῶς τοὺς ἸουδαίουςJews ἐπειρᾶτο .
³²⁷ When these things were over, the nations round about the Jews were very uneasy at the revival of their power, and rose up together, and destroyed many of them, as gaining advantage over them by laying snares for them, and making secret conspiracies against them. Judas made perpetual expeditions against these men, and endeavored to restrain them from those incursions, and to prevent the mischiefs they did to the Jews.	³²⁷ After this the nations around were upset by the revival of the power of the Jews and together rose up and killed many of them by laying traps for them and secretly conspiring against them. Judas made perpetual expeditions against these men and tried to restrain their incursions and to prevent the evils they were doing to the Jews.
³²⁷ Barach

³²⁸ καὶ τοῖς ἨσαῦEsau υἱοῖς ἸδουμαίοιςIdumaeans ἐπιπεσὼν κατὰ τὴν‎ ἈκραβατηνὴνAcrabattene πολλοὺς αὐτῶν ἀπέκτεινεν καὶ ἐσκύλευσεν . συγκλείσας δὲ καὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ ΒαάνουBaanos λοχῶντας τοὺς ἸουδαίουςJews περικαθίσας ἐπολιόρκει καὶ τούς τε πύργους αὐτῶν ἐνεπίμπρα καὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας διέφθειρεν .
³²⁸ So he fell upon the Idumeans, the posterity of Esau, at Acrabattene, and slew a great many of them, and took their spoils. He also shut up the sons of Bean, that laid wait for the Jews; and he sat down about them, and besieged them, and burnt their towers, and destroyed the men [that were in them].	³²⁸ He attacked Esau's descendants, the Idumaeans, at Acrabattene and killed many of them and took their spoils and also shut up the sons of Baanos, who laid in wait for the Jews, and after an intensive siege burned their towers and killed their menfolk.
³²⁸ Barach

³²⁹ ἔπειτ᾽ ἐκεῖθεν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἈμμανίταςAmmanites ἐξώρμησεν δύναμιν μεγάλην καὶ πολυάνθρωπον ἔχοντας , ὧν ἡγεῖτο ΤιμόθεοςTimotheus . χειρωσάμενος δὲ καὶ τούτους τὴν‎ ἸαζωρῶνJazor ἐξαιρεῖ πόλιν , καὶ τάς τε γυναῖκας αὐτῶν καὶ τὰ τέκνα λαβὼν αἰχμαλώτους καὶ τὴν‎ πόλιν ἐμπρήσας εἰς τὴν‎ ἸουδαίανJudea ὑπέστρεψεν .
³²⁹ After this he went thence in haste against the Ammonites, who had a great and a numerous army, of which Timotheus was the commander. And when he had subdued them, he seized on the city Jazer, and took their wives and their children captives, and burnt the city, and then returned into Judea.	³²⁹ From there he hurried against the Ammanites, who had a large, numerous army, commanded by Timotheus, and after subduing them, seized the city of Jazor and took their wives and children captive and burned the city and then returned to Judea.
³²⁹ Barach

³³⁰ μαθόντα δ᾽ αὐτὸν τὰ γειτονεύοντα τῶν ἐθνῶν ἀνεστροφότα συναθροίζεται εἰς τὴν‎ ΓαλαδηνὴνGaladene ἐπὶ τοὺς ἐν τοῖς ὅροις αὐτῶν ἸουδαίουςJews . οἱ δὲ καταφυγόντες εἰς ΔιάθημαDiathema τὸ φρούριον πέμψαντες πρὸς ἸούδανJudas ἐδήλουν αὐτῷ , ὅτι λαβεῖν ἐσπούδακεν ΤιμόθεοςTimotheus τὸ χωρίον , εἰς ὃ συνεπεφεύγεσαν .
³³⁰ But when the neighboring nations understood that he was returned, they got together in great numbers in the land of Gilead, and came against those Jews that were at their borders, who then fled to the garrison of Dathema; and sent to Judas, to inform him that Timotheus was endeavoring to take the place whither they were fled.	³³⁰ When the neighbouring nations learned of his return they gathered in large numbers in Galaditis and came against the Jews that were at their borders, who then fled to the garrison of Dathema, and sent to Judas, telling him that Timotheus was trying to take the place to which they had fled.
³³⁰ Barach

³³¹ ἀναγινωσκομένων δὲ τῶν ἐπιστολῶν τούτων κἀκ τῆς ΓαλιλαίαςGalilee ἄγγελοι παραγίγνονται σημαίνοντες ἐπισυνῆχθαι τοὺς ἐκ ΠτολεμαίδοςPtolemais καὶ ΤύρουTyre καὶ ΣιδῶνοςSidon καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἐθνῶν τῆς ΓαλιλαίαςGalilee .
³³¹ And as these epistles were reading, there came other messengers out of Galilee, who informed him that the inhabitants of Ptolemais, and of Tyre and Sidon, and strangers of Galilee, were gotten together.	³³¹ While they were reading these letters other messengers came from Galilee to tell him that the people of Ptolemais and Tyre and Sidon and foreigners of Galilee had gotten together.
³³¹ Barach

³³² Πρὸς οὖν ἀμφοτέρας τὰς τῶν ἠγγελμένων χρείας σκεψάμενος ἸούδαςJudas ὅ τι χρὴ ποιεῖν , ΣίμωναSimon μὲν τὸν ἀδελφὸν προσέταξεν ὡς τρισχιλίους τῶν ἐπιλέκτων λαβόντα τοῖς ἐν ΓαλιλαίᾳGalilee βοηθὸν ἐξελθεῖν ἸουδαίοιςJews .
³³² Accordingly Judas, upon considering what was fit to be done, with relation to the necessity both these cases required, gave order that Simon his brother should take three thousand chosen men, and go to the assistance of the Jews in Galilee,	³³² Having considered what to do about both these urgent messages, Judas ordered his brother Simon to take three thousand elite troops and go to the help of the Jews in Galilee.
³³² Barach

³³³ αὐτὸς δὲ καὶ ἸωνάθηςJonathan ὁ ἕτερος ἀδελφὸς μετ᾽ ὀκτακισχιλίων στρατιωτῶν ὥρμησαν εἰς τὴν‎ ΓαλαδῖτινGaladitis · κατέλιπεν δ᾽ ἐπὶ τῶν ὑπολοίπων τῆς δυνάμεως ἸώσηπόνJoseph τε τὸν ΖαχαρίαZacharias καὶ ἈζαρίανAzarias προστάξας αὐτοῖς φυλάττειν ἐπιμελῶς τὴν‎ ἸουδαίανJudea καὶ συνάπτειν πόλεμον πρὸς μηδένα , ἕως ἂν αὐτὸς ἐπανέλθῃ .
³³³ while he and another of his brothers, Jonathan, made haste into the land of Gilead, with eight thousand soldiers. And he left Joseph, the son of Zacharias, and Azarias, to be over the rest of the forces; and charged them to keep Judea very carefully, and to fight no battles with any persons whomsoever until his return.	³³³ He himself and his other brother Jonathan hurried with eight thousand soldiers into Galaditis, leaving Joseph, the son of Zacharias and Azarias, in charge of the rest of the forces, with orders to carefully guard Judea and to fight no battles with anyone until his return.
³³³ Barach

³³⁴ ὁ μὲν οὖν ΣίμωνSimon παραγενόμενος εἰς τὴν‎ ΓαλιλαίανGalilee καὶ συμβαλὼν τοῖς ἐχθροῖς εἰς φυγὴν αὐτοὺς ἔτρεψενto turn toward καὶ μέχρι τῶν πυλῶν τῆς ΠτολεμαίδοςPtolemais διώξας ἀπέκτεινεν αὐτῶν ὡς περὶ τρισχιλίους , καὶ τά τε σκῦλα λαβὼν τῶν ἀνῃρημένων καὶ τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους ἸουδαίουςJews καὶ τὴν‎ ἀποσκευὴν αὐτῶν ἐπαγόμενος εἰς τὴν‎ οἰκείαν πάλιν ἀνέστρεψεν .
³³⁴ Accordingly, Simon-went into Galilee, and fought the enemy, and put them to flight, and pursued them to the very gates of Ptolemais, and slew about three thousand of them, and took the spoils of those that were slain, and those Jews whom they had made captives, with their baggage, and then returned home.	³³⁴ So Simon went into Galilee and fought and routed the enemy and pursued them to the very gates of Ptolemais, killing about three thousand of them and taking their spoils and their baggage and the Jews whom they had held prisoner, and then returned home.
³³⁴ Barach

³³⁵ ἸούδαςJudas δὲ ὁ ΜακαβαῖοςMaccabeus καὶ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ‎ ἸωνάθηςJonathan διαβάντες τὸν ἸορδάνηνJordan ποταμὸν καὶ ὁδὸν ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ‎ τριῶν ἀνύσαντες ἡμερῶν τοῖς ΝαβαταίοιςNabateans εἰρηνικῶς ὑπαντῶσιν περιτυγχάνουσιν .
³³⁵ Now as for Judas Maccabeus, and his brother Jonathan, they passed over the river Jordan; and when they had gone three days journey, they lighted upon the Nabateans, who came to meet them peaceably,	³³⁵ Judas Maccabeus and his brother Jonathan crossed the river Jordan, and after a journey of three days found the Nabateans, who came to meet them peaceably.
³³⁵ Barach

³³⁶ ὧν διηγησαμένων τὰ περὶ τοὺς ἐν τῇ ΓαλάτιδιGaladitis , ὡς πολλοὶ κακοπαθοῦσιν αὐτῶν ἐν τοῖς φρουρίοις ἀπειλημμένοι καὶ ταῖς πόλεσιν τῆς ΓαλάτιδοςGalilee , καὶ παραινεσάντων αὐτῷ σπεύδειν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀλλοφύλους καὶ ζητεῖν ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν σώζειν τοὺς ὁμοεθνεῖς , πεισθεὶς ὑπέστρεψεν εἰς τὴν‎ ἔρημον , καὶ προσπεσὼν πρώτοις τοῖς τὴν‎ ΒοσόρανBosora κατοικοῦσιν καὶ λαβὼν αὐτὴν καταβαλὼν πᾶν τὸ ἄρρεν καὶ μάχεσθαι δυνάμενον διέφθειρεν καὶ τὴν‎ πόλιν ὑφῆψεν .
³³⁶ and who told them how the affairs of those in the land of Gilead stood; and how many of them were in distress, and driven into garrisons, and into the cities of Galilee; and exhorted him to make haste to go against the foreigners, and to endeavor to save his own countrymen out of their hands. To this exhortation Judas hearkened, and returned to the wilderness; and in the first place fell upon the inhabitants of Bosor, and took the city, and beat the inhabitants, and destroyed all the males, and all that were able to fight, and burnt the city.	³³⁶ These told him about the people in Galaditis, and how many of them were harried and driven into strongholds and into the cities of Galilee, and urged him to hurry against the foreigners and to try to save his own countrymen from their hands. Judas listened to this urging and returned to the wilderness, and first attacked the people of Bosora and took the city and beat the inhabitants and destroyed all the fighting men and burned the city.
³³⁶ Barach

³³⁷ ἐπιγενομένηςto be born after δὲ νυκτὸς οὐδ᾽ οὕτως ἐπέσχεν , ἀλλ᾽ ὁδεύσας δι᾽ αὐτῆς ἐπὶ τὸ φρούριον , ἔνθα τοὺς ἸουδαίουςJews ἐγκεκλεῖσθαι συνέβαινεν περικαθεζομένου τὸ χωρίον ΤιμοθέουTimotheus μετὰ τῆς δυνάμεως , ἕωθεν ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸ παραγίνεται .
³³⁷ Nor did he stop even when night came on, but he journeyed in it to the garrison where the Jews happened to be then shut up, and where Timotheus lay round the place with his army. And Judas came upon the city in the morning;	³³⁷ He did not stop even at nightfall but moved on to the stronghold where the Jews were shut up and which Timotheus had under siege with his army, reaching the city by morning.
³³⁷ Barach

³³⁸ καὶ καταλαβὼν ἤδη τοῖς τείχεσι προσβεβληκότας τοὺς πολεμίους καὶ τοὺς μὲν κλίμακας , ὥστε ἀναβαίνειν ἐπ᾽ αὐτά , τοὺς δὲ μηχανήματα προσφέροντας , κελεύσας τὸν σαλπικτὴν σημῆναι καὶ παρορμήσας τοὺς στρατιώτας ὑπὲρ ἀδελφῶν καὶ συγγενῶν διακινδυνεῦσαι προθύμως , εἰς τρία διελὼν τὸν στρατὸν ἐπιπίπτει κατὰ νώτου τοῖς πολεμίοις .
³³⁸ and when he found that the enemy were making an assault upon the walls, and that some of them brought ladders, on which they might get upon those walls, and that others brought engines [to batter them], he bid the trumpeter to sound his trumpet, and he encouraged his soldiers cheerfully to undergo dangers for the sake of their brethren and kindred; he also parted his army into three bodies, and fell upon the backs of their enemies.	³³⁸ As he found the enemy attacking the walls, some of them with ladders to climb them and others bringing forward battering rams, he had the trumpet blown and urged his men to risk dangers cheerfully for the sake of their brothers and relatives; and dividing his army into three he attacked the enemy from the rear.
³³⁸ Barach

³³⁹ οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν ΤιμόθεονTimotheus αἰσθόμενοι , ὅτι ΜακαβαῖοςMaccabeus εἴη , πεῖραν ἤδη καὶ πρότερον αὐτοῦ‎ τῆς ἀνδρείας καὶ τῆς ἐν τοῖς πολέμοις εὐτυχίας εἰληφότες φυγῇ χρῶνται · ἐφεπόμενος δὲ μετὰ τοῦ στρατεύματος ὁ ἸούδαςJudas ἀναιρεῖ μὲν αὐτῶν ὡς ὀκτακισχιλίους ,
³³⁹ But when Timotheus’s men perceived that it was Maccabeus that was upon them, of both whose courage and good success in war they had formerly had sufficient experience, they were put to flight; but Judas followed them with his army, and slew about eight thousand of them.	³³⁹ When Timotheus' men saw that it was Maccabeus, of whose courage and success in war they already had sufficient experience, they were put to flight, and Judas pursued them with his army and killed about eight thousand.
³³⁹ Barach

³⁴⁰ ἀπονεύσας δ᾽ εἰς ΜελλὰMella πόλιν οὕτως λεγομένην τῶν ἀλλοφύλων λαμβάνει καὶ ταύτην καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἄρρενας ἅπαντας ἀποκτείνει , τὴν‎ δὲ πόλιν αὐτὴν ἐμπίπρησιν . ἄρας δ᾽ ἐκεῖθεν τήν τε ΧασφομάκηCasphomake καὶ ΒοσὸρBosora καὶ πολλὰς ἄλλας πόλεις τῆς ΓαλάτιδοςGalilee καταστρέφεται .
³⁴⁰ He then turned aside to a city of the foreigners called Malle, and took it, and slew all the males, and burnt the city itself. He then removed from thence, and overthrew Casphom and Bosor, and many other cities of the land of Gilead.	³⁴⁰ He then turned aside to Mella, the so-called city of the foreigners, and took it and killed all the males and burned the city itself. He then moved from there and destroyed Casphomake and Bosora and many other cities of Galaditis.
³⁴⁰ Barach

³⁴¹ Χρόνῳ δ᾽ ὕστερον οὐ πολλῷ ΤιμόθεοςTimotheus δύναμιν μεγάλην παρασκευασάμενος καὶ συμμάχους ἄλλους τε παραλαβὼν καὶ ἈράβωνArabian τινὰς μισθῷ πείσας αὐτῷ συστρατεύειν ἧκεν ἄγων τὴν‎ στρατιὰν πέραν τοῦ χειμάρρου ῬομφῶνRomphon ἄντικρυς · πόλις δ᾽ ἦν αὕτη ·
³⁴¹ But not long after this, Timotheus prepared a great army, and took many others as auxiliaries; and induced some of the Arabians, by the promise of rewards, to go with him in this expedition, and came with his army beyond the brook,	³⁴¹ But not long afterward Timotheus gathered a large army and many more allies, and induced some of the Arabs, by the promise of rewards, to go with him in this campaign and came with his army beyond the wadi opposite the city of Romphon.
³⁴¹ Barach

³⁴² καὶ παρεκελεύετο τοὺς στρατιώτας , εἰ συμβάλοιεν εἰς μάχην τοῖς ἸουδαίοιςJews , προθύμως ἀγωνίζεσθαι καὶ κωλύειν αὐτοὺς διαβαίνειν τὸν χείμαρρον · διαβάντων γὰρ ἧτταν αὐτοῖς προύλεγεν .
³⁴² over against the city Raphon; and he encouraged his soldiers, if it came to a battle with the Jews, to fight courageously, and to hinder their passing over the brook; for he said to them beforehand, that “if they come over it, we shall be beaten.”	³⁴² He encouraged his soldiers, if there was a battle with the Jews, to fight bravely and stop them from crossing over the brook, for he predicted defeat if they got across it.
³⁴² Barach

³⁴³ ἸούδαςJudas δ᾽ ἀκούσας παρεσκευάσθαι τὸν ΤιμόθεονTimotheus πρὸς μάχην ἀναλαβὼν ἅπασαν τὴν‎ οἰκείαν δύναμιν ἔσπευδεν ἐπὶ τὸν πολέμιον , καὶ περαιωσάμενος τὸν χείμαρρον ἐπιπίπτει τοῖς ἐχθροῖς καὶ τοὺς μὲν αὐτῶν ὑπαντιάζοντας ἀνῄρει , τοὺς δ᾽ εἰς δέος ἐμβαλὼν ῥίψαντας τὰ ὅπλα φεύγειν ἠνάγκασεν .
³⁴³ And when Judas heard that Timotheus prepared himself to fight, he took all his own army, and went in haste against Timotheus his enemy; and when he had passed over the brook, he fell upon his enemies, and some of them met him, whom he slew, and others of them he so terrified, that he compelled them to throw down their arms and fly; and some of them escaped,	³⁴³ When Judas heard that Timotheus was preparing to fight, he took his whole army and hurried against the enemy, and after crossing the brook, attacked the enemy and some of them who opposed him he killed while he so terrified the others that he made them throw down their weapons and take to flight.
³⁴³ Barach

³⁴⁴ καὶ τινὲς μὲν αὐτῶν διέδρασαν , οἱ δ᾽ εἰς τὸ καλούμενον ἐγκρανὰς τέμενος συμφυγόντες ἤλπισαν τεύξεσθαι σωτηρίας . ἸούδαςJudas δὲ τὴν‎ πόλιν καταλαβόμενος αὐτούς τε ἀπέκτεινεν καὶ τὸ τέμενος ἐνέπρησεν ποικίλῃ χρησάμενος ἰδέᾳ τῆς ἀπωλείας τῶν πολεμίων .
³⁴⁴ but some of them fled to what was called the Temple of Camaim, and hoped thereby to preserve themselves; but Judas took the city, and slew them, and burnt the temple, and so used several ways of destroying his enemies.	³⁴⁴ Some escaped, and others fled to what is called the Temple of Enkranai in hope of saving their lives, but Judas took the city and killed them and burned the temple and so destroyed his enemies in a variety of ways.
³⁴⁴ Barach

³⁴⁵ Ταῦτα διαπραξάμενος καὶ συναγαγὼν τοὺς ἐν τῇ ΓαλάτιδιGaladitis ἸουδαίουςJews μετὰ τέκνων καὶ γυναικῶν καὶ τῆς ὑπαρχούσης αὐτοῖς ἀποσκευῆς οἷός τε ἦν εἰς τὴν‎ ἸουδαίανJudea ἐπαναγαγεῖν .
³⁴⁵ When he had done this, he gathered the Jews together, with their children and wives, and the substance that belonged to them, and was going to bring them back into Judea;	³⁴⁵ When he had done this, he gathered the Jews with their children and wives and property and was going to bring them back to Judea.
³⁴⁵ Barach

³⁴⁶ ὡς δ᾽ ἧκεν ἐπί τινα πόλιν ἘμφρὼνEmphron ὄνομα ἐπὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ κειμένην καὶ οὔτε ἄλλην αὐτῷ τραπομένῳ βαδίζειν δυνατὸν ἦν οὔτε ἀναστρέφειν ἤθελεν , πέμψας πρὸς τοὺς ἐν αὐτῇ παρεκάλει τὰς πύλας ἀνοίξαντας ἐπιτρέπειν αὐτῷ διὰ τῆς πόλεως ἀπελθεῖν · τάς τε γὰρ πύλας λίθοις ἐμπεφράκεσαν καὶ τὴν‎ διέξοδον ἀπετέμοντο .
³⁴⁶ but as soon as he was come to a certain city, whose name was Ephron, that lay upon the road, (and it was not possible for him to go any other way, so he was not willing to go back again,) he then sent to the inhabitants, and desired that they would open their gates, and permit them to go on their way through the city; for they had stopped up the gates with stones, and cut off their passage through it.	³⁴⁶ On the way, however, he reached a city named Emphron, which it was not possible to avoid and being unwilling to retreat he sent to the inhabitants demanding that they open their gates and let them pass through the city; for they had blocked up the gates with stones to prevent them going through.
³⁴⁶ Barach

³⁴⁷ μὴ πειθομένων δὲ τῶν ἘμφραίωνEmphron παρορμήσας τοὺς μεθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ κυκλωσάμενος ἐπολιόρκει , καὶ δι᾽ ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς προσκαθίσας ἐξαιρεῖ τὴν‎ πόλιν καὶ πᾶν ὅσον ἄρρεν ἦν ἐν αὐτῇ κτείνας καὶ καταπρήσας ἅπασαν αὐτὴν ὁδὸν ἔσχεν · τοσοῦτον δ᾽ ἦν τὸ τῶν πεφονευμένων πλῆθος , ὡς ἐπ᾽ αὐτῶν βαδίζειν τῶν νεκρῶν .
³⁴⁷ And when the inhabitants of Ephron would not agree to this proposal, he encouraged those that were with him, and encompassed the city round, and besieged it, and, lying round it by day and night, took the city, and slew every male in it, and burnt it all down, and so obtained a way through it; and the multitude of those that were slain was so great, that they went over the dead bodies.	³⁴⁷ When the people of Emphron refused this proposal, he urged on his companions and surrounded the city and besieged it by day and night, and took the city and killed every male in it and burned it down and thereby made his way through, and the number of the slain was so great that they walked over the corpses.
³⁴⁷ Barach

³⁴⁸ διαβάντες δὲ τὸν ἸορδάνηνJordan ἧκον εἰς τὸ μέγα πεδίον , οὗ κεῖται κατὰ πρόσωπον πόλις ΒεθσάνηBethsan καλουμένη πρὸς ἙλλήνωνGreeks ΣκυθόπολιςScythopolis .
³⁴⁸ So they came over Jordan, and arrived at the great plain, over against which is situate the city Bethshah, which is called by the Greeks Scythopolis.	³⁴⁸ So they crossed the Jordan and arrived at the great plain, opposite the city of Bethsan, which is called by the Greeks Scythopolis.
³⁴⁸ Barach

³⁴⁹ κἀκεῖθεν ὁρμηθέντες εἰς τὴν‎ ἸουδαίανJudea παρεγένοντο ψάλλοντές τε καὶ ὑμνοῦντες καὶ τὰς συνήθεις ἐν τοῖς ἐπινικίοις παιδιὰς ἄγοντες , ἔθυσάν τε χαριστηρίους ὑπέρ τε τῶν κατωρθωμένων θυσίας καὶ ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ στρατεύματος σωτηρίας · οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἐν τούτοις τοῖς πολέμοις τῶν ἸουδαίωνJews ἀπέθανεν .
³⁴⁹ And going away hastily from thence, they came into Judea, singing psalms and hymns as they went, and indulging such tokens of mirth as are usual in triumphs upon victory. They also offered thank-offerings, both for their good success, and for the preservation of their army, for not one of the Jews was slain in these battles.	³⁴⁹ Quickly passing on from there, they came into Judea, singing psalms and hymns as they went and as mirthful as people celebrating a victory. They also offered thank-offerings for their success and for the safety of their army, for none of the Jews was killed in these battles.
³⁴⁹ Barach

³⁵⁰ ἸώσηποςJoseph, Josephus δὲ ὁ ΖαχαρίουZacharias καὶ ἈζαρίαςAzarias , οὓς κατέλιπεν στρατηγοὺς ὁ ἸούδαςJudas καθ᾽ ὃν καιρὸν ΣίμωνSimon μὲν ὑπῆρχεν ἐν τῇ ΓαλιλαίᾳGalilee πολεμῶν τοὺς ἐν τῇ ΠτολεμαίδιPtolemais , αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ ἸούδαςJudas καὶ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ‎ ἸωνάθηςJonathan ἐν τῇ ΓαλάτιδιGaladitis , βουληθέντες καὶ αὐτοὶ δόξαν Ποιήσας στρατηγῶν τὰ πολεμικὰ γενναίων τὴν‎ ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῖς δύναμιν ἀναλαβόντες ἦλθον εἰς ἸάμνειανJamneia .
³⁵⁰ But as to Joseph, the son of Zacharias, and Azarias, whom Judas left generals [of the rest of his forces] at the same time when Simon was in Galilee, fighting against the people of Ptolemais, and Judas himself, and his brother Jonathan, were in the land of Gilead, did these men also affect the glory of being courageous generals in war, in order whereto they took the army that was under their command, and came to Jamnia.	³⁵⁰ But Joseph, the son of Zacharias and Azarias, whom Judas left in charge at the time that Simon was in Galilee, fighting against the people of Ptolemais and Judas himself and his brother Jonathan were in Galaditis, also wanted the glory of being brave leaders in war, and for this reason took the army under their command and came to Jamneia.
³⁵⁰ Barach

³⁵¹ ΓοργίουGorgias δὲ τοῦ τῆς ἸαμνείαςJamneia στρατηγοῦ ὑπαντήσαντος συμβολῆς γενομένης δισχιλίους ἀποβάλλουσι τῆς στρατιᾶς καὶ φεύγοντες ἄχρι τῶν τῆς ἸουδαίαςJudea ὅρωνto see [διώκονται ] .
³⁵¹ There Gorgias, the general of the forces of Jamnia, met them; and upon joining battle with him, they lost two thousand of their army, and fled away, and were pursued to the very borders of Judea.	³⁵¹ There Gorgias, the general of Jamneia, met them, and in the battle with him they lost two thousand of their army, and were pursued in flight to the very borders of Judea.
³⁵¹ Barach

³⁵² συνέβη δ᾽ αὐτοῖς τὸ πταῖσμα τοῦτο παρακούσασιν ὧν αὐτοῖς ἸούδαςJudas ἐπέστειλεν , μὴ συμβαλεῖν εἰς μάχην μηδενὶ πρὸ τῆς ἐκείνου παρουσίας · πρὸς γὰρ τοῖς ἄλλοις αὐτοῦ‎ στρατηγήμασιν καὶ τὸ κατὰ τοὺς περὶ τὸν ἸώσηπονJoseph καὶ τὸν ἈζαρίανAzarias πταῖσμα θαυμάσειεν ἄν τις , ὃ συνῆκεν εἰ παρακινήσουσίν τι τῶν ἐπεσταλμένων αὐτοῖς ἐσόμενον .
³⁵² And this misfortune befell them by their disobedience to what injunctions Judas had given them, not to fight with any one before his return. For besides the rest of Judas’s sagacious counsels, one may well wonder at this concerning the misfortune that befell the forces commanded by Joseph and Azarias, which he understood would happen, if they broke any of the injunctions he had given them.	³⁵² This happened to them because of their disobedience to the instructions Judas had given them, not to fight anyone before his return. Alongside the rest of his military prowess one may well be surprised at the failure of the forces under Joseph and Azarias, which he foresaw would happen if they broke the instructions he had given them.
³⁵² Barach

³⁵³ ὁ δὲ ἸούδαςJudas καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ‎ πολεμοῦντες τοὺς ἸδουμαίουςIdumaeans οὐκ ἀνίεσαν , ἀλλ᾽ ἐνέκειντο πανταχόθεν αὐτοῖς , τήν τε ΧεβρῶναHebron πόλιν καταλαβόμενοι ὅσον ὀχυρὸν αὐτῆς καθεῖλον καὶ τοὺς πύργους ἐμπρήσαντες ἐδῄουν τὴν‎ ἀλλόφυλον χώραν καὶ ΜάρισανMarissa πόλιν , εἴς τε ἌζωτονAzotus ἐλθόντες καὶ λαβόντες αὐτὴν διήρπασαν . πολλὰ δὲ σκῦλα καὶ λείαν κομίζοντες εἰς τὴν‎ ἸουδαίανJudea ὑπέστρεψαν .
³⁵³ But Judas and his brethren did not leave off fighting with the Idumeans, but pressed upon them on all sides, and took from them the city of Hebron, and demolished all its fortifications, and set all its towers on fire, and burnt the country of the foreigners, and the city Marissa. They came also to Ashdod, and took it, and laid it waste, and took away a great deal of the spoils and prey that were in it, and returned to Judea.	³⁵³ Judas and his brothers did not give up fighting the Idumaeans, but pressed upon them on all sides and took from them the city of Hebron and demolished its fortifications and set all its towers on fire and burned the land of the foreigners and the city of Marissa. They came also to Azotus and took it and ravaged it and took away much of the spoils and booty that were in it and returned to Judea.
³⁵³ Barach

Chapter 9
[354-388]
Death of Antiochus Epiphanes.
Eupator continues war on as, then makes peace.

☜ ☞

³⁵⁴ Ὑπὸ δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἈντίοχοςAntiochus τὴν‎ ἄνω χώραν ἐπερχόμενος ἀκούει πόλιν ἐν τῇ ΠερσίδιPersia πλούτῳ διαφέρουσαν ἘλυμαίδαElymais τοὔνομα καὶ πολυτελὲς ἱερὸν ἈρτέμιδοςArtemidos ἐν αὐτῇ καὶ παντοδαπῶν ἀναθημάτων πλῆρες εἶναι ἔτι γε μὴν ὅπλα καὶ θώρακας , ἃ καταλιπεῖν ἐπυνθάνετο τὸν υἱὸν τὸν ΦιλίππουPhilip βασιλέα δὲ ΜακεδόνωνMacedonians ἈλέξανδρονAlexander .
³⁵⁴ About this time it was that king Antiochus, as he was going over the upper countries, heard that there was a very rich city in Persia, called Elymais; and therein a very rich temple of Diana, and that it was full of all sorts of donations dedicated to it; as also weapons and breastplates, which, upon inquiry, he found had been left there by Alexander, the son of Philip, king of Macedonia.	³⁵⁴ About this time, as he was going up to the northern territory, king Antiochus heard of a very wealthy city in Persia, called Elymais, where there was a glorious temple of Artemis, full of all sorts of dedicatory gifts and weapons and breastplates, which he found had been left there by king Alexander of Macedon, the son of Philip.
³⁵⁴ Barach

³⁵⁵ κινηθεὶς οὖν ὑπὸ τούτων ὥρμησεν ἐπὶ τὴν‎ ἘλυμαίδαElymais καὶ προσβαλὼν αὐτὴν ἐπολιόρκει . τῶν δ᾽ ἐν αὐτῇ μὴ καταπλαγέντων τὴν‎ ἔφοδον αὐτοῦ‎ μηδὲ τὴν‎ πολιορκίαν , ἀλλὰ καρτερῶς ἀντισχόντων ἀποκρούεται τῆς ἐλπίδος · ἀπωσάμενοι γὰρ ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως καὶ ἐπεξελθόντες ἐδίωξαν , ὥστ᾽ αὐτὸν ἐλθεῖν εἰς ΒαβυλῶναBabylon φεύγοντα καὶ πολλοὺς ἀποβαλόντα τῆς στρατιᾶς .
³⁵⁵ And being incited by these motives, he went in haste to Elymais, and assaulted it, and besieged it. But as those that were in it were not terrified at his assault, nor at his siege, but opposed him very courageously, he was beaten off his hopes; for they drove him away from the city, and went out and pursued after him, insomuch that he fled away as far as Babylon, and lost a great many of his army.	³⁵⁵ Incited by this, he hurried to Elymais and attacked it by siege; but when they were not dismayed either by his attack nor the siege, and put up a bold defence, his hopes were dashed. Driving him from the city, they came out after him, so that he fled to Babylon, with the loss of many of his soldiers.
³⁵⁵ Barach

³⁵⁶ λυπουμένῳ δ᾽ ἐπὶ τῇ διαμαρτίᾳ ταύτῃ προσαγγέλλουσίν τινες καὶ τὴν‎ τῶν στρατηγῶν ἧτταν , οὓς πολεμήσοντας τοῖς ἸουδαίοιςJews καταλελοίπει , καὶ τὴν‎ ἰσχὺν ἤδη τὴν‎ τῶν ἸουδαίωνJews .
³⁵⁶ And when he was grieving for this disappointment, some persons told him of the defeat of his commanders whom he had left behind him to fight against Judea, and what strength the Jews had already gotten.	³⁵⁶ While he was grieving for this loss, some told him about the defeat of the officers he had left behind him to fight against Judea and how strong the Jews had become.
³⁵⁶ Barach

³⁵⁷ προσγενομένηςto attach oneself to οὖν καὶ τῆς περὶ τούτων φροντίδος τῇ προτέρᾳ συγχυθεὶς ὑπὸ ἀθυμίας εἰς νόσον κατέπεσεν , ἧς μηκυνομένης καὶ αὐξανόντων τῶν παθῶν συνείς , ὅτι μέλλοι τελευτᾶν , συγκαλεῖ τοὺς φίλους καὶ τήν τε νόσον αὐτοῖς χαλεπὴν οὖσαν ἐμήνυε καὶ ὅτι ταῦτα πάσχει κακώσας τὸ τῶν ἸουδαίωνJews ἔθνος παρεδήλου συλήσας τὸν ναὸν καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ καταφρονήσας , καὶ ταῦτα λέγων ἐξέπνευσεν .
³⁵⁷ When this concern about these affairs was added to the former, he was confounded, and by the anxiety he was in fell into a distemper, which, as it lasted a great while, and as his pains increased upon him, so he at length perceived he should die in a little time; so he called his friends to him, and told them that his distemper was severe upon him; and confessed withal, that this calamity was sent upon him for the miseries he had brought upon the Jewish nation, while he plundered their temple, and condemned their God; and when he had said this, he gave up the ghost.	³⁵⁷ With the worry about these matters added to the rest, he was dejected and became ill from anxiety, and as it went on and he was in increasing pain, he knew that his death was near, so he called his friends to tell them that his illness was severe. He acknowledged that he was suffering for the woes he had inflicted on the Jewish nation, by looting their temple and despising their God, and while saying this, he expired.
³⁵⁷ Barach

³⁵⁸ ὥστε θαυμάζειν Πολύβιον τὸν ΜεγαλοπολίτηνMegalopolis , ὃς ἀγαθὸς ὢν ἀνὴρ ἀποθανεῖν λέγει τὸν ἈντίοχονAntiochus βουληθέντα τὸ τῆς ἐν ΠέρσαιςPersia ἈρτέμιδοςArtemidos ἱερὸν συλῆσαι · τὸ γὰρ μηκέτι ποιῆσαι τὸ ἔργον βουλευσάμενον οὐκ ἔστιν τιμωρίας ἄξιον .
³⁵⁸ Whence one may wonder at Polybius of Megalopolis, who, though otherwise a good man, yet saith that “Antiochus died because he had a purpose to plunder the temple of Diana in Persia;” for the purposing to do a thing, but not actually doing it, is not worthy of punishment.	³⁵⁸ Polybius of Megalopolis, a reliable man, surprisingly says, "Antiochus died for intending to loot the temple of Diana in Persia," since purposing to do a thing, but not actually doing it, does not deserve punishment.
³⁵⁸ Barach

³⁵⁹ εἰ δὲ διὰ τοῦτο ΠολυβίῳPolybius δοκεῖ καταστρέψαι τὸν βίον ἈντίοχονAntiochus οὕτως , πολὺ πιθανώτερον διὰ τὴν‎ ἱεροσυλίαν τοῦ ἐν ἹεροσολύμοιςJerusalem ναοῦ τελευτῆσαι τὸν βασιλέα . ἀλλὰ περὶ μὲν τούτου οὐ διαφέρομαι τὴν‎ ὑπὸ τοῦ ΜεγαλοπολίτουMegalopolis λεγομένην αἰτίαν ταύτην ὑφ᾽ ἡμῶν ἀληθῆ νομιζόντων .
³⁵⁹ But if Polybius could think that Antiochus thus lost his life on that account, it is much more probable that this king died on account of his sacrilegious plundering of the temple at Jerusalem. But we will not contend about this matter with those who may think that the cause assigned by this Polybius of Megalopolis is nearer the truth than that assigned by us.	³⁵⁹ While Polybius thought that Antiochus lost his life therefore, the king is much more likely to have died for his sacrilege against the temple in Jerusalem. But we will not argue this point with those who reckon the cause alleged by the man from Megalopolis to be truer than the one we propose.
³⁵⁹ Barach

³⁶⁰ Ὁ δ᾽ ἈντίοχοςAntiochus πρὶν ἢ τελευτᾶν καλέσας ΦίλιππονPhilip ἕνα τῶν ἑταίρων τῆς βασιλείας αὐτὸν ἐπίτροπον καθίστησιν , καὶ δοὺς αὐτῷ τὸ διάδημα καὶ τὴν‎ στολὴν καὶ τὸν δακτύλιον ἈντιόχῳAntiochus τῷ παιδὶ αὐτοῦ‎ ταῦτα ἐκέλευσε κομίσαντα δοῦναι , δεηθεὶς προνοῆσαι τῆς ἀνατροφῆς αὐτοῦ‎ καὶ τηρῆσαι τὴν‎ βασιλείαν ἐκείνῳ .
³⁶⁰ However, Antiochus, before he died, called for Philip, who was one of his companions, and made him the guardian of his kingdom; and gave him his diadem, and his garment, and his ring, and charged him to carry them, and deliver them to his son Antiochus; and desired him to take care of his education, and to preserve the kingdom for him.	³⁶⁰ Before he died, Antiochus called for one of his companions, Philip, and made him overseer of his kingdom, giving him his crown and robe and ring, with orders to hand on to his son Antiochus, asking him also to take care of his education and to guard the kingdom for him.
³⁶⁰ Barach

³⁶¹ ἀπέθανεν δὲ ἈντίοχοςAntiochus ἐνάτῳ καὶ τεσσαρακοστῷ καὶ ἑκατοστῷ ἔτει . ΛυσίαςLysias δὲ τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ‎ δηλώσας τῷ πλήθει τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ‎ ἈντίοχονAntiochus , αὐτὸς γὰρ εἶχεν τὴν‎ ἐπιμέλειαν , ἀποδείκνυσι βασιλέα καλέσας αὐτὸν ΕὐπάτοραEupatora .
³⁶¹ This Antiochus died in the hundred forty and ninth year; but it was Lysias that declared his death to the multitude, and appointed his son Antiochus to be king, (of whom at present he had the care,) and called him Eupator.	³⁶¹ Antiochus died in the hundred forty-ninth year, but it was Lysias who announced his death to the people and appointed his son Antiochus as king, for he was his guardian, and called him Eupator.
³⁶¹ Barach

³⁶² Ἐν δὲ τούτῳ τῷ καιρῷ οἱ ἐν τῇ ἄκρᾳ τῶν ἹεροσολύμωνJerusalem φρουροὶ καὶ φυγάδες τῶν ἸουδαίωνJews πολλὰ τοὺς ἸουδαίουςJews εἰργάσαντο · τοὺς γὰρ ἀναβαίνοντας εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν καὶ θῦσαι βουλομένους ἐξαίφνης ἐκτρέχοντες οἱ φρουροὶ διέφθειραν · ἐπέκειτο γὰρ τῷ ἱερῷ ἡ ἄκρα .
³⁶² At this time it was that the garrison in the citadel of Jerusalem, with the Jewish runagates, did a great deal of harm to the Jews; for the soldiers that were in that garrison rushed out upon the sudden, and destroyed such as were going up to the temple in order to offer their sacrifices, for this citadel adjoined to and overlooked the temple.	³⁶² Meanwhile the garrison in the citadel of Jerusalem, with the Jewish renegades, did a lot of harm to the Jews, by rushing out suddenly and killing those who were going up to the temple to offer their sacrifices, because this citadel overlooked the temple.
³⁶² Barach

³⁶³ τούτων οὖν συμβαινόντων αὐτοῖς ἸούδαςJudas ἐξελεῖν διέγνω τὴν‎ φρουράν , καὶ συναγαγὼν τὸν λαὸν ἅπαντα τοὺς ἐν τῇ ἄκρᾳ καρτερῶς ἐπολιόρκει . ἔτος ἦν τοῦτο τῆς ἀρχῆς τοῖς ἀπὸ ΣελεύκουSeleucus ἑκατοστὸν καὶ πεντηκοστόν . κατασκευάσας οὖν μηχανήματα καὶ χώματα ἐγείρας φιλοπόνως προσέκειτο τῇ τῆς ἄκρας αἱρέσει .
³⁶³ When these misfortunes had often happened to them, Judas resolved to destroy that garrison; whereupon he got all the people together, and vigorously besieged those that were in the citadel. This was in the hundred and fiftieth year of the dominion of the Seleucidse. So he made engines of war, and erected bulwarks, and very zealously pressed on to take the citadel.	³⁶³ When this had happened to them, Judas resolved to destroy that garrison and assembled all the people and vigorously besieged those in the citadel, in the hundred and fiftieth year of the Seleucid rule. He made war machines and built walls and eagerly pressed on to take the citadel.
³⁶³ Barach

³⁶⁴ πολλοὶ δὲ τῶν ἐν αὐτῇ φυγάδων νύκτωρ ἐξελθόντες εἰς τὴν‎ χώραν καί τινας τῶν ὁμοίων καὶ ἀσεβῶν συναγαγόντες ἧκον πρὸς ἈντίοχονAntiochus τὸν βασιλέα , οὐκ ἀξιοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς ὑπερορᾶσθαι δεινὰ πάσχοντας ὑπὸ τῶν ὁμοφύλωνof the same race καὶ ταῦθ᾽ ὑπομένοντας διὰ τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ‎ , τὴν‎ μὲν πάτριον αὐτῶν καταλύσαντας θρησκείαν , ἣν δὲ προσέταξεν ταύτης ἀντιποιουμένους ·
³⁶⁴ But there were not a few of the runagates who were in the place that went out by night into the country, and got together some other wicked men like themselves, and went to Antiochus the king, and desired of him that he would not suffer them to be neglected, under the great hardships that lay upon them from those of their own nation; and this because their sufferings were occasioned on his father’s account, while they left the religious worship of their fathers, and preferred that which he had commanded them to follow:	³⁶⁴ But by night many of the renegades inside went out into the country and gathered other like-minded godless folk and went to king Antiochus and asked him not to forget what they were enduring from their countrymen, since their sufferings were due to his father, on account of whom they had abandoned their ancestral worship in deference to his command.
³⁶⁴ Barach

³⁶⁵ κινδυνεύειν οὖν ὑπὸ ἸούδουJudas καὶ τῶν σὺν αὐτῷ τὴν‎ ἀκρόπολιν αἱρεθῆναι καὶ τοὺς φρουροὺς τοὺς ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως κατασταθέντας , εἰ μή τις παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ‎ βοήθεια πεμφθείη .
³⁶⁵ that there was danger lest the citadel, and those appointed to garrison it by the king, should be taken by Judas, and those that were with him, unless he would send them succors.	³⁶⁵ Now the citadel and those appointed by the king to garrison it were in danger of being taken by Judas and his companions unless he sent them help.
³⁶⁵ Barach

³⁶⁶ ταῦτ᾽ ἀκούσας ὁ παῖς ἈντίοχοςAntiochus ὠργίσθη καὶ τοὺς ἡγεμόνας καὶ φίλους μεταπεμψάμενος ἐκέλευσε μισθοφόρους συναγαγεῖν καὶ ἐκ τῆς βασιλείας τοὺς στρατεύσιμον ἡλικίαν ἔχοντας . Καὶ συνήχθη στρατὸς πεζῶν μὲν ὡσεὶ δέκα μυριάδες , ἱππεῖς δὲ δισμύριοι , ἐλέφαντες δὲ δύο καὶ τριάκοντα .
³⁶⁶ When Antiochus, who was but a child, heard this, he was angry, and sent for his captains and his friends, and gave order that they should get an army of mercenaries together, with such men also of his own kingdom as were of an age fit for war. Accordingly, an army was collected of about a hundred thousand footmen, and twenty thousand horsemen, and thirty-two elephants.	³⁶⁶ When the boy Antiochus heard this, in anger he sent for his officers and friends ordering them to gather an army of mercenaries, and men of his own kingdom who were old enough for war, and an army of some hundred thousand infantry and twenty thousand cavalry and thirty-two elephants was assembled.
³⁶⁶ Barach

³⁶⁷ Ταύτην οὖν ἀναλαβὼν τὴν‎ δύναμιν ἐξώρμησεν ἐκ τῆς ἈντιοχείαςAntioch μετὰ ΛυσίουLysias πάσης τῆς στρατιᾶς ἔχοντος τὴν‎ ἡγεμονίαν . Καὶ παραγενόμενος εἰς τὴν‎ ἸδουμαίανIdumaea ἐκεῖθεν εἰς ΒηθσοῦρανBethsura ἀναβαίνει πόλιν σφόδρα ἐχυρὰν καὶ δυσάλωτον καὶ περικαθίσας ἐπολιόρκει τὴν‎ πόλιν .
³⁶⁷ So the king took this army, and marched hastily out of Antioch, with Lysias, who had the command of the whole, and came to Idumea, and thence went up to the city Bethsnra, a city that was strong, and not to be taken without great difficulty. He set about this city, and besieged it.	³⁶⁷ With this army he stormed out of Antioch, with Lysias in command of the whole force, and came to Idumaea and from there ascended to Bethsura, a strong city, not easy to capture, and laid siege to the city.
³⁶⁷ Barach

³⁶⁸ ἰσχυρῶς δὲ ἀντεχόντων τῶν ΒηθσουραίωνBethsura καὶ τὴν‎ παρασκευὴν αὐτοῦ‎ τῶν μηχανημάτων ἐμπρησάντων , ἐπεξῆλθον γὰρ αὐτῷ , χρόνος ἐτρίβετο πολὺς περὶ τὴν‎ πολιορκίαν .
³⁶⁸ And while the inhabitants of Bethsura courageously opposed him, and sallied out upon him, and burnt his engines of war, a great deal of time was spent in the siege.	³⁶⁸ Since the people of Bethsura opposed him bravely and made sallies out upon him and burned his machines of war, the siege lasted a long time.
³⁶⁸ Barach

³⁶⁹ ἸούδαςJudas δὲ τὴν‎ ἔφοδον τοῦ βασιλέως ἀκούσας ἀφίσταται μὲν τοῦ τὴν‎ ἄκραν πολιορκεῖν , ἀπαντήσας δὲ τῷ βασιλεῖ βάλλεται στρατόπεδον ἐπὶ τῶν στενῶν ἔν τινι τόπῳ ΒεθζαχαρίᾳBeth-Zacharias λεγομένῳ σταδίους ἀπέχοντι τῶν πολεμίων ἑβδομήκοντα .
³⁶⁹ But when Judas heard of the king’s coming, he raised the siege of the citadel, and met the king, and pitched his camp in certain straits, at a place called Bethzachriah, at the distance of seventy furlongs from the enemy;	³⁶⁹ When Judas heard of the king's arrival, he ceased besieging the citadel and faced up to the king and camped at a gorge in a place called Beth-Zacharias, seventy furlongs from the enemy.
³⁶⁹ Barach

³⁷⁰ ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ὁρμήσας ἀπὸ τῆς ΒεθσούραςBethsura ἤγαγε τὴν‎ δύναμιν ἐπὶ τὰ στενὰ καὶ τὸ τοῦ ἸούδαJudas στρατόπεδον , ἅμ᾽ ἡμέρᾳ δὲ πρὸς μάχην διέτασσε τὴν‎ στρατιάν .
³⁷⁰ but the king soon drew his forces from Bethsura, and brought them to those straits. And as soon as it was day, he put his men in battle-array,	³⁷⁰ The king soon led his forces from Bethsura to the gorge, and when it was day, arranged his army for battle.
³⁷⁰ Barach

³⁷¹ τοὺς μὲν οὖν ἐλέφαντας ἐποίησεν ἀλλήλοις ἕπεσθαι διὰ τὴν‎ στενοχωρίαν οὐ δυναμένων αὐτῶν ἐπὶ πλάτος τετάχθαι , εἰς δὲ κύκλον ἐλέφαντος ἑκάστου συμπροῇσαν πεζοὶ μὲν χίλιοι , ἱππεῖς δὲ πεντακόσιοι · ἔφερον δὲ οἱ ἐλέφαντες πύργους τε ὑψηλοὺς καὶ τοξότας · τὴν‎ δὲ λοιπὴν δύναμιν ἑκατέρωθεν ἐποίησεν ἀναβαίνειν ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη φίλους αὐτῆς προτάξας .
³⁷¹ and made his elephants follow one another through the narrow passes, because they could not be set sideways by one another. Now round about every elephant there were a thousand footmen, and five hundred horsemen. The elephants also had high towers [upon their backs], and archers [in them]. And he also made the rest of his army to go up the mountains, and put his friends before the rest;	³⁷¹ He sent his elephants in single file through the narrow pass, since they could not go side by side, with each elephant surrounded by a thousand infantry and five hundred cavalry; and the elephants carried high towers and archers. The rest of his army he sent up the mountains, under the command of his friends.
³⁷¹ Barach

³⁷² κελεύσας δὲ ἀλαλάξαι τὴν‎ στρατιὰν προσβάλλει τοῖς πολεμίοις , γυμνώσας τάς τε χρυσᾶς καὶ χαλκᾶς ἀσπίδας , ὥστε αὐγὴν ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν ἀφίεσθαι λαμπράν · συνεπήχει δὲ τὰ ὄρη κεκραγότων αὐτῶν . ταῦτα ὁρῶν ὁ ἸούδαςJudas οὐ κατεπλάγη , δεξάμενος δὲ γενναίως τοὺς πολεμίους τῶν προδρόμων περὶ ἑξακοσίους ἀναιρεῖ .
³⁷² and gave orders for the army to shout aloud, and so he attacked the enemy. He also exposed to sight their golden and brazen shields, so that a glorious splendor was sent from them; and when they shouted the mountains echoed again. When Judas saw this, he was not terrified, but received the enemy with great courage, and slew about six hundred of the first ranks.	³⁷² His orders were for the army to shout aloud as they attacked the enemy and to show their golden and bronze shields, so that they shone with glorious splendour, and the mountains echoed back their shouting. Judas was not terrified by this, but faced the enemy courageously and killed about six hundred of the front runners.
³⁷² Barach

³⁷³ ἘλεάζαροςEleazar δ᾽ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ‎ , ὃν ΑὐρὸνAuran ἐκάλουν , ἰδὼν τὸν ὑψηλότατον τῶν ἐλεφάντων ὡπλισμένον θώραξι βασιλικοῖς καὶ νομίζων ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῦ‎ τὸν βασιλέα εἶναι παρεβάλετο σφόδρα εὐκαρδίως ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν ὁρμήσας , καὶ πολλοὺς μὲν τῶν περὶ τὸν ἐλέφαντα κτείνας τοὺς ἄλλους διεσκέδασεν , ὑποδὺς δὲ ὑπὸ τὴν‎ γαστέρα καὶ πλήξας ἀπέκτεινε τὸν ἐλέφαντα .
³⁷³ But when his brother Eleazar, whom they called Auran, saw the tallest of all the elephants armed with royal breastplates, and supposed that the king was upon him, he attacked him with great quickness and bravery. He also slew many of those that were about the elephant, and scattered the rest, and then went under the belly of the elephant, and smote him, and slew him;	³⁷³ When his brother Eleazar, whom they called Auran, saw the tallest of all the elephants armed with royal shields and thought the king riding him, he attacked him with speed and bravery. He killed many around the elephant and scattered the rest and going under the belly of the elephant he struck him and killed the elephant
³⁷³ Barach

³⁷⁴ ὁ δ᾽ ἐπικατενεχθεὶς τῷ ἘλεαζάρῳEleazar διαφθείρει τὸν ἄνδρα ὑπὸ τοῦ βάρους . Καὶ οὗτος μὲν εὐψύχως πολλοὺς τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἀπολέσας τῷ τρόπῳ τούτῳ τὸν βίον κατέστρεψεν .
³⁷⁴ so the elephant fell upon Eleazar, and by his weight crushed him to death. And thus did this man come to his end, when he had first courageously destroyed many of his enemies.	³⁷⁴ But it fell upon Eleazar and crushed him to death with its weight; and that's how this man ended his life, after bravely destroying many of the enemy.
³⁷⁴ Barach

³⁷⁵ Ὁ δὲ ἸούδαςJudas ὁρῶν τὴν‎ τῶν πολεμίων ἰσχὺν ἀνεχώρησεν εἰς ἹεροσόλυμαJerusalem καὶ πρὸς πολιορκίαν παρεσκευάζετο · ἈντίοχοςAntiochus δὲ τὸ μέν τι τῆς στρατιᾶς εἰς ΒεθσοῦρανBethsura ἔπεμψεν πολεμήσων αὐτήν , τῷ δὲ λοιπῷ τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτὸς ἧκεν εἰς ἹεροσόλυμαJerusalem .
³⁷⁵ But Judas, seeing the strength of the enemy, retired to Jerusalem, and prepared to endure a siege. As for Antiochus, he sent part of his army to Bethsura, to besiege it, and with the rest of his army he came against Jerusalem;	³⁷⁵ Seeing the strength of the enemy, Judas retreated to Jerusalem and prepared for a siege. Antiochus sent part of his army to combat Bethsura, and came against Jerusalem with the rest of his forces.
³⁷⁵ Barach

³⁷⁶ οἱ μὲν οὖν ΒεθσουρῖταιBethsuraites τὴν‎ ἰσχὺν καταπλαγέντες καὶ σπανίζοντα βλέποντες τὰ ἐπιτήδεια παραδιδόασιν ἑαυτοὺς ὅρκους λαβόντες ὑπὲρ τοῦ μηδὲν πείσεσθαι κακὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως . ἈντίοχοςAntiochus δὲ λαβὼν τὴν‎ πόλιν ἄλλο μὲν αὐτοὺς οὐδὲν διέθηκεν , μόνον δὲ γυμνοὺς ἐξέβαλεν , φρουρὰν δὲ κατέστησεν ἰδίαν ἐν τῇ πόλει .
³⁷⁶ but the inhabitants of Bethsura were terrified at his strength; and seeing that their provisions grew scarce, they delivered themselves up on the security of oaths that they should suffer no hard treatment from the king. And when Antiochus had thus taken the city, he did them no other harm than sending them out naked. He also placed a garrison of his own in the city.	³⁷⁶ The people of Bethsura were terrified of his power, and with their provisions growing scarce, they surrendered, being guaranteed by oath that they should suffer no harm from the king. After taking the city, Antiochus did no more to them than sending them out naked and placing in the city a garrison of his own.
³⁷⁶ Barach

³⁷⁷ πολλῷ δὲ χρόνῳ τὸ ἱερὸν πολιορκῶν τὸ ἐν ἹεροσολύμοιςJerusalem προσεκαθέζετο καρτερῶς τῶν ἔνδοθεν ἀμυνομένων · πρὸς ἕκαστον γὰρ ὧν ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς ἔστησε μηχάνημα κἀκεῖνοι πάλιν ἀντεμηχανῶντο .
³⁷⁷ But as for the temple of Jerusalem, he lay at its siege a long time, while they within bravely defended it; for what engines soever the king set against them, they set other engines again to oppose them.	³⁷⁷ For a long time he besieged the Jerusalem temple, for those inside bravely defended it, and whatever machines the king set against them, they opposed with machines of their own.
³⁷⁷ Barach

³⁷⁸ τροφὴ δ᾽ αὐτοὺς ἐπιλελοίπει , τοῦ μὲν ὄντος ἀπανηλωμένου καρποῦ , τῆς δὲ γῆς ἐκείνῳ τῷ ἔτει μὴ γεωργημένης , ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ εἶναι τὸ ἕβδομον ἔτος , καθ᾽ ὃ νόμος ἡμῖν ἀργὴν ἐᾶν τὴν‎ χώραν , ἀσπόρου μεμενηκυίας . πολλοὶ τοιγαροῦν τῶν πολιορκουμένων ἀπεδίδρασκον διὰ τὴν‎ τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἀπορίαν , ὡς ὀλίγους ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ καταλειφθῆναι .
³⁷⁸ But then their provisions failed them; what fruits of the ground they had laid up were spent and the land being not ploughed that year, continued unsowed, because it was the seventh year, on which, by our laws, we are obliged to let it lay uncultivated. And withal, so many of the besieged ran away for want of necessaries, that but a few only were left in the temple.	³⁷⁸ But their provisions ran out, for whatever food they had stored was used up as the land was not plowed that year, since it was the seventh year, when our laws make us leave it unsown. Also, many of the besieged fled for lack of essentials, so that only a few were left in the temple.
³⁷⁸ Barach

³⁷⁹ Καὶ τοῖς μὲν πολιορκουμένοις ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τοιαῦτα συνέβαινεν εἶναι τὰ πράγματα . ΛυσίαςLysias δὲ ὁ στρατηγὸς καὶ ὁ βασιλεύς , ἐπεὶ ΦίλιπποςPhilip αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς ΠερσίδοςPersia ἥκων ἐδηλώθη [καὶ ] τὰ πράγματα εἰς αὐτὸν κατασκευάζειν , εἶχον μὲν ὥστε τὴν‎ πολιορκίαν ἀφέντες ὁρμᾶν ἐπὶ τὸν ΦίλιππονPhilip , οὐ μὴν τοῦτο ποιῆσαι φανερὸν τοῖς στρατιώταις καὶ τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν ἔγνωσαν ,
³⁷⁹ And these happened to be the circumstances of such as were besieged in the temple. But then, because Lysias, the general of the army, and Antiochus the king, were informed that Philip was coming upon them out of Persia, and was endeavoring to get the management of public affairs to himself, they came into these sentiments, to leave the siege, and to make haste to go against Philip; yet did they resolve not to let this be known to the soldiers or to the officers:	³⁷⁹ That was the situation of those besieged in the temple. But when general Lysias and king Antiochus were told that Philip was coming against them from Persia and trying to take over the government, they decided to leave the siege and to attack Philip, but not to let this be known to the soldiers or to the officers.
³⁷⁹ Barach

³⁸⁰ ἀλλ᾽ ἐκέλευσεν τὸν ΛυσίανLysias ὁ βασιλεὺς αὐτῷ τε καὶ τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν ἐν κοινῷ διαλεχθῆναι μηδὲν μὲν τῶν περὶ ΦίλιππονPhilip ἐμφανίζοντα , τὴν‎ δὲ πολιορκίαν ὅτι χρονιωτάτη γένοιτ᾽ ἂν δηλοῦντα , καὶ τὴν‎ ὀχυρότητα τοῦ χωρίου , καὶ ὅτι τὰ τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῖς ἤδη ἐπιλείποι , καὶ ὡς πολλὰ δεῖ καταστῆσαι τῶν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ πραγμάτων ,
³⁸⁰ but the king commanded Lysias to speak openly to the soldiers and the officers, without saying a word about the business of Philip; and to intimate to them that the siege would be very long; that the place was very strong; that they were already in want of provisions; that many affairs of the kingdom wanted regulation;	³⁸⁰ The king ordered Lysias to address himself and the officers publicly without saying anything about the business of Philip, and to tell them that the siege would be very long, since the place was so strong and they were already short of provisions, and many affairs of the kingdom needed attention.
³⁸⁰ Barach

³⁸¹ καὶ ὡς δοκεῖ πολὺ κρεῖττον εἶναι σπονδὰς ποιησαμένους πρὸς τοὺς πολιορκουμένους καὶ φιλίαν πρὸς ὅλον αὐτῶν τὸ ἔθνος ἐπιτρέψαντας αὐτοῖς χρῆσθαι τοῖς πατρίοις νόμοις , ὧν ἀφαιρεθέντες νῦν ἐξεπολεμώθησαν , χωρεῖν ἐπὶ τὰ οἰκεῖα . ταῦτα τοῦ ΛυσίουLysias φήσαντος ἠρέσθη τό τε στράτευμα καὶ οἱ ἡγεμόνες τῇ γνώμῃ .
³⁸¹ and that it was much better to make a league with the besieged, and to become friends to their whole nation, by permitting them to observe the laws of their fathers, while they broke out into this war only because they were deprived of them, and so to depart home. When Lysias had discoursed thus to them, both the army and the officers were pleased with this resolution.	³⁸¹ So it seemed much better to make a truce with the besieged and to make friends with their whole nation by letting them observe their ancestral laws, for whose removal they had gone into this war, and so to go home. When Lysias said this to them, the army and the officers were pleased with this plan.
³⁸¹ Barach

³⁸² Καὶ πέμψας ὁ βασιλεὺς πρὸς τὸν ἸούδανJudas καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ πολιορκουμένους εἰρήνην τε ἐπηγγείλατο καὶ συγχωρεῖν τοῖς πατρίοις νόμοις χρωμένους ζῆν . οἱ δὲ ἀσμένως δεξάμενοι τοὺς λόγους λαβόντες ὅρκους τε καὶ πίστεις ἐξῆλθον ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ .
³⁸² Accordingly the king sent to Judas, and to those that were besieged with them, and promised to give them peace, and to permit them to make use of, and live according to, the laws of their fathers; and they gladly received his proposals; and when they had gained security upon oath for their performance, they went out of the temple.	³⁸² The king sent to Judas and those who were besieged with him, promising them peace and allowing them to live according to their ancestral laws. They heard his message gladly and when they had received his oaths of good faith, they left the temple.
³⁸² Barach

³⁸³ εἰσελθὼν δὲ ἈντίοχοςAntiochus εἰς αὐτὸ καὶ θεασάμενος ὀχυρὸν οὕτως τὸ χωρίον παρέβη τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ κελεύει τὴν‎ δύναμιν παραστᾶσαν καθελεῖν τὸ τεῖχος εἰς ἔδαφος . Καὶ ταῦτα ποιήσας ἀνέστρεψεν εἰς ἈντιόχειανAntioch ἐπαγόμενος ὈνίανOnias τὸν ἀρχιερέα , ὃς καὶ ΜενέλαοςMenelaus ἐκαλεῖτο .
³⁸³ But when Antiochus came into it, and saw how strong the place was, he broke his oaths, and ordered his army that was there to pluck down the walls to the ground; and when he had so done, he returned to Antioch. He also carried with him Onias the high priest, who was also called Menelaus;	³⁸³ When Antiochus entered and saw how strong a place it was, he broke his oaths and ordered his army to come there and level its walls to the ground, and when he had done so, he returned to Antioch, taking with him Onias the high priest, surnamed Menelaus.
³⁸³ Barach

³⁸⁴ ΛυσίαςLysias γὰρ συνεβούλευσεν τῷ βασιλεῖ τὸν ΜενέλαονMenelaus ἀνελεῖν , εἰ βούλεται τοὺς ἸουδαίουςJews ἠρεμεῖν καὶ μηδὲν ἐνοχλεῖν αὐτῷ · τοῦτον γὰρ ἄρξαι τῶν κακῶν πείσαντ᾽ αὐτοῦ‎ τὸν πατέρα τοὺς ἸουδαίουςJews ἀναγκάσαι τὴν‎ πάτριον θρησκείαν καταλιπεῖν .
³⁸⁴ for Lysias advised the king to slay Menelaus, if he would have the Jews be quiet, and cause him no further disturbance, for that this man was the origin of all the mischief the Jews had done them, by persuading his father to compel the Jews to leave the religion of their fathers.	³⁸⁴ Lysias had advised the king to kill Menelaus, if he wanted the Jews to keep the peace and cause him no more trouble, for this man had started all the harm the Jews had done them, by persuading his father to compel the Jews to abandon the religion of their fathers.
³⁸⁴ Barach

³⁸⁵ πέμψας οὖν τὸν ΜενέλαονMenelaus ὁ βασιλεὺς εἰς ΒέροιανBerea τῆς ΣυρίαςSyria διέφθειρεν ἀρχιερατεύσαντα μὲν ἔτη δέκα , πονηρὸν δὲ γενόμενον καὶ ἀσεβῆ καὶ ἵνα αὐτὸς ἄρχῃ τὸ ἔθνος ἀναγκάσαντα τοὺς ἰδίους παραβῆναι νόμους . ἀρχιερεὺς δὲ ἐγένετο μετὰ τὸν ΜενελάουMenelaus θάνατον ἌλκιμοςAlcimus ὁ καὶ ἸάκιμοςJacimus κληθείς .
³⁸⁵ So the king sent Menelaus to Berea, a city of Syria, and there had him put to death, when he had been high priest ten years. He had been a wicked and an impious man; and, in order to get the government to himself, had compelled his nation to transgress their own laws. After the death of Menelaus, Alcimus, who was also called Jacimus, was made high priest.	³⁸⁵ So the king sent Menelaus to Berea, a city of Syria and there had him put to death, after being high priest for ten years. He had been bad and impious and, in order to win the leadership had forced his nation to break their own laws. After the death of Menelaus, Alcimus, surnamed Jacimus, became high priest.
³⁸⁵ Barach

³⁸⁶ ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἈντίοχοςAntiochus ὁρῶν ἤδη τὸν ΦίλιππονPhilip κρατοῦντα τῶν πραγμάτων ἐπολέμει πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ λαβὼν αὐτὸν ὑποχείριον ἀπέκτεινεν .
³⁸⁶ But when king Antiochus found that Philip had already possessed himself of the government, he made war against him, and subdued him, and took him, and slew him.	³⁸⁶ When king Antiochus found that Philip had already taken the leadership, he made war on him and captured and killed him.
³⁸⁶ Barach

³⁸⁷ ὁ δὲ τοῦ ἀρχιερέως υἱὸς ὈνίαςOnias , ὃν προείπομεν ἔτι παῖδα τελευτήσαντος ἀφίεσθαι τοῦ πατρός , ἰδὼν ὅτι τὸν θεῖον αὐτοῦ‎ ΜενέλαονMenelaus ὁ βασιλεὺς ἀνελὼν τὴν‎ ἀρχιερωσύνην ἈλκίμῳAlcimus δέδωκεν οὐκ ὄντι τῆς τῶν ἀρχιερέων γενεᾶς , ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὸ ΛυσίουLysias πεισθεὶς μεταθεῖναι τὴν‎ τιμὴν ἀπὸ ταύτης τῆς οἰκίας εἰς ἕτερον οἶκον , φεύγει πρὸς ΠτολεμαῖονPtolemy τὸν ΑἰγύπτουEgypt βασιλέα .
³⁸⁷ Now as to Onias, the son of the high priest, who, as we before informed you, was left a child when his father died, when he saw that the king had slain his uncle Menelaus, and given the high priesthood to Alcimus, who was not of the high priest stock, but was induced by Lysias to translate that dignity from his family to another house, he fled to Ptolemy, king of Egypt;	³⁸⁷ But Onias, the son of the high priest, who, as we said before, was left a child when his father died, when he saw how the king had killed his uncle Menelaus and given the high priesthood to Alcimus, who was not of the high priestly stock, and was persuaded by Lysias to remove that dignity from his family to another house, fled to Ptolemy, king of Egypt.
³⁸⁷ Barach

³⁸⁸ καὶ τιμῆς ἀξιωθεὶς ὑπό τε αὐτοῦ‎ καὶ τῆς γυναικὸς ΚλεοπάτραςCleopatra λαμβάνει τόπον ἀξιώσαςto think worthy ἐν τῷ νομῷa law τῷ ἩλιοπολίτῃHeliopolis , ἐν ᾧ καὶ ὅμοιον τῷ ἐν ἹεροσολύμοιςJerusalem ᾠκοδόμησεν ἱερόν . περὶ τούτου μὲν οὖν εὐκαιρότερον ἡμῖν ἔσται‎ διελθεῖν .
³⁸⁸ and when he found he was in great esteem with him, and with his wife Cleopatra, he desired and obtained a place in the Nomus of Heliopolis, wherein he built a temple like to that at Jerusalem; of which therefore we shall hereafter give an account, in a place more proper for it.	³⁸⁸ Finding himself held in high esteem by him and his wife Cleopatra, he asked and obtained a place in the Nomus of Heliopolis, where he built a temple like that in Jerusalem. We will give an account of this later, at a more suitable time.
³⁸⁸ Barach

Chapter 10
[389-419]
Bacchides and Nicanor fail in war against Judas.
He makes act of friendship with the Romans.

☜ ☞

³⁸⁹ Ὑπὸ δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν φυγὼν ΔημήτριοςDemetrius ἀπὸ ῬώμηςRome ὁ ΣελεύκουSeleucus υἱὸς καὶ καταλαβόμενος τῆς ΣυρίαςSyria ΤρίπολινTripoli περιτίθησιν μὲν ἑαυτῷ διάδημα , συναγαγὼν δέ τινας περὶ αὐτὸν μισθοφόρους εἰς τὴν‎ βασιλείαν εἰσῆλθεν , πάντων αὐτὸν ἡδέως προσδεχομένων καὶ παραδιδόντων αὑτούς .
³⁸⁹ About the same time Demetrius, the son of Seleucus, fled away from Rome, and took Tripoli, a city of Syria, and set the diadem on his own head. He also gathered certain mercenary soldiers together, and entered into his kingdom, and was joyfully received by all, who delivered themselves up to him.	³⁸⁹ About that time Demetrius, the son of Seleucus, fled from Rome and took Tripoli, a city of Syria and took the crown himself. He also gathered some mercenary soldiers and entered his kingdom and was joyfully received by all, who put themselves in his hands.
³⁸⁹ Barach

³⁹⁰ συλλαβόντες δὲ καὶ ἈντίοχονAntiochus τὸν βασιλέα καὶ ΛυσίανLysias ζῶντας ἀνάγουσιν αὐτῷ . Καὶ οὗτοι μὲν κελεύσαντος ΔημητρίουDemeter, Demetrius παραχρῆμα διεφθάρησαν βασιλεύσαντος ἈντιόχουAntiochus ἔτη δύο , καθὼς ἤδη που καὶ ἐν ἄλλῳ δεδήλωται .
³⁹⁰ And when they had taken Autiochus the king, and Lysias, they brought them to him alive; both which were immediately put to death by the command of Demetrius, when Antiochus had reigned two years, as we have already elsewhere related.	³⁹⁰ When they had taken Antiochus the king and Lysias, they brought them to him alive and both were immediately put to death at the command of Demetrius, after Antiochus had ruled for two years, as we have elsewhere reported.
³⁹⁰ Barach

³⁹¹ συστραφέντες δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν πολλοὶ τῶν ἸουδαίωνJews πονηροὶ καὶ φυγάδες καὶ μετ᾽ αὐτῶν ἌλκιμοςAlcimus ὁ ἀρχιερεύς , κατηγόρουν τοῦ ἔθνους παντὸς καὶ ἸούδαJudas καὶ τῶν ἀδελφῶν αὐτοῦ‎ ,
³⁹¹ But there were now many of the wicked Jewish runagates that came together to him, and with them Alcimus the high priest, who accused the whole nation, and particularly Judas and his brethren;	³⁹¹ But there were now many wicked Jewish renegades who joined him, including the high priest Alcimus, who accused the whole nation and particularly Judas and his brothers,
³⁹¹ Barach

³⁹² λέγοντες ὡς τοὺς φίλους αὐτοῦ‎ πάντας ἀπεκτόνασιν καὶ ὅσοι τὰ ἐκείνου φρονοῦντες καὶ περιμένοντες αὐτὸν ὑπῆρχον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τούτους ἀπολωλέκασιν αὐτούς τε τῆς οἰκείας γῆς ἐκβαλόντες ἀλλοτρίας ἐπήλυδας πεποιήκασιν , ἠξίουν τε πέμψαντα τῶν ἰδίων τινὰ φίλων γνῶναι δι᾽ αὐτοῦ‎ τὰ ὑπὸ τῶν περὶ ἸούδανJudas τετολμημένα .
³⁹² and said that they had slain all his friends, and that those in his kingdom that were of his party, and waited for his return, were by them put to death; that these men had ejected them out of their own country, and caused them to be sojourners in a foreign land; and they desired that he would send some one of his own friends, and know from him what mischief Judas’s party had done.	³⁹² saying that they had killed all his friends and that any in his kingdom who were of his party and awaited his return, were put to death by them. He said that these men had expelled them from their own country and made them exiles in a foreign land, and asked him to send one of his own friends and through him learn the harm that Judas' party had done.
³⁹² Barach

³⁹³ Ὁ δὲ ΔημήτριοςDemetrius παροξυνθεὶς ἐκπέμπει ΒακχίδηνBacchides φίλον ἈντιόχουAntiochus τοῦ ἘπιφανοῦςEpiphanes βασιλέως , ἄνδρα χρηστὸν καὶ τὴν‎ ΜεσοποταμίανMesopotamia ἅπασαν πεπιστευμένον , δοὺς αὐτῷ δύναμιν καὶ τὸν ἀρχιερέα παραθέμενος αὐτῷ ἌλκιμονAlcimus ἐντειλάμενος ἀποκτεῖναι ἸούδανJudas καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ .
³⁹³ At this Demetrius was very angry, and sent Bacchides, a friend of Antiochus Epiphanes, a good man, and one that had been intrusted with all Mesopotamia, and gave him an army, and committed Alcimus the high priest to his care; and gave him charge to slay Judas, and those that were with him.	³⁹³ At this Demetrius was very angry and sent Bacchides, a friend of Antiochus Epiphanes, a good man who had been entrusted with all Mesopotamia, giving him charge of an army and entrusting the high priest Alcimus to his care, with the commission to kill Judas and his companions.
³⁹³ Barach

³⁹⁴ ἐξορμήσας δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἈντιοχείαςAntioch ὁ ΒακχίδηςBacchides μετὰ τῆς δυνάμεως καὶ παραγενόμενος εἰς τὴν‎ ἸουδαίανJudea ἔπεμψε πρὸς τὸν ἸούδανJudas καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ‎ περὶ φιλίας καὶ εἰρήνης διαλεγόμενος · δόλῳ γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐβούλετο λαβεῖν .
³⁹⁴ So Bacchides made haste, and went out of Antioch with his army; and when he was come into Judea, he sent to Judas and his brethren, to discourse with them about a league of friendship and peace, for he had a mind to take him by treachery.	³⁹⁴ So Bacchides hurried off from Antioch with his army, and arriving in Judea, sent to Judas and his brothers to talk with them about a pact of friendship and peace, planning to seize him by treachery.
³⁹⁴ Barach

³⁹⁵ ὁ δ᾽ οὐκ ἐπίστευσεν · ἑώρα γάρ , ὅτι μετὰ στρατιᾶς πάρεστιν τοσαύτης , μεθ᾽ ὅσηςas great as ἐπὶ πόλεμόν τις , ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐπ᾽ εἰρήνην ἔρχεταιto come/go . τινὲς μέντοι γε τῶν ἐκ τοῦ δήμου προσέχοντες οἷς ὁ ΒακχίδηςBacchides ἐπεκηρυκεύσατο καὶ νομίσαντες οὐδὲν αὐτοὺς ὑπὸ ἈλκίμουAlcimus πείσεσθαι δεινὸν ὄντος ὁμοφύλου πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἀνεχώρησαν ,
³⁹⁵ But Judas did not give credit to him, for he saw that he came with so great an army as men do not bring when they come to make peace, but to make war. However, some of the people acquiesced in what Bacchides caused to be proclaimed; and supposing they should undergo no considerable harm from Alcimus, who was their countryman, they went over to them;	³⁹⁵ But he did not trust him, for he saw him coming with a larger army than is normal when one comes to make peace. Still, some of the people were in agreement with Bacchides' proclamation and expected to suffer no great harm from Alcimus, who was their countryman.
³⁹⁵ Barach

³⁹⁶ καὶ λαβόντες ὅρκους παρ᾽ ἀμφοτέρων μήτε αὐτούς τι παθεῖν μήτε τοὺς ἐκ τῆς αὐτῆς ὄντας προαιρέσεως ἐπίστευσαν αὑτοὺς ἐκείνοις . ὁ δὲ ΒακχίδηςBacchides ὀλιγωρήσας τῶν ὅρκων ἑξήκοντα μὲν αὐτῶν ἀπέκτεινεν , τοὺς δὲ ἄλλους , ὅσοι διενοοῦντο πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀναχωρεῖν , ἐπέστρεψεν τοῖς πρώτοις τὴν‎ πίστιν μὴ φυλάξας .
³⁹⁶ and when they had received oaths from both of them, that neither they themselves, nor those of the same sentiments, should come to any harm, they intrusted themselves with them. But Bacchides troubled not himself about the oaths he had taken, but slew threescore of them, although, by not keeping his faith with those that first went over, he deterred all the rest, who had intentions to go over to him, from doing it.	³⁹⁶ So they went over and after receiving oaths from both of them that neither they nor those of their side would come to any harm, they trusted them. Bacchides did not bother about the oaths he had taken and killed sixty of them, but by not keeping his faith with those who first went over, he deterred all the rest, who had meant to go over to him.
³⁹⁶ Barach

³⁹⁷ ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐκ τῶν ἹεροσολύμωνJerusalem ἀπελθὼν κατὰ κώμην ΒηρζηθὼBerzetho λεγομένην ἐγένετο , πέμψας συλλαμβάνει πολλοὺς τῶν αὐτομολούντων καί τινας τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ πάντας ἀποκτείνας προσέταξεν τοῖς ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ πᾶσιν ὑπακούειν ἈλκίμῳAlcimus , καὶ μετὰ στρατιᾶς τινος , ἵν᾽ ἔχῃ τηρεῖν τὴν‎ χώραν αὐτοῦ‎ , καταλιπὼν αὐτὸν εἰς ἈντιόχειανAntioch πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα ΔημήτριονDemetrius ὑπέστρεψεν .
³⁹⁷ But as he was gone out of Jerusalem, and was at the village called Bethzetho, he sent out, and caught many of the deserters, and some of the people also, and slew them all; and enjoined all that lived in the country to submit to Alcimus. So he left him there, with some part of the army, that he might have wherewith to keep the country in obedience and returned to Antioch to king Demetrius.	³⁹⁷ When he left Jerusalem and was in the village called Berzetho, he sent out and caught many of the deserters and some of the people and killed them all, and ordered all who lived in the country to submit to Alcimus. So he left him there, with part of the army, leaving him the means to hold the land and returned to Antioch to king Demetrius.
³⁹⁷ Barach

³⁹⁸ ἌλκιμοςAlcimus δὲ τὴν‎ ἀρχὴν αὐτοῦ‎ βουλόμενος βεβαιώσασθαι καὶ συνείς , ὅτι κατασκευάσας εὔνουν τὸ πλῆθος ἀσφαλέστερον ἄρξει , χρηστοῖς ἅπαντας ὑπήγετο λόγοις καὶ πρὸς ἡδονὴν ἑκάστῳ καὶ χάριν ὁμιλῶν ταχὺ δὴ μάλα χεῖρα πολλὴν καὶ δύναμιν περιεβάλετο ·
³⁹⁸ But Alcimus was desirous to have the dominion more firmly assured to him; and understanding that, if he could bring it about that the multitude should be his friends, he should govern with greater security, he spake kind words to them all, and discoursed to each of them after an agreeable and pleasant manner; by which means he quickly had a great body of men and an army about him,	³⁹⁸ But Alcimus wished to make his dominion more secure and understanding that he would govern more safely if he could make the people his friends, he spoke kindly to them all and agreeably and pleasantly to each of them individually, so that he soon had a large group as an army about him.
³⁹⁸ Barach

³⁹⁹ τούτων δ᾽ ἦσαν οἱ πλείους ἐκ τῶν ἀσεβῶν καὶ πεφυγαδευμένων , οἷς ὑπηρέταις καὶ στρατιώταις χρώμενος ἐπήρχετο τὴν‎ χώραν καὶ ὅσους ἐν αὐτῇ τὰ ἸούδαJudas φρονοῦντας ηὕρισκεν ἐφόνευεν .
³⁹⁹ although the greater part of them were of the wicked, and the deserters. With these, whom he used as his servants and soldiers, he went all over the country, and slew all that he could find of Judas’s party.	³⁹⁹ Most of them were impious and renegades and with these, whom he used as his servants and soldiers, he went all over the country and killed whoever of Judas' party he could find.
³⁹⁹ Barach

⁴⁰⁰ ὁρῶν δὲ τὸν ἌλκιμονAlcimus ἤδη μέγαν ὁ ἸούδαςJudas γινόμενον καὶ πολλοὺς διεφθαρκότα τῶν ἀγαθῶν καὶ ὁσίων τοῦ ἔθνους , καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπιπορευόμενος τὴν‎ χώραν διέφθειρεν τοὺς ταὐτὰ ἐκείνῳ φρονοῦντας . βλέπων δὲ ἑαυτὸν ἌλκιμοςAlcimus ἀντέχειν τῷ ἸούδᾳJudas μὴ δυνάμενον , ἀλλ᾽ ἡττώμενον αὐτοῦ‎ τῆς ἰσχύος , ἐπὶ τὴν‎ παρὰ ΔημητρίουDemeter, Demetrius τοῦ βασιλέως συμμαχίαν ἔγνω τραπέσθαι .
⁴⁰⁰ But when Judas saw that Alcimus was already become great, and had destroyed many of the good and holy men of the country, he also went all over the country, and destroyed those that were of the other party. But when Alcimus saw that he was not able to oppose Judas, nor was equal to him in strength, he resolved to apply himself to king Demetrius for his assistance;	⁴⁰⁰ When Judas saw how powerful Alcimus had become and that he had killed many of the nation's good and holy men, he went throughout the country killing those who were of the other party; and as Alcimus saw that he could not oppose Judas, being unequal to him in strength, he decided to apply to king Demetrius for his help.
⁴⁰⁰ Barach

⁴⁰¹ παραγενόμενος οὖν εἰς ἈντιόχειανAntioch παρώξυνεν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸν ἸούδανJudas , κατηγορῶν ὡς πολλὰ μὲν ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ‎ πεπόνθοι κακά , πλείω δὲ γένοιτ᾽ ἄν , εἰ μὴ προκαταληφθείη καὶ δοίη δίκην δυνάμεως ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν ἰσχυρᾶς ἀποσταλείσης .
⁴⁰¹ so he came to Antioch, and irritated him against Judas, and accused him, alleging that he had undergone a great many miseries by his means, and that he would do more mischief unless he were prevented, and brought to punishment, which must be done by sending a powerful force against him.	⁴⁰¹ Going to Antioch he roused him against Judas, alleging that he had endured many woes on account of him and that he would do more harm unless he were prevented and punished, by sending a powerful force against him.
⁴⁰¹ Barach

⁴⁰² Ὁ δὲ ΔημήτριοςDemetrius τοῦτ᾽ ἤδη καὶ τοῖς ἰδίοις αὐτοῦ‎ πράγμασιν ἐπισφαλὲς ἡγησάμενος εἶναι τὸ περιιδεῖν ἸούδανJudas ἐν ἰσχύι τοσαύτῃ γενόμενον , ἐκπέμπει ΝικάνοραNicanor τὸν εὐνούστατον αὐτῷ καὶ πιστότατον τῶν φίλων , οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ῬωμαίωνRoman, Latin πόλεως αὐτῷ συμφυγών , καὶ δοὺς δύναμιν ὅσην ὑπέλαβεν ἀρκέσειν αὐτῷ πρὸς τὸν ἸούδανJudas ἐκέλευσεν μηδεμίαν φειδὼ ποιεῖσθαι τοῦ ἔθνους .
⁴⁰² So Demetrius, being already of opinion that it would be a thing pernicious to his own affairs to overlook Judas, now he was becoming so great, sent against him Nicanor, the most kind and most faithful of all his friends; for he it was who fled away with him from the city of Rome. He also gave him as many forces as he thought sufficient for him to conquer Judas withal, and bid him not to spare the nation at all.	⁴⁰² So Demetrius, already thinking that it would be dangerous for him to ignore Judas, now that he was becoming so powerful, sent against him Nicanor, the closest and most faithful of all his friends, the man who had fled with him from the city of Rome. He also gave him as many forces as he thought sufficient for him to conquer Judas and told him not to spare the nation in the least.
⁴⁰² Barach

⁴⁰³ ὁ δὲ ΝικάνωρNicanor παραγενόμενος εἰς ἹεροσόλυμαJerusalem πολεμεῖν μὲν εὐθὺς οὐ διέγνω τῷ ἸούδᾳJudas , δόλῳ δ᾽ ὑποχείριον λαβεῖν κρίνας προσπέμπει λόγους εἰρηνικοὺς αὐτῷ , μηδεμίαν μὲν ἀνάγκην εἶναι φάσκων πολεμεῖν καὶ κινδυνεύειν , ὅρκους δ᾽ αὐτῷ διδόναι περὶ τοῦ μηδὲν πείσεσθαι δεινόν · ἥκειν γὰρ μετὰ φίλων ἐπὶ τῷ ποιῆσαι φανερὰν αὐτοῖς τὴν‎ ΔημητρίουDemeter, Demetrius τοῦ βασιλέως διάνοιαν , ὡς περὶ τοῦ γένους αὐτῶν φρονεῖ .
⁴⁰³ When Nicanor was come to Jerusalem, he did not resolve to fight Judas immediately, but judged it better to get him into his power by treachery; so he sent him a message of peace, and said there was no manner of necessity for them to fight and hazard themselves; and that he would give him his oath that he would do him no harm, for that he only came with some friends, in order to let him know what king Demetrius’s intentions were, and what opinion he had of their nation.	⁴⁰³ On reaching Jerusalem, Nicanor resolved not to fight Judas immediately, judging it better to get him into his power by treachery,
⁴⁰³ Barach

⁴⁰⁴ ταῦτα διαπρεσβευσαμένου τοῦ ΝικάνοροςNicanor ὁ ἸούδαςJudas καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ‎ πεισθέντες καὶ μηδεμίαν ἀπάτην ὑποπτεύσαντες διδόασιν πίστεις αὐτῷ καὶ δέχονται τὸν ΝικάνοραNicanor μετὰ τῆς δυνάμεως . ὁ δὲ ἀσπασάμενος τὸν ἸούδανJudas [καὶ ] μεταξὺ προσομιλῶν δίδωσι τοῖς οἰκείοις τι σημεῖον , ὅπως συλλάβωσι τὸν ἸούδανJudas .
⁴⁰⁴ When Nicanor had delivered this message, Judas and his brethren complied with him, and suspecting no deceit, they gave him assurances of friendship, and received Nicanor and his army; but while he was saluting Judas, and they were talking together, he gave a certain signal to his own soldiers, upon which they were to seize upon Judas;	⁴⁰⁴ so he sent him a message of peace and said there was no need for them to fight and risk themselves, and that he would give him his oath not to harm him, since he came with some friends only to let him know the intentions of king Demetrius and his views about their nation. When Nicanor had delivered this message, Judas and his brothers agreed and suspecting no deceit, gave him assurances of friendship and received Nicanor and his army, but while he was saluting Judas and they were talking together, he gave his soldiers the signal to seize Judas.
⁴⁰⁴ Barach

⁴⁰⁵ ὁ δὲ συνεὶς τὴν‎ ἐπιβουλὴν ἐκπηδήσας πρὸς τοὺς ἰδίους συνέφυγεν . φανερᾶς δὲ τῆς προαιρέσεως αὐτοῦ‎ καὶ τῆς ἐνέδρας ὁ ΝικάνωρNicanor γενομένης πολεμεῖν ἔκρινεν τῷ ἸούδᾳJudas , καὶ συγκροτήσας καὶ παρασκευασάμενος τὰ πρὸς τὴν‎ μάχην συμβάλλει κατά τινα κώμην ΚαφαρσαλαμὰCapharsalalma καὶ νικήσας ἀναγκάζει τὸν ἸούδανJudas ἐπὶ τὴν‎ ἐν τοῖς ἹεροσολύμοιςJerusalem ἄκραν φεύγειν .
⁴⁰⁵ but he perceived the treachery, and ran back to his own soldiers, and fled away with them. So upon this discovery of his purpose, and of the snares laid for Judas, Nicanor determined to make open war with him, and gathered his army together, and prepared for fighting him; and upon joining battle with him at a certain village called Capharsalama, he beat Judas, and forced him to fly to that citadel which was at Jerusalem.	⁴⁰⁵ He realized the treachery and ran back to his own soldiers and fled with them. So when his purpose and his traps for Judas were uncovered, Nicanor decided to make open war with him and gathered his army prepared to fight him, and in their battle at a village called Capharsalama, he defeated Judas and forced him to flee to the citadel in Jerusalem.
⁴⁰⁵ Barach

⁴⁰⁶ Ἔτι δ᾽ αὐτῷ κατιόντι ἀπὸ τῆς ἄκρας εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν ἀπαντήσαντες τῶν ἱερέων τινὲς καὶ πρεσβυτέρων ἠσπάζοντο καὶ τὰς θυσίας ἐπεδείκνυον , ἃς ὑπὲρ τοῦ βασιλέως ἔλεγον ἐπιφέρειν τῷ θεῷ . ὁ δὲ βλασφημήσας αὐτοὺς ἠπείλησεν , εἰ μὴ παραδοίη τὸν ἸούδανJudas ὁ λαὸς αὐτῷ , καθαιρήσειν ὅταν ἐπανέλθῃ τὸν ναόν .
⁴⁰⁶ And when Nicanor came down from the citadel unto the temple, some of the priests and elders met him, and saluted him; and showed him the sacrifices which they said they offered to God for the king: upon which he blasphemed, and threatened them, that unless the people would deliver up Judas to him, upon his return he would pull down their temple.	⁴⁰⁶ As he [Nicanor ] came down from the citadel to the temple, some of the priests and elders met and greeted him and showed him the sacrifices they offered to God for the king, then he blasphemed and threatened them, that unless the people would hand over Judas to him, upon his return he would pull clown their temple.
⁴⁰⁶ Barach

⁴⁰⁷ καὶ ὁ μὲν ταῦτ᾽ ἀπειλήσας ἐξῆλθεν ἀπὸ τῶν ἹεροσολύμωνJerusalem , οἱ δ᾽ ἱερεῖς εἰς δάκρυα διὰ τὴν‎ ἐπὶ τοῖς εἰρημένοις λύπην προέπεσον καὶ τὸν θεὸν ἱκέτευον ῥύσασθαι ἐκ τῶν πολεμίων αὐτούς .
⁴⁰⁷ And when he had thus threatened them, he departed from Jerusalem. But the priests fell into tears out of grief at what he had said, and besought God to deliver them from their enemies.	⁴⁰⁷ After so threatening them, he left Jerusalem; and the priests began to weep with grief at what he had said and begged God to save them from their enemies.
⁴⁰⁷ Barach

⁴⁰⁸ ὁ δὲ ΝικάνωρNicanor , ὡς ἐκ τῶν ἹεροσολύμωνJerusalem ἐξελθὼν ἐγένετο κατά τινα κώμην ΒηθωρουBethoron λεγομένην , αὐτόθι στρατοπεδεύεται προσγενομένηςto attach oneself to αὐτῷ καὶ ἄλλης ἀπὸ ΣυρίαςSyria δυνάμεως · ἸούδαςJudas δὲ ἐν ἈδασοῖςAdasa ἑτέρᾳ κώμῃ σταδίους ἀπεχούσῃ τριάκοντα τῆς ΒηθωροῦBethoron στρατοπεδεύεται δισχιλίους στρατιώτας ἔχων .
⁴⁰⁸ But now for Nicanor, when he was gone out of Jerusalem, and was at a certain village called Bethoron, he there pitched his camp, another army out of Syria having joined him. And Judas pitched his camp at Adasa, another village, which was thirty furlongs distant from Bethoron, having no more than one thousand soldiers.	⁴⁰⁸ On leaving Jerusalem Nicanor encamped at a village called Bethoron, and was joined by another force from Syria. Judas encamped at another village, Adasa, thirty furlongs from Bethoron, with two thousand men.
⁴⁰⁸ Barach

⁴⁰⁹ τούτους παρορμήσας μὴ καταπλαγῆναι τὸ τῶν ἐναντίων πλῆθος , μηδὲ λογίζεσθαι πρὸς πόσους ἀγωνίζεσθαι μέλλουσιν , ἀλλὰ τίνες ὄντες καὶ περὶ οἵων ἐπάθλων κινδυνεύουσιν ἐνθυμουμένους εὐψύχως ὁμόσε χωρῆσαι τοῖς πολεμίοις , ἐπὶ τὴν‎ μάχην ἐξάγει , καὶ συμβαλὼν τῷ ΝικάνοριNicanor καὶ καρτερᾶς τῆς μάχης γενομένης κρατεῖ τῶν ἐναντίων καὶ πολλούς τε αὐτῶν ἀπέκτεινεν καὶ τελευταῖον αὐτὸς ὁ ΝικάνωρNicanor λαμπρῶς ἀγωνιζόμενος ἔπεσεν .
⁴⁰⁹ And when he had encouraged them not to be dismayed at the multitude of their enemies, nor to regard how many they were against whom they were going to fight, but to consider who they themselves were, and for what great rewards they hazarded themselves, and to attack the enemy courageously, he led them out to fight, and joining battle with Nicanor, which proved to be a severe one, he overcame the enemy, and slew many of them; and at last Nicanor himself, as he was fighting gloriously, fell:—	⁴⁰⁹ After encouraging them not to be dismayed at the number of their enemies, nor to consider the numbers against whom they were going to fight, but to realize who they themselves were and the great rewards for which they risked themselves and to attack the enemy bravely, he led them out to the fight and though the battle with Nicanor proved severe, he overcame the enemy and killed many of them, and finally Nicanor himself fell, fighting gloriously.
⁴⁰⁹ Barach

⁴¹⁰ οὗ πεσόντος οὐδὲ τὸ στράτευμα ἔμεινεν , ἀλλὰ τὸν στρατηγὸν ἀπολέσαντες εἰς φυγὴν ἐτράπησαν ῥίψαντες τὰς πανοπλίας . ἐπιδιώκων δὲ ὁ ἸούδαςJudas ἐφόνευσεν καὶ ταῖς σάλπιγξι ταῖς περὶ κώμαις ἐσήμαινεν , ὅτι νικῴη τοὺς πολεμίους .
⁴¹⁰ upon whose fall the army did not stay; but when they had lost their general, they were put to flight, and threw down their arms. Judas also pursued them and slew them, and gave notice by the sound of the trumpets to the neighboring villages that he had conquered the enemy;	⁴¹⁰ After his fall the army did not stay but were put to flight by the loss of their general and threw down their arms, and Judas pursued and killed them and by the sound of the trumpets gave notice to the neighbouring villages that he had conquered the enemy.
⁴¹⁰ Barach

⁴¹¹ οἱ δ᾽ ἐν αὐταῖς ἀκούσαντες ἐξεπήδων ὡπλισμένοι καὶ τοῖς φεύγουσιν ὑπαντῶντεςto come/go to meet ἔκτεινον αὐτοὺς γενόμενοι κατὰ πρόσωπον , ὥστ᾽ ἐκ τῆς μάχης ταύτης οὐδεὶς διέφυγεν ὄντων αὐτῶν ἐννακισχιλίων .
⁴¹¹ which, when the inhabitants heard, they put on their armor hastily, and met their enemies in the face as they were running away, and slew them, insomuch that not one of them escaped out of this battle, who were in number nine thousand.	⁴¹¹ When the inhabitants heard it they sprang to arms and met their enemies face to face as they were running away and killed them, so that none of the nine thousand escaped from this battle.
⁴¹¹ Barach

⁴¹² τὴν‎ δὲ νίκην συνέβη γενέσθαι ταύτην τῇ τρισκαιδεκάτῃ τοῦ μηνὸς τοῦ λεγομένου παρὰ μὲν ἸουδαίοιςJews ἌδαρAdar κατὰ δὲ ΜακεδόναςMacedonians ΔύστρουDystrus . ἄγουσιν δ᾽ ἐν τούτῳ τὰ νικητήρια κατὰ πᾶν ἔτος καὶ ἑορτὴν νομίζουσι τὴν‎ ἡμέραν . ἐξ ἐκείνου μέντοι τοῦ χρόνου πρὸς ὀλίγον τὸ τῶν ἸουδαίωνJews ἔθνος τῶν πολέμων ἀναπαυσάμενον καὶ εἰρήνης ἀπολαῦον ἔπειτα εἰς ἀγῶνας πάλιν καὶ κινδύνους κατέστη .
⁴¹² This victory happened to fall on the thirteenth day of that month which by the Jews is called Adar and by the Macedonians Dystrus; and the Jews thereon celebrate this victory every year, and esteem it as a festival day. After which the Jewish nation were, for a while, free from wars, and enjoyed peace; but afterward they returned into their former state of wars and hazards.	⁴¹² This victory was on the thirteenth day of that month called by the Jews Adar and by the Macedonians Dystrus, and on it the Jews celebrate this victory every year and treat it as a festival day. After this the Jewish nation were free from wars and enjoyed peace for a while, but later they returned to their former state of wars and dangers.
⁴¹² Barach

⁴¹³ Τῷ δ᾽ ἀρχιερεῖ τῷ ἈλκίμῳAlcimus βουληθέντι καθελεῖν τὸ τεῖχος τοῦ ἁγίου παλαιὸν ὂν καὶ κατεσκευασμένον ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχαίων προφητῶν , πληγή τις αἰφνίδιος ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ προσέπεσεν , ὑφ᾽ ἧς ἄφωνός τε ἐπὶ τὴν‎ γῆν κατηνέχθη καὶ βασανισθεὶς ἐπὶ συχνὰς ἡμέρας ἀπέθανεν ἀρχιερατεύσας ἔτη τέσσαρα .
⁴¹³ But now as the high priest Alcimus, was resolving to pull down the wall of the sanctuary, which had been there of old time, and had been built by the holy prophets, he was smitten suddenly by God, and fell down. This stroke made him fall down speechless upon the ground; and undergoing torments for many days, he at length died, when he had been high priest four years.	⁴¹³ As the high priest Alcimus thought to pull down the wall of the sanctuary, which had been built in former times by the holy prophets, he was struck suddenly by God and fell down. This stroke made him fall speechless to the ground, and after many days of suffering he finally died, having been high priest for four years.
⁴¹³ Barach

⁴¹⁴ τελευτήσαντος δὲ τούτου τὴν‎ ἀρχιερωσύνην ὁ λαὸς τῷ ἸούδᾳJudas δίδωσιν , ὃς ἀκούσας περὶ τῆς ῬωμαίωνRoman, Latin δυνάμεως καὶ ὅτι καταπεπολεμήκασιν τήν τε ΓαλατίανGalatia καὶ τὴν‎ ἸβηρίανIberia καὶ ΚαρχηδόναCarthage τῆς ΛιβύηςLibya καὶ πρὸς τούτοις τὴν‎ ἙλλάδαGreek κεχείρωνται καὶ τοὺς βασιλεῖς ΠερσέαPerseus καὶ ΦίλιππονPhilip καὶ τὸν μέγαν ἈντίοχονAntiochus , ἔγνω φιλίαν ποιήσασθαι πρὸς αὐτούς .
⁴¹⁴ And when he was dead, the people bestowed the high priesthood on Judas; who hearing of the power of the Romans, and that they had conquered in war Galatia, and Iberia, and Carthage, and Libya; and that, besides these, they had subdued Greece, and their kings, Perseus, and Philip, and Antiochus the Great also; he resolved to enter into a league of friendship with them.	⁴¹⁴ After his death the people gave the high priesthood to Judas, who hearing of the power of the Romans and that in war they had defeated Galatia and Iberia and Carthage and Libya, and had also subdued Greece and their kings, Perseus and Philip and Antiochus the Great, decided to make a pact of friendship with them.
⁴¹⁴ Barach

⁴¹⁵ πέμψας οὖν εἰς τὴν‎ ῬώμηνRome τῶν αὐτοῦ‎ φίλων ΕὐπόλεμονEupolemus τὸν ἸωάννουJohn υἱὸν καὶ ἸάσοναJason τὸν ἘλεαζάρουEleazar παρεκάλει δι᾽ αὐτῶν συμμάχους εἶναι καὶ φίλους , καὶ ΔημητρίῳDemetrius γράψαι , ὅπως μὴ πολεμῇ τοὺς ἸουδαίουςJews .
⁴¹⁵ He therefore sent to Rome some of his friends, Eupolemus the son of John, and Jason the son of Eleazar, and by them desired the Romans that they would assist them, and be their friends, and would write to Demetrius that he would not fight against the Jews.	⁴¹⁵ For this he sent to Rome some of his friends, Eupolemus the son of John and Jason the son of Eleazar through whom he asked the Romans to help them and be their friends and to write to Demetrius forbidding him to fight against the Jews.
⁴¹⁵ Barach

⁴¹⁶ ἐλθόντας δὲ εἰς τὴν‎ ῬώμηνRome τοὺς παρὰ τοῦ ἸούδαJudas πρεσβευτὰς ἡ σύγκλητος δέχεται καὶ διαλεχθεῖσα περὶ ὧν ἐπέμφθησαν τὴν‎ συμμαχίαν ἐπινεύει . ποιήσασα δὲ περὶ τούτου δόγμα τὸ μὲν ἀντίγραφον εἰς τὴν‎ ἸουδαίανJudea ἀπέστειλεν , αὐτὸ δ᾽ εἰς τὸ ΚαπετώλιονCapital εἰς χαλκᾶς ἐγγράψαντες δέλτους ἀνέθεσαν .
⁴¹⁶ So the senate received the ambassadors that came from Judas to Rome, and discoursed with them about the errand on which they came, and then granted them a league of assistance. They also made a decree concerning it, and sent a copy of it into Judea. It was also laid up in the capitol, and engraven in brass.	⁴¹⁶ As the envoys from Judas arrived in Rome they were received by the senate who spoke to them about their mission and agreed to the alliance. They also made a decree about it, a copy of which was sent to Judea, while the original, engraved in brass, they placed in the Capitol.
⁴¹⁶ Barach

⁴¹⁷ ἦν δὲ τοιοῦτον · " δόγμα συγκλήτου περὶ συμμαχίας καὶ εὐνοίας τῆς πρὸς τὸ ἔθνος τὸ ἸουδαίωνJews . μηδένα τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων ῬωμαίοιςRomans πολεμεῖν τῷ ἸουδαίωνJews ἔθνει μηδὲ τοῖς πολεμοῦσι χορηγεῖν ἢ σῖτον ἢ πλοῖα ἢ χρήματα .
⁴¹⁷ The decree itself was this: “The decree of the senate concerning a league of assistance and friendship with the nation of the Jews. It shall not be lawful for any that are subject to the Romans to make war with the nation of the Jews, nor to assist those that do so, either by sending them corn, or ships, or money;	⁴¹⁷ It read as follows: "The decree of the senate about alliance and friendship with the Jewish nation. It shall not be lawful for any of those subject to the Romans to make war on the Jewish nation, or to help those who do so, either by sending them corn, or ships, or money.
⁴¹⁷ Barach

⁴¹⁸ ἐὰν δὲ ἐπίωσί τινες ἸουδαίοιςJews , βοηθεῖν ῬωμαίουςRomans αὐτοῖς κατὰ τὸ δυνατόν , καὶ πάλιν , ἂν τῇ ῬωμαίωνRoman, Latin ἐπίωσίν τινες , ἸουδαίουςJews αὐτοῖς συμμαχεῖν . ἂν δέ τι πρὸς ταύτην τὴν‎ συμμαχίαν θελήσῃ τὸ τῶν ἸουδαίωνJews ἔθνος ἢ προσθεῖναι ἢ ἀφελεῖν , τοῦτο κοινῇ γινέσθω γνώμῃ τοῦ δήμου τοῦ ῬωμαίωνRoman, Latin , ὃ δ᾽ ἂν προστεθῇ τοῦτ᾽ εἶναι κύριον .
⁴¹⁸ and if any attack be made upon the Jews, the Romans shall assist them, as far as they are able; and again, if any attack be made upon the Romans, the Jews shall assist them. And if the Jews have a mind to add to, or to take away any thing from, this league of assistance, that shall be done with the common consent of the Romans. And whatsoever addition shall thus be made, it shall be of force.”	⁴¹⁸ If anyone attacks the Jews, the Romans shall help them as far as possible and again, if anyone attacks the Romans, the Jews shall fight on their side. If the Jews want to add to, or to take away anything from, this alliance, let it be done with the consent of the Roman people and any addition so made shall be valid."
⁴¹⁸ Barach

⁴¹⁹ ἐγράφη τὸ δόγμα ὑπὸ ΕὐπολέμουEupolemus τοῦ ἸωάννουJohn παιδὸς καὶ ὑπὸ ἸάσονοςJason τοῦ ἘλεαζάρουEleazar ἐπ᾽ ἀρχιερέως μὲν τοῦ ἔθνους ἸούδαJudas , στρατηγοῦ δὲ ΣίμωνοςSimon τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ‎ . Καὶ τὴν‎ μὲν πρώτην ῬωμαίοιςRomans πρὸς ἸουδαίουςJews φιλίαν καὶ συμμαχίαν οὕτως συνέβη γενέσθαι .
⁴¹⁹ This decree was written by Eupolemus the son of John, and by Jason the son of Eleazar, when Judas was high priest of the nation, and Simon his brother was general of the army. And this was the first league that the Romans made with the Jews, and was managed after this manner.	⁴¹⁹ This decree was written by Eupolemus the son of John and by Jason the son of Eleazar, when Judas was high priest of the nation and Simon his brother was general of the army. This was the first pact that the Romans made with the Jews and that was how it came to be.
⁴¹⁹ Barach

Chapter 11
[420-434]
Bacchides comes in greater force.
Judas dies in battle inst him

☜ ☞

⁴²⁰ ΔημήτριοςDemetrius δ᾽ ἀπαγγελθείσης αὐτῷ τῆς ΝικάνοροςNicanor τελευτῆς καὶ τῆς ἀπωλείας τοῦ σὺν αὐτῷ . στρατεύματος πάλιν τὸν ΒακχίδηνBacchides μετὰ δυνάμεως εἰς τὴν‎ ἸουδαίανJudea ἐξέπεμψεν .
⁴²⁰ But when Demetrius was informed of the death of Nicanor, and of the destruction of the army that was with him, he sent Bacchides again with an army into Judea,	⁴²⁰ When Demetrius was told of the death of Nicanor and the destruction of his army, he again sent Bacchides with an army into Judea.
⁴²⁰ Barach

⁴²¹ ὃς ἐκ τῆς ἈντιοχείαςAntioch ἐξορμήσας καὶ παραγενόμενος εἰς τὴν‎ ἸουδαίανJudea ἐν ἈρβήλοιςArbela πόλει τῆς ΓαλιλαίαςGalilee στρατοπεδεύεται , καὶ τοὺς ἐν τοῖς ἐκεῖ σπηλαίοις ὄντας , πολλοὶ γὰρ εἰς αὐτὰ συμπεφεύγεσαν , ἐκπολιορκήσας καὶ λαβὼν ἄρας ἐκεῖθεν ἐπὶ τὰ ἹεροσόλυμαJerusalem σπουδὴν ἐποιεῖτο .
⁴²¹ who marched out of Antioch, and came into Judea, and pitched his camp at Arbela, a city of Galilee; and having besieged and taken those that were there in caves, (for many of the people fled into such places,) he removed, and made all the haste he could to Jerusalem.	⁴²¹ Marching from Antioch he arrived in Judea and encamped at Arbela, a city of Galilee, and having besieged and captured those who were in the caves there, for many of the people had fled into them, he moved from there and hurried to Jerusalem.
⁴²¹ Barach

⁴²² μαθὼν δὲ τὸν ἸούδανJudas ἔν τινι κώμῃ ΖηθῶBethzetho τοὔνομα κατεστρατοπεδευμένον ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν ἠπείγετο μετὰ πεζῶν μὲν δισμυρίων , ἱππέων δὲ δισχιλίων · τῷ ἸούδᾳJudas δ᾽ ἦσαν οἱ πάντες χίλιοι . οὗτοι τὸ ΒακχίδουBacchides πλῆθος θεωρήσαντες ἔδεισαν καὶ τὴν‎ παρεμβολὴν καταλιπόντες ἔφυγον πάντες πλὴν ὀκτακοσίων .
⁴²² And when he had learned that Judas had pitched his camp at a certain village whose name was Bethzetho, he led his army against him: they were twenty thousand foot-men, and two thousand horsemen.	⁴²² Learning that Judas had encamped at a village named Bethzetho, he led his army against him, they were twenty thousand infantry and two thousand cavalry. Now Judas had no more soldiers than one thousand. When these saw the crowd of Bacchides' men, they were afraid and left their camp and fled all away, except eight hundred.
⁴²² Barach

⁴²³ ἸούδαςJudas δὲ καταλειφθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν οἰκείων στρατιωτῶν [καὶ ] τῶν πολεμίων ἐπικειμένων καὶ μηδένα καιρὸν αὐτῷ πρὸς συλλογὴν τῆς δυνάμεως ἐπιτρεπόντων οἷός τ᾽ ἦν μετὰ τῶν ὀκτακοσίων συμβαλεῖν τοῖς τοῦ ΒακχίδουBacchides , [καὶ ] προτρεπόμενός τε τούτους εὐψύχως ὑφίστασθαι τὸν κίνδυνον παρεκάλει χωρεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν‎ μάχην .
⁴²³ Now Judas had no more soldiers than one thousand. When these saw the multitude of Bacchides’s men, they were afraid, and left their camp, and fled all away, excepting eight hundred. Now when Judas was deserted by his own soldiers, and the enemy pressed upon him, and gave him no time to gather his army together, he was disposed to fight with Bacchides’s army, though he had but eight hundred men with him; so he exhorted these men to undergo the danger courageously,	⁴²³ Judas was deserted by his own soldiers and the enemy pressed upon him and gave him no time to get his army together. Still, though left with only eight hundred men, he wanted to come to grips with Bacchides, so he urged these men to face the danger bravely and encouraged them to go forward to battle.
⁴²³ Barach

⁴²⁴ τῶν δὲ λεγόντων , ὡς οὐκ εἰσὶ πρὸς τοσοῦτο μέγεθος στρατιᾶς ἀξιόμαχοι , συμβουλευόντων δὲ νῦν μὲν ἀναχωρεῖν καὶ σώζειν αὐτούς , αὖθις δὲ συναγαγόντας τοὺς ἰδίους τοῖς ἐχθροῖς συμβαλεῖν , " μὴ τοῦτ᾽ , εἶπεν , ἥλιος ἐπίδοι γενόμενον , ἵν᾽ ἐγὼ τὰ νῶτά μου δείξω τοῖς πολεμίοις .
⁴²⁴ and encouraged them to attack the enemy. And when they said they were not a body sufficient to fight so great an army, and advised that they should retire now, and save themselves and that when he had gathered his own men together, then he should fall upon the enemy afterwards, his answer was this: “Let not the sun ever see such a thing, that I should show my back to the enemy	⁴²⁴ When they said they were not many enough to fight such a large army and advised him to retreat now and save themselves and that only when he had gathered all his men should he attack the enemy, his answer was, "Let the sun never see me showing my back to the enemy.
⁴²⁴ Barach

⁴²⁵ ἀλλ᾽ εἰ καὶ τελευτὴν ὁ παρών μοι καιρὸς φέρει καὶ δεῖ πάντως ἀπολέσθαι μαχόμενον , στήσομαι γενναίως πᾶν ὑπομένων τὸ μέλλον ἢ Τοῖς ἤδη κατωρθωμένοις καὶ τῇ περὶ αὐτῶν δόξῃ προσβαλῶ τὴν‎ ἐκ τῆς νῦν φυγῆς ὕβριν . Καὶ ὁ μὲν ταῦτα πρὸς τοὺς ὑπολειφθέντας παρακαλῶν τοῦ κινδύνου καταφρονήσαντας ὁμόσε χωρῆσαι τοῖς πολεμίοις ἔλεγεν .
⁴²⁵ and although this be the time that will bring me to my end, and I must die in this battle, I will rather stand to it courageously, and bear whatsoever comes upon me, than by now running away bring reproach upon my former great actions, or tarnish their glory.” This was the speech he made to those that remained with him, whereby he encouraged them to attack the enemy.	⁴²⁵ If this is the time of my end and I must die in this battle, I will face it bravely and bear whatever comes, rather than run away and spoil my former exploits or tarnish their glory." This was what he said to those who stayed with him, to encourage them to scorn the danger and attack the enemy.
⁴²⁵ Barach

⁴²⁶ Ὁ δὲ ΒακχίδηςBacchides ἐξαγαγὼν ἐκ τοῦ στρατοπέδου τὴν‎ δύναμιν πρὸς μάχην παρετάσσετο , καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἱππεῖς ἐξ ἑκατέρων τῶν κεράτων ἔταξε , τοὺς δὲ ψιλοὺς καὶ τοξότας προέστησεν πάσης τῆς φάλαγγος , αὐτὸς δ᾽ ἦν ἐπὶ τοῦ δεξιοῦ .
⁴²⁶ But Bacchides drew his army out of their camp, and put them in array for the battle. He set the horsemen on both the wings, and the light soldiers and the archers he placed before the whole army, but he was himself on the right wing.	⁴²⁶ But Bacchides led his army out from camp and put them into battle array. He set the cavalry on both the wings and placed the light soldiers and archers in front of the whole army, and he himself was on the right wing.
⁴²⁶ Barach

⁴²⁷ οὕτως δὲ συντάξας τὴν‎ στρατιὰν ἐπεὶ προσέμιξεν τῷ τῶν πολεμίων στρατοπέδῳ , σημῆναι τὸν σαλπικτὴν ἐκέλευσεν καὶ τὴν‎ στρατιὰν ἀλαλάξασαν προσιέναι .
⁴²⁷ And when he had thus put his army in order of battle, and was going to join battle with the enemy, he commanded the trumpeter to give a signal of battle, and the army to make a shout, and to fall on the enemy.	⁴²⁷ When he had so arranged his army and was going to battle with the enemy, he ordered the trumpeter to blow and the army to raise their battle-cry and attack the enemy.
⁴²⁷ Barach

⁴²⁸ τὸ δ᾽ αὐτὸ ποιήσας ὁ ἸούδαςJudas συμβάλλει τοῖς πολεμίοις , καὶ καρτερῶς ἀμφοτέρων ἀγωνιζομένων καὶ τῆς μάχης μέχρι δυσμῶν παρατεινομένης , ἰδὼν ὁ ἸούδαςJudas τὸν ΒακχίδηνBacchides καὶ τὸ κρατερὸν τῆς στρατιᾶς ἐν τῷ δεξιῷ κέρατι τυγχάνον , παραλαβὼν τοὺς εὐψυχοτάτους ὥρμησεν ἐπ᾽ ἐκεῖνο τὸ μέρος τῆς τάξεως , καὶ προσβαλὼν τοῖς ἐκεῖ διέσπα αὐτῶν τὴν‎ φάλαγγα .
⁴²⁸ And when Judas had done the same, he joined battle with them; and as both sides fought valiantly, and the battle continued till sun-set, Judas saw that Bacchides and the strongest part of the army was in the right wing, and thereupon took the most courageous men with him, and ran upon that part of the army, and fell upon those that were there, and broke their ranks,	⁴²⁸ Judas did likewise and engaged the enemy and as both sides fought valiantly the battle continued until sunset. Noting that Bacchides and the strongest part of his army were on the right wing, Judas immediately took his bravest with him and ran at that part of the line and broke through their ranks.
⁴²⁸ Barach

⁴²⁹ ὠσάμενος δ᾽ εἰς μέσους εἰς φυγὴν ἐβιάσατο αὐτούς , καὶ διώκει μέχρι ἘζᾶAza ὄρους οὕτω λεγομένου . θεασάμενοι δὲ τὴν‎ τροπὴν τῶν ἐν τῷ δεξιῷ κέρατι οἱ τὸ εὐώνυμον ἔχοντες ἐκυκλώσαντο τὸν ἸούδανJudas διώκοντα καὶ λαμβάνουσι μέσον αὐτὸν κατόπιν γενόμενοι .
⁴²⁹ and drove them into the middle, and forced them to run away, and pursued them as far as to a mountain called Aza: but when those of the left wing saw that the right wing was put to flight, they encompassed Judas, and pursued him, and came behind him, and took him into the middle of their army;	⁴²⁹ He drove through the middle and forced them to run away and pursued them as far as to a mountain called Aza. But when those on the left wing saw that the right being put to flight, they surrounded and pursued Judas and came behind and captured him between them.
⁴²⁹ Barach

⁴³⁰ ὁ δὲ φυγεῖν οὐ δυνάμενος , ἀλλὰ περιεσχημένος ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων , στὰς ἐμάχετο μετὰ τῶν σὺν αὐτῷ . πολλοὺς δὲ κτείνας τῶν ἀντιπάλων καὶ κατάκοπος γενόμενος καὶ αὐτὸς ἔπεσεν , ἐπὶ καλοῖς μὲν πρότερον γεγενημένοις , ἐφ᾽ ὁμοίοις δὲ ὅτε ἀπέθνησκεν τὴν‎ ψυχὴν ἀφείς .
⁴³⁰ so being not able to fly, but encompassed round about with enemies, he stood still, and he and those that were with him fought; and when he had slain a great many of those that came against him, he at last was himself wounded, and fell and gave up the ghost, and died in a way like to his former famous actions.	⁴³⁰ Unable to flee and surrounded by enemies, he stood fast and he and his companions fought, and after killing many who came against him, he finally was himself wounded and fell and gave up the ghost, dying in a way worthy of his former exploits.
⁴³⁰ Barach

⁴³¹ πεσόντος δὲ ἸούδαJudas πρὸς μηδένα τὸ λοιπὸν ἀφορᾶν ἔχοντες οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ στρατηγοῦ δὲ τοιούτου στερηθέντες ἔφυγον .
⁴³¹ When Judas was dead, those that were with him had no one whom they could regard [as their commander]; but when they saw themselves deprived of such a general, they fled.	⁴³¹ When Judas fell, his companions had no one to look up to, and finding themselves bereft of such a general, they fled.
⁴³¹ Barach

⁴³² λαβόντες δὲ τὸ σῶμα παρὰ τῶν πολεμίων ὑπόσπονδον ΣίμωνSimon καὶ ἸωνάθηςJonathan ἀδελφοὶ τοῦ ἸούδαJudas , κομίσαντες εἰς τὴν‎ ΜωδεεῖνModin κώμην , ὅπου καὶ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτῶν τέθαπτο , κηδεύουσιν πενθήσαντος ἐπὶ συχνὰς αὐτὸν τοῦ πλήθους ἡμέρας καὶ τιμήσαντος κοινῇ τοῖς νενομισμένοις .
⁴³² But Simon and Jonathan, Judas’s brethren, received his dead body by a treaty from the enemy, and carried it to the village of Modin, where their father had been buried, and there buried him; while the multitude lamented him many days, and performed the usual solemn rites of a funeral to him.	⁴³² His brothers, Simon and Jonathan, received his corpse by a treaty from the enemy and brought it to the village of Modin, where their father was buried. There they buried him while the people lamented him for many days and performed the usual solemn funeral rites for him.
⁴³² Barach

⁴³³ καὶ τέλος μὲν τοιοῦτον κατέσχεν ἸούδανJudas , ἄνδρα γενναῖον καὶ μεγαλοπόλεμον γενόμενον καὶ τῶν τοῦ πατρὸς ἐντολῶν ΜατταθίουMattathias μνήμονα καὶ πάνθ᾽ ὑπὲρ τῆς τῶν πολιτῶν ἐλευθερίας καὶ δρᾶσαι καὶ παθεῖν ὑποστάντα .
⁴³³ And this was the end that Judas came to. He had been a man of valor and a great warrior, and mindful of the commands of their father Mattathias; and had undergone all difficulties, both in doing and suffering, for the liberty of his countrymen.	⁴³³ Such was the end of Judas, a man of bravery and a great warrior, mindful of the commands of their father Mattathias, and had endured all difficulties, both in doing and suffering, for the freedom of his countrymen.
⁴³³ Barach

⁴³⁴ τοιοῦτος οὖν τὴν‎ ἀρετὴν ὑπάρξας μέγιστον αὐτοῦ‎ κλέος καὶ μνημεῖον κατέλιπεν , ἐλευθερώσας τὸ ἔθνος καὶ τῆς ὑπὸ ΜακεδόσινMacedonians ἐξαρπάσας αὐτὸ δουλείας . τὴν‎ δ᾽ ἀρχιερωσύνην ἔτος τρίτον κατασχὼν ἀπέθανεν .
⁴³⁴ And when his character was so excellent [while he was alive], he left behind him a glorious reputation and memorial, by gaining freedom for his nation, and delivering them from slavery under the Macedonians. And when he had retained the high priesthood three years, he died.	⁴³⁴ His virtue was such that he left behind a glorious reputation and memory, gaining freedom for his nation and delivering them from slavery under the Macedonians. He died after holding the high priesthood for three years.
⁴³⁴ Barach

FLAVIUS JOSEPHUSJEWISH ANTIQUITIESBook 12

The Hellenistic period, to the death of Judas Maccabeus

Chapter 1[001-010]Ptolemy takes Judea by a ruse. He transports many prisoners to Egypt

Chapter 2 [011-118] Ptolemy Philadelphus has the Bible translated into Greek

Chapter 3 [119-153] The Jews prosper in Asia Minor, and under Seleucus Nicator Antioch

Chapter 4 [154-236] Pact between Antiochus and Ptolemy. Onias angers Ptolemy. Matters improved by Joseph and his son Hyrcanus

Chapter 5 [237-264] Antiochus Epiphanes forces the Jews to adopt Greek ways.Samaritan Temple is dedicated to Zeus

Chapter 6 [265-286] Mattathias leads the Maccabean revolt against Antiochus

Chapter 7 [287-326] Victories of Judas Maccabeus. Re-dedication of the Jerusalem Temple

Chapter 8 [327-353] Maccabee Victories,under Judas and his brother Simon

Chapter 9 [354-388] Death of Antiochus Epiphanes. Eupator continues war on as, then makes peace.

Chapter 10 [389-419] Bacchides and Nicanor fail in war against Judas.He makes act of friendship with the Romans.

Chapter 11 [420-434] Bacchides comes in greater force.Judas dies in battle inst him

FLAVIUS JOSEPHUS
JEWISH ANTIQUITIES
Book 12